Sant Seva ParishadSant Seva ParishadSSP · sant seva
← Verse view|📖 Srimad Bhagavata Purana · Ch 7
« Ch 6Ch 8 »

Srimad Bhagavata Purana · अध्याय 7

Skandha 7 — The Science of God

सप्तमस्कन्धः

Prahlada and Narasimha; the supremacy of bhakti.

  1. राजोवाच । समः प्रियः सुहृद्ब्रह्मन् भूतानां भगवान् स्वयम् । इन्द्रस्यार्थे कथं दैत्यानवधीद्विषमो यथा

    rājovāca | samaḥ priyaḥ suhṛdbrahman bhūtānāṃ bhagavān svayam | indrasyārthe kathaṃ daityānavadhīdviṣamo yathā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    King Parīkṣit inquired: My dear brāhmaṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Viṣṇu, being everyone’s well-wisher, is equal and extremely dear to everyone. How, then, did He become partial like a common man for the sake of Indra and thus kill Indra’s enemies? How can a person equal to everyone be partial to some and inimical toward others?

  2. न ह्यस्यार्थः सुरगणैः साक्षान्निःश्रेयसात्मनः । नैवासुरेभ्यो विद्वेषो नोद्वेगश्चागुणस्य हि

    na hyasyārthaḥ suragaṇaiḥ sākṣānniḥśreyasātmanaḥ | naivāsurebhyo vidveṣo nodvegaścāguṇasya hi

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Lord Viṣṇu Himself, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is the reservoir of all pleasure. Therefore, what benefit would He derive from siding with the demigods? What interest would He fulfill in this way? Since the Lord is transcendental, why should He fear the asuras, and how could He be envious of them?

  3. इति नः सुमहाभाग नारायणगुणान् प्रति । संशयः सुमहान् जातस्तद्भवांश्छेत्तुमर्हति

    iti naḥ sumahābhāga nārāyaṇaguṇān prati | saṃśayaḥ sumahān jātastadbhavāṃśchettumarhati

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O greatly fortunate and learned brāhmaṇa, whether Nārāyaṇa is partial or impartial has become a subject of great doubt. Kindly dispel my doubt with positive evidence that Nārāyaṇa is always neutral and equal to everyone.

  4. निर्गुणोऽपि ह्यजोऽव्यक्तो भगवान् प्रकृतेः परः । स्वमायागुणमाविश्य बाध्यबाधकतां गतः

    nirguṇo'pi hyajo'vyakto bhagavān prakṛteḥ paraḥ | svamāyāguṇamāviśya bādhyabādhakatāṃ gataḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Viṣṇu, is always transcendental to material qualities, and therefore He is called nirguṇa, or without qualities. Because He is unborn, He does not have a material body to be subjected to attachment and hatred. Although the Lord is always above material existence, through His spiritual potency He appeared and acted like an ordinary human being, accepting duties and obligations, apparently like a conditioned soul.

  5. सत्त्वं रजस्तम इति प्रकृतेर्नात्मनो गुणाः । न तेषां युगपद्राजन् ह्रास उल्लास एव वा

    sattvaṃ rajastama iti prakṛternātmano guṇāḥ | na teṣāṃ yugapadrājan hrāsa ullāsa eva vā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear King Parīkṣit, the material qualities — sattva-guṇa, rajo-guṇa and tamo-guṇa — all belong to the material world and do not even touch the Supreme Personality of Godhead. These three guṇas cannot act by increasing or decreasing simultaneously.

  6. जयकाले तु सत्त्वस्य देवर्षीन् रजसोऽसुरान् । तमसो यक्षरक्षांसि तत्कालानुगुणोऽभजत्

    jayakāle tu sattvasya devarṣīn rajaso'surān | tamaso yakṣarakṣāṃsi tatkālānuguṇo'bhajat

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    When the quality of goodness is prominent, the sages and demigods flourish with the help of that quality, with which they are infused and surcharged by the Supreme Lord. Similarly, when the mode of passion is prominent the demons flourish, and when ignorance is prominent the Yakṣas and Rākṣasas flourish. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is present in everyone’s heart, fostering the reactions of sattva-guṇa, rajo-guṇa and tamo-guṇa.

  7. ज्योतिरादिरिवाभाति सङ्घातान्न विविच्यते । विदन्त्यात्मानमात्मस्थं मथित्वा कवयोऽन्ततः

    jyotirādirivābhāti saṅghātānna vivicyate | vidantyātmānamātmasthaṃ mathitvā kavayo'ntataḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The all-pervading Personality of Godhead exists within the heart of every living being, and an expert thinker can perceive how He is present there to a large or small extent. Just as one can understand the supply of fire in wood, the water in a waterpot, or the sky within a pot, one can understand whether a living entity is a demon or a demigod by understanding that living entity’s devotional performances. A thoughtful man can understand how much a person is favored by the Supreme Lord by seeing his actions.

  8. यदा सिसृक्षुः पुर आत्मनः परो रजः सृजत्येष पृथक् स्वमायया । सत्त्वं विचित्रासु रिरंसुरीश्वरः शयिष्यमाणस्तम ईरयत्यसौ

    yadā sisṛkṣuḥ pura ātmanaḥ paro rajaḥ sṛjatyeṣa pṛthak svamāyayā | sattvaṃ vicitrāsu riraṃsurīśvaraḥ śayiṣyamāṇastama īrayatyasau

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    When the Supreme Personality of Godhead creates different types of bodies, offering a particular body to each living entity according to his character and fruitive actions, the Lord revives all the qualities of material nature — sattva-guṇa, rajo-guṇa and tamo-guṇa. Then, as the Supersoul, He enters each body and influences the qualities of creation, maintenance and annihilation, using sattva-guṇa for maintenance, rajo-guṇa for creation and tamo-guṇa for annihilation.

  9. कालं चरन्तं सृजतीश आश्रयं प्रधानपुम्भ्यां नरदेव सत्यकृत् । य एष राजन्नपि काल ईशिता सत्त्वं सुरानीकमिवैधयत्यतः । तत्प्रत्यनीकानसुरान् सुरप्रियो रजस्तमस्कान् प्रमिणोत्युरुश्रवाः

    kālaṃ carantaṃ sṛjatīśa āśrayaṃ pradhānapumbhyāṃ naradeva satyakṛt | ya eṣa rājannapi kāla īśitā sattvaṃ surānīkamivaidhayatyataḥ | tatpratyanīkānasurān surapriyo rajastamaskān pramiṇotyuruśravāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O great King, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the controller of the material and spiritual energies, who is certainly the creator of the entire cosmos, creates the time factor to allow the material energy and the living entity to act within the limits of time. Thus the Supreme Personality is never under the time factor nor under the material energy.

  10. अत्रैवोदाहृतः पूर्वमितिहासः सुरर्षिणा । प्रीत्या महाक्रतौ राजन् पृच्छतेऽजातशत्रवे

    atraivodāhṛtaḥ pūrvamitihāsaḥ surarṣiṇā | prītyā mahākratau rājan pṛcchate'jātaśatrave

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O King, this time factor enhances the sattva-guṇa. Thus although the Supreme Lord is the controller, He favors the demigods, who are mostly situated in sattva-guṇa. Then the demons, who are influenced by tamo-guṇa, are annihilated. The Supreme Lord induces the time factor to act in different ways, but He is never partial. Rather, His activities are glorious, and therefore He is called Uruśravā.

  11. दृष्ट्वा महाद्भुतं राजा राजसूये महाक्रतौ । वासुदेवे भगवति सायुज्यं चेदिभूभुजः

    dṛṣṭvā mahādbhutaṃ rājā rājasūye mahākratau | vāsudeve bhagavati sāyujyaṃ cedibhūbhujaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Formerly, O King, when Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira was performing the Rājasūya sacrifice, the great sage Nārada, responding to his inquiry, recited historical facts showing how the Supreme Personality of Godhead is always impartial, even when killing demons. In this regard he gave a vivid example.

  12. एतद्वेदितुमिच्छामः सर्व एव वयं मुने । भगवन्निन्दया वेनो द्विजैस्तमसि पातितः

    etadveditumicchāmaḥ sarva eva vayaṃ mune | bhagavannindayā veno dvijaistamasi pātitaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira inquired: It is very wonderful that the demon Śiśupāla merged into the body of the Supreme Personality of Godhead even though extremely envious. This sāyujya-mukti is impossible to attain even for great transcendentalists. How then did the enemy of the Lord attain it?

  13. दमघोषसुतः पाप आरभ्य कलभाषणात् । सम्प्रत्यमर्षी गोविन्दे दन्तवक्त्रश्च दुर्मतिः

    damaghoṣasutaḥ pāpa ārabhya kalabhāṣaṇāt | sampratyamarṣī govinde dantavaktraśca durmatiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O great sage, we are all eager to know the cause for this mercy of the Lord. I have heard that formerly a king named Vena blasphemed the Supreme Personality of Godhead and that all the brāhmaṇas consequently obliged him to go to hell. Śiśupāla should also have been sent to hell. How then did he merge into the Lord’s existence?

  14. शपतोरसकृद्विष्णुं यद्ब्रह्म परमव्ययम् । श्वित्रो न जातो जिह्वायां नान्धं विविशतुस्तमः

    śapatorasakṛdviṣṇuṃ yadbrahma paramavyayam | śvitro na jāto jihvāyāṃ nāndhaṃ viviśatustamaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    From the very beginning of his childhood, when he could not even speak properly, Śiśupāla, the most sinful son of Damaghoṣa, began blaspheming the Lord, and he continued to be envious of Śrī Kṛṣṇa until death. Similarly, his brother Dantavakra continued the same habits.

  15. कथं तस्मिन् भगवति दुरवग्राहधामनि । पश्यतां सर्वलोकानां लयमीयतुरञ्जसा

    kathaṃ tasmin bhagavati duravagrāhadhāmani | paśyatāṃ sarvalokānāṃ layamīyaturañjasā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Although these two men — Śiśupāla and Dantavakra — repeatedly blasphemed the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Viṣṇu [Kṛṣṇa], the Supreme Brahman, they were quite healthy. Indeed, their tongues were not attacked by white leprosy, nor did they enter the darkest region of hellish life. We are certainly most surprised by this.

  16. एतद्भ्राम्यति मे बुद्धिर्दीपार्चिरिव वायुना । ब्रूह्येतदद्भुततमं भगवांस्तत्र कारणम्

    etadbhrāmyati me buddhirdīpārciriva vāyunā | brūhyetadadbhutatamaṃ bhagavāṃstatra kāraṇam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    How was it possible for Śiśupāla and Dantavakra, in the presence of many exalted persons, to enter very easily into the body of Kṛṣṇa, whose nature is difficult to attain?

  17. श्रीशुक उवाच । राज्ञस्तद्वच आकर्ण्य नारदो भगवानृषिः । तुष्टः प्राह तमाभाष्य शृण्वत्यास्तत्सदः कथाः

    śrīśuka uvāca | rājñastadvaca ākarṇya nārado bhagavānṛṣiḥ | tuṣṭaḥ prāha tamābhāṣya śṛṇvatyāstatsadaḥ kathāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    This matter is undoubtedly very wonderful. Indeed, my intelligence has become disturbed, just as the flame of a candle is disturbed by a blowing wind. O Nārada Muni, you know everything. Kindly let me know the cause of this wonderful event.

  18. नारद उवाच । निन्दनस्तवसत्कारन्यक्कारार्थं कलेवरम् । प्रधानपरयो राजन्नविवेकेन कल्पितम्

    nārada uvāca | nindanastavasatkāranyakkārārthaṃ kalevaram | pradhānaparayo rājannavivekena kalpitam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Śrī Śukadeva Gosvāmī said: After hearing the request of Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira, Nārada Muni, the most powerful spiritual master, who knew everything, was very pleased. Thus he replied in the presence of everyone taking part in the yajña.

  19. हिंसा तदभिमानेन दण्डपारुष्ययोर्यथा । वैषम्यमिह भूतानां ममाहमिति पार्थिव

    hiṃsā tadabhimānena daṇḍapāruṣyayoryathā | vaiṣamyamiha bhūtānāṃ mamāhamiti pārthiva

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The great sage Śrī Nāradajī said: O King, blasphemy and praise, chastisement and respect, are experienced because of ignorance. The body of the conditioned soul is planned by the Lord for suffering in the material world through the agency of the external energy.

  20. यन्निबद्धोऽभिमानोऽयं तद्वधात्प्राणिनां वधः । तथा न यस्य कैवल्यादभिमानोऽखिलात्मनः । परस्य दमकर्तुर्हि हिंसा केनास्य कल्प्यते

    yannibaddho'bhimāno'yaṃ tadvadhātprāṇināṃ vadhaḥ | tathā na yasya kaivalyādabhimāno'khilātmanaḥ | parasya damakarturhi hiṃsā kenāsya kalpyate

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear King, the conditioned soul, being in the bodily conception of life, considers his body to be his self and considers everything in relationship with the body to be his. Because he has this wrong conception of life, he is subjected to dualities like praise and chastisement.

  21. तस्माद्वैरानुबन्धेन निर्वैरेण भयेन वा । स्नेहात्कामेन वा युञ्ज्यात्कथञ्चिन्नेक्षते पृथक्

    tasmādvairānubandhena nirvaireṇa bhayena vā | snehātkāmena vā yuñjyātkathañcinnekṣate pṛthak

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Because of the bodily conception of life, the conditioned soul thinks that when the body is annihilated the living being is annihilated. Lord Viṣṇu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is the supreme controller, the Supersoul of all living entities. Because He has no material body, He has no false conception of “I and mine.” It is therefore incorrect to think that He feels pleasure or pain when blasphemed or offered prayers. This is impossible for Him. Thus He has no enemy and no friend. When He chastises the demons it is for their good, and when He accepts the prayers of the devotees it is for their good. He is affected neither by prayers nor by blasphemy.

  22. यथा वैरानुबन्धेन मर्त्यस्तन्मयतामियात् । न तथा भक्तियोगेन इति मे निश्चिता मतिः

    yathā vairānubandhena martyastanmayatāmiyāt | na tathā bhaktiyogena iti me niścitā matiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Therefore by enmity or by devotional service, by fear, by affection or by lusty desire — by all of these or any one of them — if a conditioned soul somehow or other concentrates his mind upon the Lord, the result is the same, for the Lord, because of His blissful position, is never affected by enmity or friendship.

  23. कीटः पेशस्कृता रुद्धः कुड्यायां तमनुस्मरन् । संरम्भभययोगेन विन्दते तत्सरूपताम्

    kīṭaḥ peśaskṛtā ruddhaḥ kuḍyāyāṃ tamanusmaran | saṃrambhabhayayogena vindate tatsarūpatām

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Nārada Muni continued: By devotional service one cannot achieve such intense absorption in thought of the Supreme Personality of Godhead as one can through enmity toward Him. That is my opinion.

  24. गोप्यः कामाद्भयात्कंसो द्वेषाच्चैद्यादयो नृपाः । सम्बन्धाद्वृष्णयः स्नेहाद्यूयं भक्त्या वयं विभो

    gopyaḥ kāmādbhayātkaṃso dveṣāccaidyādayo nṛpāḥ | sambandhādvṛṣṇayaḥ snehādyūyaṃ bhaktyā vayaṃ vibho

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Many, many persons have attained liberation simply by thinking of Kṛṣṇa with great attention and giving up sinful activities. This great attention may be due to lusty desires, inimical feelings, fear, affection or devotional service. I shall now explain how one receives Kṛṣṇa’s mercy simply by concentrating one’s mind upon Him.

  25. कतमोऽपि न वेनः स्यात्पञ्चानां पुरुषं प्रति । तस्मात्केनाप्युपायेन मनः कृष्णे निवेशयेत्

    katamo'pi na venaḥ syātpañcānāṃ puruṣaṃ prati | tasmātkenāpyupāyena manaḥ kṛṣṇe niveśayet

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear King Yudhiṣṭhira, the gopīs by their lusty desires, Kaṁsa by his fear, Śiśupāla and other kings by envy, the Yadus by their familial relationship with Kṛṣṇa, you Pāṇḍavas by your great affection for Kṛṣṇa, and we, the general devotees, by our devotional service, have obtained the mercy of Kṛṣṇa.

  26. मातृष्वसेयो वश्चैद्यो दन्तवक्त्रश्च पाण्डव । पार्षदप्रवरौ विष्णोर्विप्रशापात्पदाच्च्युतौ

    mātṛṣvaseyo vaścaidyo dantavaktraśca pāṇḍava | pārṣadapravarau viṣṇorvipraśāpātpadāccyutau

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Somehow or other, one must consider the form of Kṛṣṇa very seriously. Then, by one of the five different processes mentioned above, one can return home, back to Godhead. Atheists like King Vena, however, being unable to think of Kṛṣṇa’s form in any of these five ways, cannot attain salvation. Therefore, one must somehow think of Kṛṣṇa, whether in a friendly way or inimically.

  27. युधिष्ठिर उवाच । कीदृशः कस्य वा शापो हरिदासाभिमर्शनः । अश्रद्धेय इवाभाति हरेरेकान्तिनां भवः

    yudhiṣṭhira uvāca | kīdṛśaḥ kasya vā śāpo haridāsābhimarśanaḥ | aśraddheya ivābhāti harerekāntināṃ bhavaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Nārada Muni continued: O best of the Pāṇḍavas, your two cousins Śiśupāla and Dantavakra, the sons of your maternal aunt, were formerly associates of Lord Viṣṇu, but because they were cursed by brāhmaṇas, they fell from Vaikuṇṭha to this material world.

  28. देहेन्द्रियासुहीनानां वैकुण्ठपुरवासिनाम् । देहसम्बन्धसम्बद्धमेतदाख्यातुमर्हसि

    dehendriyāsuhīnānāṃ vaikuṇṭhapuravāsinām | dehasambandhasambaddhametadākhyātumarhasi

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira inquired: What kind of great curse could affect even liberated viṣṇu-bhaktas, and what sort of person could curse even the Lord’s associates? For unflinching devotees of the Lord to fall again to this material world is impossible. I cannot believe this.

  29. नारद उवाच । एकदा ब्रह्मणः पुत्रा विष्णोर्लोकं यदृच्छया । सनन्दनादयो जग्मुश्चरन्तो भुवनत्रयम्

    nārada uvāca | ekadā brahmaṇaḥ putrā viṣṇorlokaṃ yadṛcchayā | sanandanādayo jagmuścaranto bhuvanatrayam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The bodies of the inhabitants of Vaikuṇṭha are completely spiritual, having nothing to do with the material body, senses or life air. Therefore, kindly explain how associates of the Personality of Godhead were cursed to descend in material bodies like ordinary persons.

  30. पञ्चषड्ढायनार्भाभाः पूर्वेषामपि पूर्वजाः । दिग्वाससः शिशून् मत्वा द्वाःस्थौ तान् प्रत्यषेधताम्

    pañcaṣaḍḍhāyanārbhābhāḥ pūrveṣāmapi pūrvajāḥ | digvāsasaḥ śiśūn matvā dvāḥsthau tān pratyaṣedhatām

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The great saint Nārada said: Once upon a time when the four sons of Lord Brahmā named Sanaka, Sanandana, Sanātana and Sanat-kumāra were wandering throughout the three worlds, they came by chance to Viṣṇuloka.

  31. अशपन् कुपिता एवं युवां वासं न चार्हथः । रजस्तमोभ्यां रहिते पादमूले मधुद्विषः । पापिष्ठामासुरीं योनिं बालिशौ यातमाश्वतः

    aśapan kupitā evaṃ yuvāṃ vāsaṃ na cārhathaḥ | rajastamobhyāṃ rahite pādamūle madhudviṣaḥ | pāpiṣṭhāmāsurīṃ yoniṃ bāliśau yātamāśvataḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Although these four great sages were older than Brahmā’s other sons like Marīci, they appeared like small naked children only five or six years old. When Jaya and Vijaya saw them trying to enter Vaikuṇṭhaloka, these two gatekeepers, thinking them ordinary children, forbade them to enter.

  32. एवं शप्तौ स्वभवनात्पतन्तौ तैः कृपालुभिः । प्रोक्तौ पुनर्जन्मभिर्वां त्रिभिर्लोकाय कल्पताम्

    evaṃ śaptau svabhavanātpatantau taiḥ kṛpālubhiḥ | proktau punarjanmabhirvāṃ tribhirlokāya kalpatām

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Thus checked by the doorkeepers Jaya and Vijaya, Sanandana and the other great sages very angrily cursed them. “You two foolish doorkeepers,” they said. “Being agitated by the material qualities of passion and ignorance, you are unfit to live at the shelter of Madhudviṣa’s lotus feet, which are free from such modes. It would be better for you to go immediately to the material world and take your birth in a family of most sinful asuras.”

  33. जज्ञाते तौ दितेः पुत्रौ दैत्यदानववन्दितौ । हिरण्यकशिपुर्ज्येष्ठो हिरण्याक्षोऽनुजस्ततः

    jajñāte tau diteḥ putrau daityadānavavanditau | hiraṇyakaśipurjyeṣṭho hiraṇyākṣo'nujastataḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    While Jaya and Vijaya, thus cursed by the sages, were falling to the material world, they were addressed as follows by the same sages, who were very kind to them. “O doorkeepers, after three births you will be able to return to your positions in Vaikuṇṭha, for then the duration of the curse will have ended.”

  34. हतो हिरण्यकशिपुर्हरिणा सिंहरूपिणा । हिरण्याक्षो धरोद्धारे बिभ्रता सौकरं वपुः

    hato hiraṇyakaśipurhariṇā siṃharūpiṇā | hiraṇyākṣo dharoddhāre bibhratā saukaraṃ vapuḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    These two associates of the Lord — Jaya and Vijaya — later descended to the material world, taking birth as the two sons of Diti, Hiraṇyakaśipu being the elder and Hiraṇyākṣa the younger. They were very much respected by the Daityas and Dānavas [demoniac species].

  35. हिरण्यकशिपुः पुत्रं प्रह्लादं केशवप्रियम् । जिघांसुरकरोन्नाना यातना मृत्युहेतवे

    hiraṇyakaśipuḥ putraṃ prahlādaṃ keśavapriyam | jighāṃsurakaronnānā yātanā mṛtyuhetave

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Appearing as Nṛsiṁhadeva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Śrī Hari, killed Hiraṇyakaśipu. When the Lord delivered the planet earth, which had fallen in the Garbhodaka Ocean, Hiraṇyākṣa tried to hinder Him, and then the Lord, as Varāha, killed Hiraṇyākṣa.

  36. सर्वभूतात्मभूतं तं प्रशान्तं समदर्शनम् । भगवत्तेजसा स्पृष्टं नाशक्नोद्धन्तुमुद्यमैः

    sarvabhūtātmabhūtaṃ taṃ praśāntaṃ samadarśanam | bhagavattejasā spṛṣṭaṃ nāśaknoddhantumudyamaiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Desiring to kill his son Prahlāda, who was a great devotee of Lord Viṣṇu, Hiraṇyakaśipu tortured him in many ways.

  37. ततस्तौ राक्षसौ जातौ केशिन्यां विश्रवःसुतौ । रावणः कुम्भकर्णश्च सर्वलोकोपतापनौ

    tatastau rākṣasau jātau keśinyāṃ viśravaḥsutau | rāvaṇaḥ kumbhakarṇaśca sarvalokopatāpanau

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The Lord, the Supersoul of all living entities, is sober, peaceful and equal to everyone. Since the great devotee Prahlāda was protected by the Lord’s potency, Hiraṇyakaśipu was unable to kill him, in spite of endeavoring to do so in various ways.

  38. तत्रापि राघवो भूत्वा न्यहनच्छापमुक्तये । रामवीर्यं श्रोष्यसि त्वं मार्कण्डेयमुखात्प्रभो

    tatrāpi rāghavo bhūtvā nyahanacchāpamuktaye | rāmavīryaṃ śroṣyasi tvaṃ mārkaṇḍeyamukhātprabho

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Thereafter the same Jaya and Vijaya, the two doorkeepers of Lord Viṣṇu, took birth as Rāvaṇa and Kumbhakarṇa, begotten by Viśravā in the womb of Keśinī. They were extremely troublesome to all the people of the universe.

  39. तावेव क्षत्रियौ जातौ मातृष्वस्रात्मजौ तव । अधुना शापनिर्मुक्तौ कृष्णचक्रहतांहसौ

    tāveva kṣatriyau jātau mātṛṣvasrātmajau tava | adhunā śāpanirmuktau kṛṣṇacakrahatāṃhasau

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Nārada Muni continued: My dear King, just to relieve Jaya and Vijaya of the brāhmaṇas’ curse, Lord Rāmacandra appeared in order to kill Rāvaṇa and Kumbhakarṇa. It will be better for you to hear narrations about Lord Rāmacandra’s activities from Mārkaṇḍeya.

  40. वैरानुबन्धतीव्रेण ध्यानेनाच्युतसात्मताम् । नीतौ पुनर्हरेः पार्श्वं जग्मतुर्विष्णुपार्षदौ

    vairānubandhatīvreṇa dhyānenācyutasātmatām | nītau punarhareḥ pārśvaṃ jagmaturviṣṇupārṣadau

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    In their third birth, the same Jaya and Vijaya appeared in a family of kṣatriyas as your cousins, the sons of your aunt. Because Lord Kṛṣṇa has struck them with His disc, all their sinful reactions have been destroyed, and now they are free from the curse.

  41. युधिष्ठिर उवाच । विद्वेषो दयिते पुत्रे कथमासीन्महात्मनि । ब्रूहि मे भगवन् येन प्रह्लादस्याच्युतात्मता

    yudhiṣṭhira uvāca | vidveṣo dayite putre kathamāsīnmahātmani | brūhi me bhagavan yena prahlādasyācyutātmatā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    These two associates of Lord Viṣṇu — Jaya and Vijaya — maintained a feeling of enmity for a very long time. Because of always thinking of Kṛṣṇa in this way, they regained the shelter of the Lord, having returned home, back to Godhead.

  42. SB 7.1.48

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira inquired: O my lord, Nārada Muni, why was there such enmity between Hiraṇyakaśipu and his beloved son Prahlāda Mahārāja? How did Prahlāda Mahārāja become such a great devotee of Lord Kṛṣṇa? Kindly explain this to me.

  43. नारद उवाच । भ्रातर्येवं विनिहते हरिणा क्रोडमूर्तिना । हिरण्यकशिपू राजन् पर्यतप्यद्रुषा शुचा

    nārada uvāca | bhrātaryevaṃ vinihate hariṇā kroḍamūrtinā | hiraṇyakaśipū rājan paryatapyadruṣā śucā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Śrī Nārada Muni said: My dear King Yudhiṣṭhira, when Lord Viṣṇu, in the form of Varāha, the boar, killed Hiraṇyākṣa, Hiraṇyākṣa’s brother Hiraṇyakaśipu was extremely angry and began to lament.

  44. आह चेदं रुषा घूर्णः सन्दष्टदशनच्छदः । कोपोज्ज्वलद्भ्यां चक्षुर्भ्यां निरीक्षन् धूम्रमम्बरम्

    āha cedaṃ ruṣā ghūrṇaḥ sandaṣṭadaśanacchadaḥ | kopojjvaladbhyāṃ cakṣurbhyāṃ nirīkṣan dhūmramambaram

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Filled with rage and biting his lips, Hiraṇyakaśipu gazed at the sky with eyes that blazed in anger, making the whole sky smoky. Thus he began to speak.

  45. करालदंष्ट्रोग्रदृष्ट्या दुष्प्रेक्ष्यभ्रुकुटीमुखः । शूलमुद्यम्य सदसि दानवानिदमब्रवीत्

    karāladaṃṣṭrogradṛṣṭyā duṣprekṣyabhrukuṭīmukhaḥ | śūlamudyamya sadasi dānavānidamabravīt

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Exhibiting his terrible teeth, fierce glance and frowning eyebrows, terrible to see, he took up his weapon, a trident, and thus began speaking to his associates, the assembled demons.

  46. सपत्नैर्घातितः क्षुद्रैर्भ्राता मे दयितः सुहृत् । पार्ष्णिग्राहेण हरिणा समेनाप्युपधावनैः

    sapatnairghātitaḥ kṣudrairbhrātā me dayitaḥ suhṛt | pārṣṇigrāheṇa hariṇā samenāpyupadhāvanaiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My insignificant enemies the demigods have combined to kill my very dear and obedient well-wisher, my brother Hiraṇyākṣa. Although the Supreme Lord, Viṣṇu, is always equal to both of us — namely, the demigods and the demons — this time, being devoutly worshiped by the demigods, He has taken their side and helped them kill Hiraṇyākṣa.

  47. तस्मिन् कूटेऽहिते नष्टे कृत्तमूले वनस्पतौ । विटपा इव शुष्यन्ति विष्णुप्राणा दिवौकसः

    tasmin kūṭe'hite naṣṭe kṛttamūle vanaspatau | viṭapā iva śuṣyanti viṣṇuprāṇā divaukasaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    When the root of a tree is cut and the tree falls down, its branches and twigs automatically dry up. Similarly, when I have killed this diplomatic Viṣṇu, the demigods, for whom Lord Viṣṇu is the life and soul, will lose the source of their life and wither away.

  48. तावद्यात भुवं यूयं विप्रक्षत्रसमेधिताम् । सूदयध्वं तपोयज्ञस्वाध्यायव्रतदानिनः

    tāvadyāta bhuvaṃ yūyaṃ viprakṣatrasamedhitām | sūdayadhvaṃ tapoyajñasvādhyāyavratadāninaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    While I am engaged in the business of killing Lord Viṣṇu, go down to the planet earth, which is flourishing due to brahminical culture and a kṣatriya government. These people engage in austerity, sacrifice, Vedic study, regulative vows, and charity. Destroy all the people thus engaged!

  49. विष्णुर्द्विजक्रियामूलो यज्ञो धर्ममयः पुमान् । देवर्षिपितृभूतानां धर्मस्य च परायणम्

    viṣṇurdvijakriyāmūlo yajño dharmamayaḥ pumān | devarṣipitṛbhūtānāṃ dharmasya ca parāyaṇam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The basic principle of brahminical culture is to satisfy Lord Viṣṇu, the personification of sacrificial and ritualistic ceremonies. Lord Viṣṇu is the personified reservoir of all religious principles, and He is the shelter of all the demigods, the great pitās, and the people in general. When the brāhmaṇas are killed, no one will exist to encourage the kṣatriyas to perform yajñas, and thus the demigods, not being appeased by yajña, will automatically die.

  50. यत्र यत्र द्विजा गावो वेदा वर्णाश्रमाः क्रियाः । तं तं जनपदं यात सन्दीपयत वृश्चत

    yatra yatra dvijā gāvo vedā varṇāśramāḥ kriyāḥ | taṃ taṃ janapadaṃ yāta sandīpayata vṛścata

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Immediately go wherever there is good protection for the cows and brāhmaṇas and wherever the Vedas are studied in terms of the varṇāśrama principles. Set fire to those places and cut from the roots the trees there, which are the source of life.

  51. इति ते भर्तृनिर्देशमादाय शिरसाऽऽदृताः । तथा प्रजानां कदनं विदधुः कदनप्रियाः

    iti te bhartṛnirdeśamādāya śirasā''dṛtāḥ | tathā prajānāṃ kadanaṃ vidadhuḥ kadanapriyāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Thus the demons, being fond of disastrous activities, took Hiraṇyakaśipu’s instructions on their heads with great respect and offered him obeisances. According to his directions, they engaged in envious activities directed against all living beings.

  52. पुरग्रामव्रजोद्यानक्षेत्रारामाश्रमाकरान् । खेटखर्वटघोषांश्च ददहुः पत्तनानि च

    puragrāmavrajodyānakṣetrārāmāśramākarān | kheṭakharvaṭaghoṣāṃśca dadahuḥ pattanāni ca

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The demons set fire to the cities, villages, pasturing grounds, cowpens, gardens, agricultural fields and natural forests. They burned the hermitages of the saintly persons, the important mines that produced valuable metals, the residential quarters of the agriculturalists, the mountain villages, and the villages of the cow protectors, the cowherd men. They also burned the government capitals.

  53. केचित्खनित्रैर्बिभिदुः सेतुप्राकारगोपुरान् । आजीव्यांश्चिच्छिदुर्वृक्षान् केचित्परशुपाणयः । प्रादहन् शरणान्येके प्रजानां ज्वलितोल्मुकैः

    kecitkhanitrairbibhiduḥ setuprākāragopurān | ājīvyāṃścicchidurvṛkṣān kecitparaśupāṇayaḥ | prādahan śaraṇānyeke prajānāṃ jvalitolmukaiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Some of the demons took digging instruments and broke down the bridges, the protective walls and the gates [gopuras] of the cities. Some took axes and began cutting the important trees that produced mango, jackfruit and other sources of food. Some of the demons took firebrands and set fire to the residential quarters of the citizens.

  54. एवं विप्रकृते लोके दैत्येन्द्रानुचरैर्मुहुः । दिवं देवाः परित्यज्य भुवि चेरुरलक्षिताः

    evaṃ viprakṛte loke daityendrānucarairmuhuḥ | divaṃ devāḥ parityajya bhuvi ceruralakṣitāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Thus disturbed again and again by the unnatural occurrences caused by the followers of Hiraṇyakaśipu, all the people had to cease the activities of Vedic culture. Not receiving the results of yajña, the demigods also became disturbed. They left their residential quarters in the heavenly planets and, unobserved by the demons, began wandering on the planet earth to see the disasters.

  55. हिरण्यकशिपुर्भ्रातुः सम्परेतस्य दुःखितः । कृत्वा कटोदकादीनि भ्रातृपुत्रानसान्त्वयत्

    hiraṇyakaśipurbhrātuḥ samparetasya duḥkhitaḥ | kṛtvā kaṭodakādīni bhrātṛputrānasāntvayat

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    After performing the ritualistic observances for the death of his brother, Hiraṇyakaśipu, being extremely unhappy, tried to pacify his nephews.

  56. हिरण्यकशिपुरुवाच । अम्बाम्ब हे वधूः पुत्रा वीरं मार्हथ शोचितुम् । रिपोरभिमुखे श्लाघ्यः शूराणां वध ईप्सितः

    hiraṇyakaśipuruvāca | ambāmba he vadhūḥ putrā vīraṃ mārhatha śocitum | riporabhimukhe ślāghyaḥ śūrāṇāṃ vadha īpsitaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Hiraṇyakaśipu said: My dear mother, sister-in-law and nephews, you should not lament for the death of the great hero, for a hero’s death in front of his enemy is glorious and desirable.

  57. भूतानामिह संवासः प्रपायामिव सुव्रते । दैवेनैकत्र नीतानामुन्नीतानां स्वकर्मभिः

    bhūtānāmiha saṃvāsaḥ prapāyāmiva suvrate | daivenaikatra nītānāmunnītānāṃ svakarmabhiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear mother, in a restaurant or place for drinking cold water, many travelers are brought together, and after drinking water they continue to their respective destinations. Similarly, living entities join together in a family, and later, as a result of their own actions, they are led apart to their destinations.

  58. नित्य आत्माव्ययः शुद्धः सर्वगः सर्ववित्परः । धत्तेऽसावात्मनो लिङ्गं मायया विसृजन् गुणान्

    nitya ātmāvyayaḥ śuddhaḥ sarvagaḥ sarvavitparaḥ | dhatte'sāvātmano liṅgaṃ māyayā visṛjan guṇān

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The spirit soul, the living entity, has no death, for he is eternal and inexhaustible. Being free from material contamination, he can go anywhere in the material or spiritual worlds. He is fully aware and completely different from the material body, but because of being misled by misuse of his slight independence, he is obliged to accept subtle and gross bodies created by the material energy and thus be subjected to so-called material happiness and distress. Therefore, no one should lament for the passing of the spirit soul from the body.

  59. यथाम्भसा प्रचलता तरवोऽपि चला इव । चक्षुषा भ्राम्यमाणेन दृश्यते चलतीव भूः

    yathāmbhasā pracalatā taravo'pi calā iva | cakṣuṣā bhrāmyamāṇena dṛśyate calatīva bhūḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Because of the movements of the water, the trees on the bank of a river, when reflected on the water, seem to move. Similarly, when the eyes move because of some mental derangement, the land appears to move also.

  60. एवं गुणैर्भ्राम्यमाणे मनस्यविकलः पुमान् । याति तत्साम्यतां भद्रे ह्यलिङ्गो लिङ्गवानिव

    evaṃ guṇairbhrāmyamāṇe manasyavikalaḥ pumān | yāti tatsāmyatāṃ bhadre hyaliṅgo liṅgavāniva

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    In the same way, O my gentle mother, when the mind is agitated by the movements of the modes of material nature, the living entity, although freed from all the different phases of the subtle and gross bodies, thinks that he has changed from one condition to another.

  61. अत्राप्युदाहरन्तीममितिहासं पुरातनम् । यमस्य प्रेतबन्धूनां संवादं तं निबोधत

    atrāpyudāharantīmamitihāsaṃ purātanam | yamasya pretabandhūnāṃ saṃvādaṃ taṃ nibodhata

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    In this regard, an example is given from an old history. This involves a discourse between Yamarāja and the friends of a dead person. Please hear it attentively.

  62. उशीनरेष्वभूद्राजा सुयज्ञ इति विश्रुतः । सपत्नैर्निहतो युद्धे ज्ञातयस्तमुपासत

    uśīnareṣvabhūdrājā suyajña iti viśrutaḥ | sapatnairnihato yuddhe jñātayastamupāsata

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    In the state known as Uśīnara there was a celebrated king named Suyajña. When the King was killed in battle by his enemies, his kinsmen sat down around the dead body and began to lament the death of their friend.

  63. रुदत्य उच्चैर्दयिताङ्घ्रिपङ्कजं सिञ्चन्त्य अस्रैः कुचकुङ्कुमारुणैः । विस्रस्तकेशाभरणाः शुचं नृणां सृजन्त्य आक्रन्दनया विलेपिरे

    rudatya uccairdayitāṅghripaṅkajaṃ siñcantya asraiḥ kucakuṅkumāruṇaiḥ | visrastakeśābharaṇāḥ śucaṃ nṛṇāṃ sṛjantya ākrandanayā vilepire

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    As the queens loudly cried, their tears glided down their breasts, becoming reddened by kuṅkuma powder, and fell upon the lotus feet of their husband. Their hair became disarrayed, their ornaments fell, and in a way that evoked sympathy from the hearts of others, the queens began lamenting their husband’s death.

  64. अहो विधात्राकरुणेन नः प्रभो भवान् प्रणीतो दृगगोचरां दशाम् । उशीनराणामसि वृत्तिदः पुरा कृतोऽधुना येन शुचां विवर्धनः

    aho vidhātrākaruṇena naḥ prabho bhavān praṇīto dṛgagocarāṃ daśām | uśīnarāṇāmasi vṛttidaḥ purā kṛto'dhunā yena śucāṃ vivardhanaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O lord, you have now been removed by cruel providence to a state beyond our sight. You had previously sustained the livelihood of the inhabitants of Uśīnara, and thus they were happy, but your condition now is the cause of their unhappiness.

  65. त्वया कृतज्ञेन वयं महीपते कथं विना स्याम सुहृत्तमेन ते । तत्रानुयानं तव वीर पादयोः शुश्रूषतीनां दिश यत्र यास्यसि

    tvayā kṛtajñena vayaṃ mahīpate kathaṃ vinā syāma suhṛttamena te | tatrānuyānaṃ tava vīra pādayoḥ śuśrūṣatīnāṃ diśa yatra yāsyasi

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O King, O hero, you were a very grateful husband and the most sincere friend of all of us. How shall we exist without you? O hero, wherever you are going, please direct us there so that we may follow in your footsteps and engage again in your service. Let us go along with you!

  66. एवं विलपतीनां वै परिगृह्य मृतं पतिम् । अनिच्छतीनां निर्हारमर्कोऽस्तं सन्न्यवर्तत

    evaṃ vilapatīnāṃ vai parigṛhya mṛtaṃ patim | anicchatīnāṃ nirhāramarko'staṃ sannyavartata

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The time was appropriate for the body to be burned, but the queens, not allowing it to be taken away, continued lamenting for the dead body, which they kept on their laps. In the meantime, the sun completed its movements for setting in the west.

  67. तत्र ह प्रेतबन्धूनामाश्रुत्य परिदेवितम् । आह तान् बालको भूत्वा यमः स्वयमुपागतः

    tatra ha pretabandhūnāmāśrutya paridevitam | āha tān bālako bhūtvā yamaḥ svayamupāgataḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    While the queens were lamenting for the dead body of the King, their loud cries were heard even from the abode of Yamarāja. Assuming the body of a boy, Yamarāja personally approached the relatives of the dead body and advised them as follows.

  68. यम उवाच । अहो अमीषां वयसाधिकानां विपश्यतां लोकविधिं विमोहः । यत्रागतस्तत्र गतं मनुष्यं स्वयं सधर्मा अपि शोचन्त्यपार्थम्

    yama uvāca | aho amīṣāṃ vayasādhikānāṃ vipaśyatāṃ lokavidhiṃ vimohaḥ | yatrāgatastatra gataṃ manuṣyaṃ svayaṃ sadharmā api śocantyapārtham

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Śrī Yamarāja said: Alas, how amazing it is! These persons, who are older than me, have full experience that hundreds and thousands of living entities have taken birth and died. Thus they should understand that they also are apt to die, yet still they are bewildered. The conditioned soul comes from an unknown place and returns after death to that same unknown place. There is no exception to this rule, which is conducted by material nature. Knowing this, why do they uselessly lament?

  69. अहो वयं धन्यतमा यदत्र त्यक्ताः पितृभ्यां न विचिन्तयामः । अभक्ष्यमाणा अबला वृकादिभिः स रक्षिता रक्षति यो हि गर्भे

    aho vayaṃ dhanyatamā yadatra tyaktāḥ pitṛbhyāṃ na vicintayāmaḥ | abhakṣyamāṇā abalā vṛkādibhiḥ sa rakṣitā rakṣati yo hi garbhe

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    It is wonderful that these elderly women do not have a higher sense of life than we do. Indeed, we are most fortunate, for although we are children and have been left to struggle in material life, unprotected by father and mother, and although we are very weak, we have not been vanquished or eaten by ferocious animals. Thus we have a firm belief that the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who has given us protection even in the womb of the mother, will protect us everywhere.

  70. य इच्छयेशः सृजतीदमव्ययो य एव रक्षत्यवलुम्पते च यः । तस्याबलाः क्रीडनमाहुरीशितु- श्चराचरं निग्रहसङ्ग्रहे प्रभुः

    ya icchayeśaḥ sṛjatīdamavyayo ya eva rakṣatyavalumpate ca yaḥ | tasyābalāḥ krīḍanamāhurīśitu- ścarācaraṃ nigrahasaṅgrahe prabhuḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The boy addressed the women: O weak women! Only by the will of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is never diminished, is the entire world created, maintained and again annihilated. This is the verdict of the Vedic knowledge. This material creation, consisting of the moving and nonmoving, is exactly like His plaything. Being the Supreme Lord, He is completely competent to destroy and protect.

  71. पथि च्युतं तिष्ठति दिष्टरक्षितं गृहे स्थितं तद्विहतं विनश्यति । जीवत्यनाथोऽपि तदीक्षितो वने गृहेऽभिगुप्तोऽस्य हतो न जीवति

    pathi cyutaṃ tiṣṭhati diṣṭarakṣitaṃ gṛhe sthitaṃ tadvihataṃ vinaśyati | jīvatyanātho'pi tadīkṣito vane gṛhe'bhigupto'sya hato na jīvati

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Sometimes one loses his money on a public street, where everyone can see it, and yet his money is protected by destiny and not seen by others. Thus the man who lost it gets it back. On the other hand, if the Lord does not give protection, even money maintained very securely at home is lost. If the Supreme Lord gives one protection, even though one has no protector and is in the jungle, one remains alive, whereas a person well protected at home by relatives and others sometimes dies, no one being able to protect him.

  72. भूतानि तैस्तैर्निजयोनिकर्मभि- र्भवन्ति काले न भवन्ति सर्वशः । न तत्र हात्मा प्रकृतावपि स्थित- स्तस्या गुणैरन्यतमो निबध्यते

    bhūtāni taistairnijayonikarmabhi- rbhavanti kāle na bhavanti sarvaśaḥ | na tatra hātmā prakṛtāvapi sthita- stasyā guṇairanyatamo nibadhyate

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Every conditioned soul receives a different type of body according to his work, and when the engagement is finished the body is finished. Although the spirit soul is situated in subtle and gross material bodies in different forms of life, he is not bound by them, for he is always understood to be completely different from the manifested body.

  73. इदं शरीरं पुरुषस्य मोहजं यथा पृथग्भौतिकमीयते गृहम् । यथौदकैः पार्थिवतैजसैर्जनः कालेन जातो विकृतो विनश्यति

    idaṃ śarīraṃ puruṣasya mohajaṃ yathā pṛthagbhautikamīyate gṛham | yathaudakaiḥ pārthivataijasairjanaḥ kālena jāto vikṛto vinaśyati

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Just as a householder, although different from the identity of his house, thinks his house to be identical with him, so the conditioned soul, due to ignorance, accepts the body to be himself, although the body is actually different from the soul. This body is obtained through a combination of portions of earth, water and fire, and when the earth, water and fire are transformed in the course of time, the body is vanquished. The soul has nothing to do with this creation and dissolution of the body.

  74. यथानलो दारुषु भिन्न ईयते यथानिलो देहगतः पृथक् स्थितः । यथा नभः सर्वगतं न सज्जते तथा पुमान् सर्वगुणाश्रयः परः

    yathānalo dāruṣu bhinna īyate yathānilo dehagataḥ pṛthak sthitaḥ | yathā nabhaḥ sarvagataṃ na sajjate tathā pumān sarvaguṇāśrayaḥ paraḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    As fire, although situated in wood, is perceived to be different from the wood, as air, although situated within the mouth and nostrils, is perceived to be separate, and as the sky, although all-pervading, never mixes with anything, so the living entity, although now encaged within the material body, of which it is the source, is separate from it.

  75. सुयज्ञो नन्वयं शेते मूढा यमनुशोचथ । यः श्रोता योऽनुवक्तेह स न दृश्येत कर्हिचित्

    suyajño nanvayaṃ śete mūḍhā yamanuśocatha | yaḥ śrotā yo'nuvakteha sa na dṛśyeta karhicit

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Yamarāja continued: O lamenters, you are all fools! The person named Suyajña, for whom you lament, is still lying before you and has not gone anywhere. Then what is the cause for your lamentation? Previously he heard you and replied to you, but now, not finding him, you are lamenting. This is contradictory behavior, for you have never actually seen the person within the body who heard you and replied. There is no need for your lamentation, for the body you have always seen is lying here.

  76. न श्रोता नानुवक्तायं मुख्योऽप्यत्र महानसुः । यस्त्विहेन्द्रियवानात्मा स चान्यः प्राणदेहयोः

    na śrotā nānuvaktāyaṃ mukhyo'pyatra mahānasuḥ | yastvihendriyavānātmā sa cānyaḥ prāṇadehayoḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    In the body the most important substance is the life air, but that also is neither the listener nor the speaker. Beyond even the life air, the soul also can do nothing, for the Supersoul is actually the director, in cooperation with the individual soul. The Supersoul conducting the activities of the body is different from the body and living force.

  77. भूतेन्द्रियमनोलिङ्गान् देहानुच्चावचान् विभुः । भजत्युत्सृजति ह्यन्यस्तच्चापि स्वेन तेजसा

    bhūtendriyamanoliṅgān dehānuccāvacān vibhuḥ | bhajatyutsṛjati hyanyastaccāpi svena tejasā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The five material elements, the ten senses and the mind all combine to form the various parts of the gross and subtle bodies. The living entity comes in contact with his material bodies, whether high or low, and later gives them up by his personal prowess. This strength can be perceived in a living entity’s personal power to possess different types of bodies.

  78. यावल्लिङ्गान्वितो ह्यात्मा तावत्कर्म निबन्धनम् । ततो विपर्ययः क्लेशो मायायोगोऽनुवर्तते

    yāvalliṅgānvito hyātmā tāvatkarma nibandhanam | tato viparyayaḥ kleśo māyāyogo'nuvartate

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    As long as the spirit soul is covered by the subtle body, consisting of the mind, intelligence and false ego, he is bound to the results of his fruitive activities. Because of this covering, the spirit soul is connected with the material energy and must accordingly suffer material conditions and reversals, continually, life after life.

  79. वितथाभिनिवेशोऽयं यद्गुणेष्वर्थदृग्वचः । यथा मनोरथः स्वप्नः सर्वमैन्द्रियकं मृषा

    vitathābhiniveśo'yaṃ yadguṇeṣvarthadṛgvacaḥ | yathā manorathaḥ svapnaḥ sarvamaindriyakaṃ mṛṣā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    It is fruitless to see and talk of the material modes of nature and their resultant so-called happiness and distress as if they were factual. When the mind wanders during the day and a man begins to think himself extremely important, or when he dreams at night and sees a beautiful woman enjoying with him, these are merely false dreams. Similarly, the happiness and distress caused by the material senses should be understood to be meaningless.

  80. अथ नित्यमनित्यं वा नेह शोचन्ति तद्विदः । नान्यथा शक्यते कर्तुं स्वभावः शोचतामिति

    atha nityamanityaṃ vā neha śocanti tadvidaḥ | nānyathā śakyate kartuṃ svabhāvaḥ śocatāmiti

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Those who have full knowledge of self-realization, who know very well that the spirit soul is eternal whereas the body is perishable, are not overwhelmed by lamentation. But persons who lack knowledge of self-realization certainly lament. Therefore it is difficult to educate a person in illusion.

  81. लुब्धको विपिने कश्चित्पक्षिणां निर्मितोऽन्तकः । वितत्य जालं विदधे तत्र तत्र प्रलोभयन्

    lubdhako vipine kaścitpakṣiṇāṃ nirmito'ntakaḥ | vitatya jālaṃ vidadhe tatra tatra pralobhayan

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    There was once a hunter who lured birds with food and captured them after spreading a net. He lived as if appointed by death personified as the killer of the birds.

  82. कुलिङ्गमिथुनं तत्र विचरत्समदृश्यत । तयोः कुलिङ्गी सहसा लुब्धकेन प्रलोभिता

    kuliṅgamithunaṃ tatra vicaratsamadṛśyata | tayoḥ kuliṅgī sahasā lubdhakena pralobhitā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    While wandering in the forest, the hunter saw a pair of kuliṅga birds. Of the two, the female was captivated by the hunter’s lure.

  83. सासज्जत शिचस्तन्त्यां महिषी कालयन्त्रिता । कुलिङ्गस्तां तथाऽऽपन्नां निरीक्ष्य भृशदुःखितः । स्नेहादकल्पः कृपणः कृपणां पर्यदेवयत्

    sāsajjata śicastantyāṃ mahiṣī kālayantritā | kuliṅgastāṃ tathā''pannāṃ nirīkṣya bhṛśaduḥkhitaḥ | snehādakalpaḥ kṛpaṇaḥ kṛpaṇāṃ paryadevayat

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O queens of Suyajña, the male kuliṅga bird, seeing his wife put into the greatest danger in the grip of Providence, became very unhappy. Because of affection, the poor bird, being unable to release her, began to lament for his wife.

  84. अहो अकरुणो देवः स्त्रियाऽऽकरुणया विभुः । कृपणं मानुशोचन्त्या दीनया किं करिष्यति

    aho akaruṇo devaḥ striyā''karuṇayā vibhuḥ | kṛpaṇaṃ mānuśocantyā dīnayā kiṃ kariṣyati

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Alas, how merciless is Providence! My wife, unable to be helped by anyone, is in such an awkward position and lamenting for me. What will Providence gain by taking away this poor bird? What will be the profit?

  85. कामं नयतु मां देवः किमर्धेनात्मनो हि मे । दीनेन जीवता दुःखमनेन विधुरायुषा

    kāmaṃ nayatu māṃ devaḥ kimardhenātmano hi me | dīnena jīvatā duḥkhamanena vidhurāyuṣā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    If unkind Providence takes away my wife, who is half my body, why should He not take me also? What is the use of my living with half of my body, bereaved by loss of my wife? What shall I gain in this way?

  86. कथं त्वजातपक्षांस्तान् मातृहीनान् बिभर्म्यहम् । मन्दभाग्याः प्रतीक्षन्ते नीडे मे मातरं प्रजाः

    kathaṃ tvajātapakṣāṃstān mātṛhīnān bibharmyaham | mandabhāgyāḥ pratīkṣante nīḍe me mātaraṃ prajāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The unfortunate baby birds, bereft of their mother, are waiting in the nest for her to feed them. They are still very small and have not yet grown their wings. How shall I be able to maintain them?

  87. एवं कुलिङ्गं विलपन्तमारा- त्प्रियावियोगातुरमश्रुकण्ठम् । स एव तं शाकुनिकः शरेण विव्याध कालप्रहितो विलीनः

    evaṃ kuliṅgaṃ vilapantamārā- tpriyāviyogāturamaśrukaṇṭham | sa eva taṃ śākunikaḥ śareṇa vivyādha kālaprahito vilīnaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Because of the loss of his wife, the kuliṅga bird lamented with tears in his eyes. Meanwhile, following the dictations of mature time, the hunter, who was very carefully hidden in the distance, released his arrow, which pierced the body of the kuliṅga bird and killed him.

  88. एवं यूयमपश्यन्त्य आत्मापायमबुद्धयः । नैनं प्राप्स्यथ शोचन्त्यः पतिं वर्षशतैरपि

    evaṃ yūyamapaśyantya ātmāpāyamabuddhayaḥ | nainaṃ prāpsyatha śocantyaḥ patiṃ varṣaśatairapi

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Thus Yamarāja, in the guise of a small boy, told all the queens: You are all so foolish that you lament but do not see your own death. Afflicted by a poor fund of knowledge, you do not know that even if you lament for your dead husband for hundreds of years, you will never get him back alive, and in the meantime your lives will be finished.

  89. हिरण्यकशिपुरुवाच । बाल एवं प्रवदति सर्वे विस्मितचेतसः । ज्ञातयो मेनिरे सर्वमनित्यमयथोत्थितम्

    hiraṇyakaśipuruvāca | bāla evaṃ pravadati sarve vismitacetasaḥ | jñātayo menire sarvamanityamayathotthitam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Hiraṇyakaśipu said: While Yamarāja, in the form of a small boy, was instructing all the relatives surrounding the dead body of Suyajña, everyone was struck with wonder by his philosophical words. They could understand that everything material is temporary, not continuing to exist.

  90. यम एतदुपाख्याय तत्रैवान्तरधीयत । ज्ञातयोऽपि सुयज्ञस्य चक्रुर्यत्साम्परायिकम्

    yama etadupākhyāya tatraivāntaradhīyata | jñātayo'pi suyajñasya cakruryatsāmparāyikam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    After instructing all the foolish relatives of Suyajña, Yamarāja, in the form of a boy, disappeared from their vision. Then the relatives of King Suyajña performed the ritualistic funeral ceremonies.

  91. ततः शोचत मा यूयं परं चात्मानमेव च । क आत्मा कः परो वात्र स्वीयः पारक्य एव वा । स्वपराभिनिवेशेन विनाज्ञानेन देहिनाम्

    tataḥ śocata mā yūyaṃ paraṃ cātmānameva ca | ka ātmā kaḥ paro vātra svīyaḥ pārakya eva vā | svaparābhiniveśena vinājñānena dehinām

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Therefore none of you should be aggrieved for the loss of the body — whether your own or those of others. Only in ignorance does one make bodily distinctions, thinking “Who am I? Who are the others? What is mine? What is for others?”

  92. श्रीनारद उवाच । इति दैत्यपतेर्वाक्यं दितिराकर्ण्य सस्नुषा । पुत्रशोकं क्षणात्त्यक्त्वा तत्त्वे चित्तमधारयत्

    śrīnārada uvāca | iti daityapatervākyaṃ ditirākarṇya sasnuṣā | putraśokaṃ kṣaṇāttyaktvā tattve cittamadhārayat

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Śrī Nārada Muni continued: Diti, the mother of Hiraṇyakaśipu and Hiraṇyākṣa, heard the instructions of Hiraṇyakaśipu along with her daughter-in-law, Ruṣābhānu, Hiraṇyākṣa’s wife. She then forgot her grief over her son’s death and thus engaged her mind and attention in understanding the real philosophy of life.

  93. नारद उवाच । हिरण्यकशिपू राजन्नजेयमजरामरम् । आत्मानमप्रतिद्वन्द्वमेकराजं व्यधित्सत

    nārada uvāca | hiraṇyakaśipū rājannajeyamajarāmaram | ātmānamapratidvandvamekarājaṃ vyadhitsata

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Nārada Muni said to Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira: The demoniac king Hiraṇyakaśipu wanted to be unconquerable and free from old age and dwindling of the body. He wanted to gain all the yogic perfections like aṇimā and laghimā, to be deathless, and to be the only king of the entire universe, including Brahmaloka.

  94. स तेपे मन्दरद्रोण्यां तपः परमदारुणम् । ऊर्ध्वबाहुर्नभोदृष्टिः पादाङ्गुष्ठाश्रितावनिः

    sa tepe mandaradroṇyāṃ tapaḥ paramadāruṇam | ūrdhvabāhurnabhodṛṣṭiḥ pādāṅguṣṭhāśritāvaniḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    In the valley of Mandara Hill, Hiraṇyakaśipu began performing his austerities by standing with his toes on the ground, keeping his arms upward and looking toward the sky. This position was extremely difficult, but he accepted it as a means to attain perfection.

  95. जटादीधितिभी रेजे संवर्तार्क इवांशुभिः । तस्मिंस्तपस्तप्यमाने देवाः स्थानानि भेजिरे

    jaṭādīdhitibhī reje saṃvartārka ivāṃśubhiḥ | tasmiṃstapastapyamāne devāḥ sthānāni bhejire

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    From the hair on Hiraṇyakaśipu’s head there emanated an effulgent light as brilliant and intolerable as the rays of the sun at the time of dissolution. Seeing the performance of such austere penances, the demigods, who had been wandering throughout the planets, now returned to their respective homes.

  96. तस्य मूर्ध्नः समुद्भूतः सधूमोऽग्निस्तपोमयः । तीर्यगूर्ध्वमधो लोकानतपद्विष्वगीरितः

    tasya mūrdhnaḥ samudbhūtaḥ sadhūmo'gnistapomayaḥ | tīryagūrdhvamadho lokānatapadviṣvagīritaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Because of Hiraṇyakaśipu’s severe austerities, fire came from his head, and this fire and its smoke spread throughout the sky, encompassing the upper and lower planets, which all became extremely hot.

  97. चुक्षुभुर्नद्युदन्वन्तः सद्वीपाद्रिश्चचाल भूः । निपेतुः सग्रहास्तारा जज्वलुश्च दिशो दश

    cukṣubhurnadyudanvantaḥ sadvīpādriścacāla bhūḥ | nipetuḥ sagrahāstārā jajvaluśca diśo daśa

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Because of the power of his severe austerities, all the rivers and oceans were agitated, the surface of the globe, with its mountains and islands, began trembling, and the stars and planets fell. All directions were ablaze.

  98. तेन तप्ता दिवं त्यक्त्वा ब्रह्मलोकं ययुः सुराः । धात्रे विज्ञापयामासुर्देवदेव जगत्पते

    tena taptā divaṃ tyaktvā brahmalokaṃ yayuḥ surāḥ | dhātre vijñāpayāmāsurdevadeva jagatpate

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Scorched and extremely disturbed because of Hiraṇyakaśipu’s severe penances, all the demigods left the planets where they reside and went to the planet of Lord Brahmā, where they informed the creator as follows: O lord of the demigods, O master of the universe, because of the fire emanating from Hiraṇyakaśipu’s head as a result of his severe austerities, we have become so disturbed that we could not stay in our planets but have come to you.

  99. दैत्येन्द्रतपसा तप्ता दिवि स्थातुं न शक्नुमः । तस्य चोपशमं भूमन् विधेहि यदि मन्यसे । लोका न यावन्नङ्क्ष्यन्ति बलिहारास्तवाभिभूः

    daityendratapasā taptā divi sthātuṃ na śaknumaḥ | tasya copaśamaṃ bhūman vidhehi yadi manyase | lokā na yāvannaṅkṣyanti balihārāstavābhibhūḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O great person, chief of the universe, if you think it proper, kindly stop these disturbances, meant to destroy everything, before all your obedient subjects are annihilated.

  100. तस्यायं किल सङ्कल्पश्चरतो दुश्चरं तपः । श्रूयतां किं न विदितस्तवाथापि निवेदितः

    tasyāyaṃ kila saṅkalpaścarato duścaraṃ tapaḥ | śrūyatāṃ kiṃ na viditastavāthāpi niveditaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Hiraṇyakaśipu has undertaken a most severe type of austerity. Although his plan is not unknown to you, kindly listen as we submit his intentions.

  101. अन्यथेदं विधास्येऽहमयथापूर्वमोजसा । किमन्यैः कालनिर्धूतैः कल्पान्ते वैष्णवादिभिः

    anyathedaṃ vidhāsye'hamayathāpūrvamojasā | kimanyaiḥ kālanirdhūtaiḥ kalpānte vaiṣṇavādibhiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    “By dint of my severe austerities, I shall reverse the results of pious and impious activities. I shall overturn all the established practices within this world. Even Dhruvaloka will be vanquished at the end of the millennium. Therefore, what is the use of it? I shall prefer to remain in the position of Brahmā.”

  102. इति शुश्रुम निर्बन्धं तपः परममास्थितः । विधत्स्वानन्तरं युक्तं स्वयं त्रिभुवनेश्वर

    iti śuśruma nirbandhaṃ tapaḥ paramamāsthitaḥ | vidhatsvānantaraṃ yuktaṃ svayaṃ tribhuvaneśvara

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O lord, we have heard from reliable sources that in order to obtain your post, Hiraṇyakaśipu is now engaged in severe austerity. You are the master of the three worlds. Please, without delay, take whatever steps you deem appropriate.

  103. तवासनं द्विजगवां पारमेष्ठ्यं जगत्पते । भवाय श्रेयसे भूत्यै क्षेमाय विजयाय च

    tavāsanaṃ dvijagavāṃ pārameṣṭhyaṃ jagatpate | bhavāya śreyase bhūtyai kṣemāya vijayāya ca

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O Lord Brahmā, your position within this universe is certainly most auspicious for everyone, especially the cows and brāhmaṇas. Brahminical culture and the protection of cows can be increasingly glorified, and thus all kinds of material happiness, opulence and good fortune will automatically increase. But unfortunately, if Hiraṇyakaśipu occupies your seat, everything will be lost.

  104. इति विज्ञापितो देवैर्भगवानात्मभूर्नृप । परीतो भृगुदक्षाद्यैर्ययौ दैत्येश्वराश्रमम्

    iti vijñāpito devairbhagavānātmabhūrnṛpa | parīto bhṛgudakṣādyairyayau daityeśvarāśramam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O King, being thus informed by the demigods, the most powerful Lord Brahmā, accompanied by Bhṛgu, Dakṣa and other great sages, immediately started for the place where Hiraṇyakaśipu was performing his penances and austerities.

  105. ब्रह्मोवाच । उत्तिष्ठोत्तिष्ठ भद्रं ते तपःसिद्धोऽसि काश्यप । वरदोऽहमनुप्राप्तो व्रियतामीप्सितो वरः

    brahmovāca | uttiṣṭhottiṣṭha bhadraṃ te tapaḥsiddho'si kāśyapa | varado'hamanuprāpto vriyatāmīpsito varaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Lord Brahmā said: O son of Kaśyapa Muni, please get up, please get up. All good fortune unto you. You are now perfect in the performance of your austerities, and therefore I may give you a benediction. You may now ask from me whatever you desire, and I shall try to fulfill your wish.

  106. अद्राक्षमहमेतत्ते हृत्सारं महदद्भुतम् । दंशभक्षितदेहस्य प्राणा ह्यस्थिषु शेरते

    adrākṣamahametatte hṛtsāraṃ mahadadbhutam | daṃśabhakṣitadehasya prāṇā hyasthiṣu śerate

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    I have been very much astonished to see your endurance. In spite of being eaten and bitten by all kinds of worms and ants, you are keeping your life air circulating within your bones. Certainly this is wonderful.

  107. नैतत्पूर्वर्षयश्चक्रुर्न करिष्यन्ति चापरे । निरम्बुर्धारयेत्प्राणान् को वै दिव्यसमाः शतम्

    naitatpūrvarṣayaścakrurna kariṣyanti cāpare | niramburdhārayetprāṇān ko vai divyasamāḥ śatam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Even saintly persons like Bhṛgu, born previously, could not perform such severe austerities, nor will anyone in the future be able to do so. Who within these three worlds can sustain his life without even drinking water for one hundred celestial years?

  108. व्यवसायेन तेऽनेन दुष्करेण मनस्विनाम् । तपोनिष्ठेन भवता जितोऽहं दितिनन्दन

    vyavasāyena te'nena duṣkareṇa manasvinām | taponiṣṭhena bhavatā jito'haṃ ditinandana

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear son of Diti, with your great determination and austerity you have done what was impossible even for great saintly persons, and thus I have certainly been conquered by you.

  109. ततस्त आशिषः सर्वा ददाम्यसुरपुङ्गव । मर्त्यस्य ते अमर्त्यस्य दर्शनं नाफलं मम

    tatasta āśiṣaḥ sarvā dadāmyasurapuṅgava | martyasya te amartyasya darśanaṃ nāphalaṃ mama

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O best of the asuras, for this reason I am now prepared to give you all benedictions, according to your desire. I belong to the celestial world of demigods, who do not die like human beings. Therefore, although you are subject to death, your audience with me will not go in vain.

  110. नारद उवाच । इत्युक्त्वाऽऽदिभवो देवो भक्षिताङ्गं पिपीलिकैः । कमण्डलुजलेनौक्षद्दिव्येनामोघराधसा

    nārada uvāca | ityuktvā''dibhavo devo bhakṣitāṅgaṃ pipīlikaiḥ | kamaṇḍalujalenaukṣaddivyenāmogharādhasā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Śrī Nārada Muni continued: After speaking these words to Hiraṇyakaśipu, Lord Brahmā, the original being of this universe, who is extremely powerful, sprinkled transcendental, infallible, spiritual water from his kamaṇḍalu upon Hiraṇyakaśipu’s body, which had been eaten away by ants and moths. Thus he enlivened Hiraṇyakaśipu.

  111. स तत्कीचकवल्मीकात्सहओजोबलान्वितः । सर्वावयवसम्पन्नो वज्रसंहननो युवा । उत्थितस्तप्तहेमाभो विभावसुरिवैधसः

    sa tatkīcakavalmīkātsahaojobalānvitaḥ | sarvāvayavasampanno vajrasaṃhanano yuvā | utthitastaptahemābho vibhāvasurivaidhasaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    As soon as he was sprinkled with the water from Lord Brahmā’s waterpot, Hiraṇyakaśipu arose, endowed with a full body with limbs so strong that they could bear the striking of a thunderbolt. With physical strength and a bodily luster resembling molten gold, he emerged from the anthill a completely young man, just as fire springs from fuel wood.

  112. स निरीक्ष्याम्बरे देवं हंसवाहमवस्थितम् । ननाम शिरसा भूमौ तद्दर्शनमहोत्सवः

    sa nirīkṣyāmbare devaṃ haṃsavāhamavasthitam | nanāma śirasā bhūmau taddarśanamahotsavaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Seeing Lord Brahmā present before him in the sky, carried by his swan airplane, Hiraṇyakaśipu was extremely pleased. He immediately fell flat with his head on the ground and began to express his obligation to the lord.

  113. उत्थाय प्राञ्जलिः प्रह्व ईक्षमाणो दृशा विभुम् । हर्षाश्रुपुलकोद्भेदो गिरा गद्गदयागृणात्

    utthāya prāñjaliḥ prahva īkṣamāṇo dṛśā vibhum | harṣāśrupulakodbhedo girā gadgadayāgṛṇāt

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Then, getting up from the ground and seeing Lord Brahmā before him, the head of the Daityas was overwhelmed by jubilation. With tears in his eyes, his whole body shivering, he began praying in a humble mood, with folded hands and a faltering voice, to satisfy Lord Brahmā.

  114. नम आद्याय बीजाय ज्ञानविज्ञानमूर्तये । प्राणेन्द्रियमनोबुद्धिविकारैर्व्यक्तिमीयुषे

    nama ādyāya bījāya jñānavijñānamūrtaye | prāṇendriyamanobuddhivikārairvyaktimīyuṣe

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    I offer my obeisances to the original personality within this universe, Lord Brahmā, who is cognizant and who can apply his mind and realized intelligence in creating this cosmic manifestation. It is because of his activities that everything within the universe is visible. He is therefore the cause of all manifestations.

  115. त्वमीशिषे जगतस्तस्थुषश्च प्राणेन मुख्येन पतिः प्रजानाम् । चित्तस्य चित्तेर्मन-इन्द्रियाणां पतिर्महान् भूतगुणाशयेशः

    tvamīśiṣe jagatastasthuṣaśca prāṇena mukhyena patiḥ prajānām | cittasya cittermana-indriyāṇāṃ patirmahān bhūtaguṇāśayeśaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Your Lordship, being the origin of the life of this material world, is the master and controller of the living entities, both moving and stationary, and you inspire their consciousness. You maintain the mind and the acting and knowledge-acquiring senses, and therefore you are the great controller of all the material elements and their qualities, and you are the controller of all desires.

  116. त्वं सप्ततन्तून् वितनोषि तन्वा त्रय्या चातुर्होत्रकविद्यया च । त्वमेक आत्माऽऽत्मवतामनादि- रनन्तपारः कविरन्तरात्मा

    tvaṃ saptatantūn vitanoṣi tanvā trayyā cāturhotrakavidyayā ca | tvameka ātmā''tmavatāmanādi- ranantapāraḥ kavirantarātmā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear lord, by your form as the Vedas personified and through knowledge relating to the activities of all the yajñic brāhmaṇas, you spread the Vedic ritualistic ceremonies of the seven kinds of sacrifices, headed by agniṣṭoma. Indeed, you inspire the yajñic brāhmaṇas to perform the rituals mentioned in the three Vedas. Being the Supreme Soul, the Supersoul of all living entities, you are beginningless, endless and omniscient, beyond the limits of time and space.

  117. त्वमेव कालोऽनिमिषो जनाना- मायुर्लवाद्यावयवैः क्षिणोषि । कूटस्थ आत्मा परमेष्ठ्यजो महां- स्त्वं जीवलोकस्य च जीव आत्मा

    tvameva kālo'nimiṣo janānā- māyurlavādyāvayavaiḥ kṣiṇoṣi | kūṭastha ātmā parameṣṭhyajo mahāṃ- stvaṃ jīvalokasya ca jīva ātmā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O my lord, Your Lordship is eternally awake, seeing everything that happens. As eternal time, you reduce the duration of life for all living entities through your different parts, such as moments, seconds, minutes and hours. Nonetheless, you are unchanged, resting in one place as the Supersoul, witness and Supreme Lord, the birthless, all-pervading controller who is the cause of life for all living entities.

  118. त्वत्तः परं नापरमप्यनेज- देजच्च किञ्चिद्व्यतिरिक्तमस्ति । विद्याः कलास्ते तनवश्च सर्वा हिरण्यगर्भोऽसि बृहत्त्रिपृष्ठः

    tvattaḥ paraṃ nāparamapyaneja- dejacca kiñcidvyatiriktamasti | vidyāḥ kalāste tanavaśca sarvā hiraṇyagarbho'si bṛhattripṛṣṭhaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    There is nothing separate from you, whether it be better or lower, stationary or moving. The knowledge derived from the Vedic literatures like the Upaniṣads, and from all the sub-limbs of the original Vedic knowledge, form your external body. You are Hiraṇyagarbha, the reservoir of the universe, but nonetheless, being situated as the supreme controller, you are transcendental to the material world, which consists of the three modes of material nature.

  119. व्यक्तं विभो स्थूलमिदं शरीरं येनेन्द्रियप्राणमनोगुणांस्त्वम् । भुङ्क्षे स्थितो धामनि पारमेष्ठ्ये अव्यक्त आत्मा पुरुषः पुराणः

    vyaktaṃ vibho sthūlamidaṃ śarīraṃ yenendriyaprāṇamanoguṇāṃstvam | bhuṅkṣe sthito dhāmani pārameṣṭhye avyakta ātmā puruṣaḥ purāṇaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O my lord, being changelessly situated in your own abode, you expand your universal form within this cosmic manifestation, thus appearing to taste the material world. You are Brahman, the Supersoul, the oldest, the Personality of Godhead.

  120. अनन्ताव्यक्तरूपेण येनेदमखिलं ततम् । चिदचिच्छक्तियुक्ताय तस्मै भगवते नमः

    anantāvyaktarūpeṇa yenedamakhilaṃ tatam | cidacicchaktiyuktāya tasmai bhagavate namaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme, who in his unlimited, unmanifested form has expanded the cosmic manifestation, the form of the totality of the universe. He possesses external and internal energies and the mixed energy called the marginal potency, which consists of all the living entities.

  121. यदि दास्यस्यभिमतान् वरान् मे वरदोत्तम । भूतेभ्यस्त्वद्विसृष्टेभ्यो मृत्युर्मा भून्मम प्रभो

    yadi dāsyasyabhimatān varān me varadottama | bhūtebhyastvadvisṛṣṭebhyo mṛtyurmā bhūnmama prabho

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O my lord, O best of the givers of benediction, if you will kindly grant me the benediction I desire, please let me not meet death from any of the living entities created by you.

  122. नान्तर्बहिर्दिवा नक्तमन्यस्मादपि चायुधैः । न भूमौ नाम्बरे मृत्युर्न नरैर्न मृगैरपि

    nāntarbahirdivā naktamanyasmādapi cāyudhaiḥ | na bhūmau nāmbare mṛtyurna narairna mṛgairapi

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Grant me that I not die within any residence or outside any residence, during the daytime or at night, nor on the ground or in the sky. Grant me that my death not be brought by any being other than those created by you, nor by any weapon, nor by any human being or animal.

  123. नारद उवाच । एवं वृतः शतधृतिर्हिरण्यकशिपोरथ । प्रादात्तत्तपसा प्रीतो वरांस्तस्य सुदुर्लभान्

    nārada uvāca | evaṃ vṛtaḥ śatadhṛtirhiraṇyakaśiporatha | prādāttattapasā prīto varāṃstasya sudurlabhān

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Nārada Muni continued: Lord Brahmā was very much satisfied by Hiraṇyakaśipu’s austerities, which were difficult to perform. Therefore, when solicited for benedictions, he indeed granted them, although they were rarely to be achieved.

  124. ब्रह्मोवाच । तातेमे दुर्लभाः पुंसां यान् वृणीषे वरान् मम । तथापि वितराम्यङ्ग वरान् यदपि दुर्लभान्

    brahmovāca | tāteme durlabhāḥ puṃsāṃ yān vṛṇīṣe varān mama | tathāpi vitarāmyaṅga varān yadapi durlabhān

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Lord Brahmā said: O Hiraṇyakaśipu, these benedictions for which you have asked are difficult to obtain for most men. Nonetheless, O my son, I shall grant you them although they are generally not available.

  125. ततो जगाम भगवानमोघानुग्रहो विभुः । पूजितोऽसुरवर्येण स्तूयमानः प्रजेश्वरैः

    tato jagāma bhagavānamoghānugraho vibhuḥ | pūjito'suravaryeṇa stūyamānaḥ prajeśvaraiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Then Lord Brahmā, who awards infallible benedictions, departed, being worshiped by the best of the demons, Hiraṇyakaśipu, and being praised by great sages and saintly persons.

  126. एवं लब्धवरो दैत्यो बिभ्रद्धेममयं वपुः । भगवत्यकरोद्द्वेषं भ्रातुर्वधमनुस्मरन्

    evaṃ labdhavaro daityo bibhraddhemamayaṃ vapuḥ | bhagavatyakaroddveṣaṃ bhrāturvadhamanusmaran

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The demon Hiraṇyakaśipu, having thus been blessed by Lord Brahmā and having acquired a lustrous golden body, continued to remember the death of his brother and therefore be envious of Lord Viṣṇu.

  127. देवोद्यानश्रिया जुष्टमध्यास्ते स्म त्रिविष्टपम् । महेन्द्रभवनं साक्षान्निर्मितं विश्वकर्मणा । त्रैलोक्यलक्ष्म्यायतनमध्युवासाखिलर्द्धिमत्

    devodyānaśriyā juṣṭamadhyāste sma triviṣṭapam | mahendrabhavanaṃ sākṣānnirmitaṃ viśvakarmaṇā | trailokyalakṣmyāyatanamadhyuvāsākhilarddhimat

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Hiraṇyakaśipu, who possessed all opulence, began residing in heaven, with its famous Nandana garden, which is enjoyed by the demigods. In fact, he resided in the most opulent palace of Indra, the King of heaven. The palace had been directly constructed by the demigod architect Viśvakarmā and was as beautifully made as if the goddess of fortune of the entire universe resided there.

  128. तमङ्ग मत्तं मधुनोरुगन्धिना विवृत्तताम्राक्षमशेषधिष्ण्यपाः । उपासतोपायनपाणिभिर्विना त्रिभिस्तपोयोगबलौजसां पदम्

    tamaṅga mattaṃ madhunorugandhinā vivṛttatāmrākṣamaśeṣadhiṣṇyapāḥ | upāsatopāyanapāṇibhirvinā tribhistapoyogabalaujasāṃ padam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O my dear King, Hiraṇyakaśipu was always drunk on strong-smelling wines and liquors, and therefore his coppery eyes were always rolling. Nonetheless, because he had powerfully executed great austerities in mystic yoga, although he was abominable, all but the three principal demigods — Lord Brahmā, Lord Śiva and Lord Viṣṇu — personally worshiped him to please him by bringing him various presentations with their own hands.

  129. जगुर्महेन्द्रासनमोजसा स्थितं विश्वावसुस्तुम्बुरुरस्मदादयः । गन्धर्वसिद्धा ऋषयोऽस्तुवन् मुहु- र्विद्याधराश्चाप्सरसश्च पाण्डव

    jagurmahendrāsanamojasā sthitaṃ viśvāvasustumbururasmadādayaḥ | gandharvasiddhā ṛṣayo'stuvan muhu- rvidyādharāścāpsarasaśca pāṇḍava

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira, descendant of Pāṇḍu, by dint of his personal power, Hiraṇyakaśipu, being situated on the throne of King Indra, controlled the inhabitants of all the other planets. The two Gandharvas Viśvāvasu and Tumburu, I myself and the Vidyādharas, Apsarās and sages all offered prayers to him again and again just to glorify him.

  130. स एव वर्णाश्रमिभिः क्रतुभिर्भूरिदक्षिणैः । इज्यमानो हविर्भागानग्रहीत्स्वेन तेजसा

    sa eva varṇāśramibhiḥ kratubhirbhūridakṣiṇaiḥ | ijyamāno havirbhāgānagrahītsvena tejasā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Being worshiped by sacrifices offered with great gifts by those who strictly followed the principles of varṇa and āśrama, Hiraṇyakaśipu, instead of offering shares of the oblations to the demigods, accepted them himself.

  131. अकृष्टपच्या तस्यासीत्सप्तद्वीपवती मही । तथा कामदुघा द्यौस्तु नानाश्चर्यपदं नभः

    akṛṣṭapacyā tasyāsītsaptadvīpavatī mahī | tathā kāmadughā dyaustu nānāścaryapadaṃ nabhaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    As if in fear of Hiraṇyakaśipu, the planet earth, which consists of seven islands, delivered food grains without being plowed. Thus it resembled cows like the surabhi of the spiritual world or the kāma-dughā of heaven. The earth yielded sufficient food grains, the cows supplied abundant milk, and outer space was beautifully decorated with wonderful phenomena.

  132. रत्नाकराश्च रत्नौघांस्तत्पत्न्यश्चोहुरूर्मिभिः । क्षारसीधुघृतक्षौद्रदधिक्षीरामृतोदकाः

    ratnākarāśca ratnaughāṃstatpatnyaścohurūrmibhiḥ | kṣārasīdhughṛtakṣaudradadhikṣīrāmṛtodakāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    By the flowing of their waves, the various oceans of the universe, along with their tributaries, the rivers, which are compared to their wives, supplied various kinds of gems and jewels for Hiraṇyakaśipu’s use. These oceans were the oceans of salt water, sugarcane juice, wine, clarified butter, milk, yogurt, and sweet water.

  133. शैला द्रोणीभिराक्रीडं सर्वर्तुषु गुणान् द्रुमाः । दधार लोकपालानामेक एव पृथग्गुणान्

    śailā droṇībhirākrīḍaṃ sarvartuṣu guṇān drumāḥ | dadhāra lokapālānāmeka eva pṛthagguṇān

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The valleys between the mountains became fields of pleasure for Hiraṇyakaśipu, by whose influence all the trees and plants produced fruits and flowers profusely in all seasons. The qualities of pouring water, drying and burning, which are all qualities of the three departmental heads of the universe — namely Indra, Vāyu and Agni — were all directed by Hiraṇyakaśipu alone, without assistance from the demigods.

  134. स इत्थं निर्जितककुबेकराड् विषयान् प्रियान् । यथोपजोषं भुञ्जानो नातृप्यदजितेन्द्रियः

    sa itthaṃ nirjitakakubekarāḍ viṣayān priyān | yathopajoṣaṃ bhuñjāno nātṛpyadajitendriyaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    In spite of achieving the power to control in all directions and in spite of enjoying all types of dear sense gratification as much as possible, Hiraṇyakaśipu was dissatisfied because instead of controlling his senses he remained their servant.

  135. एवमैश्वर्यमत्तस्य दृप्तस्योच्छास्त्रवर्तिनः । कालो महान् व्यतीयाय ब्रह्मशापमुपेयुषः

    evamaiśvaryamattasya dṛptasyocchāstravartinaḥ | kālo mahān vyatīyāya brahmaśāpamupeyuṣaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Hiraṇyakaśipu thus passed a long time being very much proud of his opulences and transgressing the laws and regulations mentioned in the authoritative śāstras. He was therefore subjected to a curse by the four Kumāras, who were great brāhmaṇas.

  136. तस्योग्रदण्डसंविग्नाः सर्वे लोकाः सपालकाः । अन्यत्रालब्धशरणाः शरणं ययुरच्युतम्

    tasyogradaṇḍasaṃvignāḥ sarve lokāḥ sapālakāḥ | anyatrālabdhaśaraṇāḥ śaraṇaṃ yayuracyutam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Everyone, including the rulers of the various planets, was extremely distressed because of the severe punishment inflicted upon them by Hiraṇyakaśipu. Fearful and disturbed, unable to find any other shelter, they at last surrendered to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Viṣṇu.

  137. तेषामाविरभूद्वाणी अरूपा मेघनिःस्वना । सन्नादयन्ती ककुभः साधूनामभयङ्करी

    teṣāmāvirabhūdvāṇī arūpā meghaniḥsvanā | sannādayantī kakubhaḥ sādhūnāmabhayaṅkarī

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Then there appeared before them a transcendental sound vibration, emanating from a personality not visible to material eyes. The voice was as grave as the sound of a cloud, and it was very encouraging, driving away all fear.

  138. यदा देवेषु वेदेषु गोषु विप्रेषु साधुषु । धर्मे मयि च विद्वेषः स वा आशु विनश्यति

    yadā deveṣu vedeṣu goṣu vipreṣu sādhuṣu | dharme mayi ca vidveṣaḥ sa vā āśu vinaśyati

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    When one is envious of the demigods, who represent the Supreme Personality of Godhead, of the Vedas, which give all knowledge, of the cows, brāhmaṇas, Vaiṣṇavas and religious principles, and ultimately of Me, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he and his civilization will be vanquished without delay.

  139. निर्वैराय प्रशान्ताय स्वसुताय महात्मने । प्रह्लादाय यदा द्रुह्येद्धनिष्येऽपि वरोर्जितम्

    nirvairāya praśāntāya svasutāya mahātmane | prahlādāya yadā druhyeddhaniṣye'pi varorjitam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    When Hiraṇyakaśipu teases the great devotee Prahlāda, his own son, who is peaceful and sober and who has no enemy, I shall kill Hiraṇyakaśipu immediately, despite the benedictions of Brahmā.

  140. नारद उवाच । इत्युक्ता लोकगुरुणा तं प्रणम्य दिवौकसः । न्यवर्तन्त गतोद्वेगा मेनिरे चासुरं हतम्

    nārada uvāca | ityuktā lokaguruṇā taṃ praṇamya divaukasaḥ | nyavartanta gatodvegā menire cāsuraṃ hatam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The great saint Nārada Muni continued: When the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the spiritual master of everyone, thus reassured all the demigods living in the heavenly planets, they offered their respectful obeisances unto Him and returned, confident that the demon Hiraṇyakaśipu was now practically dead.

  141. तस्य दैत्यपतेः पुत्राश्चत्वारः परमाद्भुताः । प्रह्लादोऽभून्महांस्तेषां गुणैर्महदुपासकः

    tasya daityapateḥ putrāścatvāraḥ paramādbhutāḥ | prahlādo'bhūnmahāṃsteṣāṃ guṇairmahadupāsakaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Hiraṇyakaśipu had four wonderful, well-qualified sons, of whom the one named Prahlāda was the best. Indeed, Prahlāda was a reservoir of all transcendental qualities because he was an unalloyed devotee of the Personality of Godhead.

  142. नोद्विग्नचित्तो व्यसनेषु निःस्पृहः श्रुतेषु दृष्टेषु गुणेष्ववस्तुदृक् । दान्तेन्द्रियप्राणशरीरधीः सदा प्रशान्तकामो रहितासुरोऽसुरः

    nodvignacitto vyasaneṣu niḥspṛhaḥ śruteṣu dṛṣṭeṣu guṇeṣvavastudṛk | dāntendriyaprāṇaśarīradhīḥ sadā praśāntakāmo rahitāsuro'suraḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Although Prahlāda Mahārāja was born in a family of asuras, he himself was not an asura but a great devotee of Lord Viṣṇu. Unlike the other asuras, he was never envious of Vaiṣṇavas. He was not agitated when put into danger, and he was neither directly nor indirectly interested in the fruitive activities described in the Vedas. Indeed, he considered everything material to be useless, and therefore he was completely devoid of material desires. He always controlled his senses and life air, and being of steady intelligence and determination, he subdued all lusty desires.

  143. यस्मिन् महद्गुणा राजन् गृह्यन्ते कविभिर्मुहुः । न तेऽधुनापिधीयन्ते यथा भगवतीश्वरे

    yasmin mahadguṇā rājan gṛhyante kavibhirmuhuḥ | na te'dhunāpidhīyante yathā bhagavatīśvare

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O King, Prahlāda Mahārāja’s good qualities are still glorified by learned saints and Vaiṣṇavas. As all good qualities are always found existing in the Supreme Personality of Godhead, they also exist forever in His devotee Prahlāda Mahārāja.

  144. यं साधुगाथासदसि रिपवोऽपि सुरा नृप । प्रतिमानं प्रकुर्वन्ति किमुतान्ये भवादृशाः

    yaṃ sādhugāthāsadasi ripavo'pi surā nṛpa | pratimānaṃ prakurvanti kimutānye bhavādṛśāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    In any assembly where there are discourses about saints and devotees, O King Yudhiṣṭhira, even the enemies of the demons, namely the demigods, what to speak of you, would cite Prahlāda Mahārāja as an example of a great devotee.

  145. गुणैरलमसङ्ख्येयैर्माहात्म्यं तस्य सूच्यते । वासुदेवे भगवति यस्य नैसर्गिकी रतिः

    guṇairalamasaṅkhyeyairmāhātmyaṃ tasya sūcyate | vāsudeve bhagavati yasya naisargikī ratiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Who could list the innumerable transcendental qualities of Prahlāda Mahārāja? He had unflinching faith in Vāsudeva, Lord Kṛṣṇa [the son of Vasudeva], and unalloyed devotion to Him. His attachment to Lord Kṛṣṇa was natural because of his previous devotional service. Although his good qualities cannot be enumerated, they prove that he was a great soul [mahātmā].

  146. न्यस्तक्रीडनको बालो जडवत्तन्मनस्तया । कृष्णग्रहगृहीतात्मा न वेद जगदीदृशम्

    nyastakrīḍanako bālo jaḍavattanmanastayā | kṛṣṇagrahagṛhītātmā na veda jagadīdṛśam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    From the very beginning of his childhood, Prahlāda Mahārāja was uninterested in childish playthings. Indeed, he gave them up altogether and remained silent and dull, being fully absorbed in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Since his mind was always affected by Kṛṣṇa consciousness, he could not understand how the world goes on being fully absorbed in the activities of sense gratification.

  147. आसीनः पर्यटन्नश्नन् शयानः प्रपिबन् ब्रुवन् । नानुसन्धत्त एतानि गोविन्दपरिरम्भितः

    āsīnaḥ paryaṭannaśnan śayānaḥ prapiban bruvan | nānusandhatta etāni govindaparirambhitaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Prahlāda Mahārāja was always absorbed in thought of Kṛṣṇa. Thus, being always embraced by the Lord, he did not know how his bodily necessities, such as sitting, walking, eating, lying down, drinking and talking, were being automatically performed.

  148. क्वचिद्रुदति वैकुण्ठचिन्ताशबलचेतनः । क्वचिद्धसति तच्चिन्ताह्लाद उद्गायति क्वचित्

    kvacidrudati vaikuṇṭhacintāśabalacetanaḥ | kvaciddhasati taccintāhlāda udgāyati kvacit

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Because of advancement in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, he sometimes cried, sometimes laughed, sometimes expressed jubilation and sometimes sang loudly.

  149. नदति क्वचिदुत्कण्ठो विलज्जो नृत्यति क्वचित् । क्वचित्तद्भावनायुक्तस्तन्मयोऽनुचकार ह

    nadati kvacidutkaṇṭho vilajjo nṛtyati kvacit | kvacittadbhāvanāyuktastanmayo'nucakāra ha

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Sometimes, upon seeing the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Prahlāda Mahārāja would loudly call in full anxiety. He sometimes lost his shyness in jubilation and began dancing in ecstasy, and sometimes, being fully absorbed in thoughts of Kṛṣṇa, he felt oneness and imitated the pastimes of the Lord.

  150. क्वचिदुत्पुलकस्तूष्णीमास्ते संस्पर्शनिर्वृतः । अस्पन्दप्रणयानन्दसलिलामीलितेक्षणः

    kvacidutpulakastūṣṇīmāste saṃsparśanirvṛtaḥ | aspandapraṇayānandasalilāmīlitekṣaṇaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Sometimes, feeling the touch of the Lord’s lotus hands, he became spiritually jubilant and remained silent, his hairs standing on end and tears gliding down from his half-closed eyes because of his love for the Lord.

  151. स उत्तमश्लोकपदारविन्दयो- र्निषेवयाकिञ्चनसङ्गलब्धया । तन्वन् परां निर्वृतिमात्मनो मुहु- र्दुःसङ्गदीनान्यमनःशमं व्यधात्

    sa uttamaślokapadāravindayo- rniṣevayākiñcanasaṅgalabdhayā | tanvan parāṃ nirvṛtimātmano muhu- rduḥsaṅgadīnānyamanaḥśamaṃ vyadhāt

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Because of his association with perfect, unalloyed devotees who had nothing to do with anything material, Prahlāda Mahārāja constantly engaged in the service of the Lord’s lotus feet. By seeing his bodily features when he was in perfect ecstasy, persons very poor in spiritual understanding became purified. In other words, Prahlāda Mahārāja bestowed upon them transcendental bliss.

  152. तस्मिन् महाभागवते महाभागे महात्मनि । हिरण्यकशिपू राजन्नकरोदघमात्मजे

    tasmin mahābhāgavate mahābhāge mahātmani | hiraṇyakaśipū rājannakarodaghamātmaje

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear King Yudhiṣṭhira, the demon Hiraṇyakaśipu tormented this exalted, fortunate devotee, although Prahlāda was his own son.

  153. युधिष्ठिर उवाच । देवर्ष एतदिच्छामो वेदितुं तव सुव्रत । यदात्मजाय शुद्धाय पितादात्साधवे ह्यघम्

    yudhiṣṭhira uvāca | devarṣa etadicchāmo vedituṃ tava suvrata | yadātmajāya śuddhāya pitādātsādhave hyagham

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira said: O best of the saints among the demigods, O best of spiritual leaders, how did Hiraṇyakaśipu give so much trouble to Prahlāda Mahārāja, the pure and exalted saint, although Prahlāda was his own son? I wish to know about this subject from you.

  154. पुत्रान् विप्रतिकूलान् स्वान् पितरः पुत्रवत्सलाः । उपालभन्ते शिक्षार्थं नैवाघमपरो यथा

    putrān vipratikūlān svān pitaraḥ putravatsalāḥ | upālabhante śikṣārthaṃ naivāghamaparo yathā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    A father and mother are always affectionate to their children. When the children are disobedient the parents chastise them, not due to enmity but only for the child’s instruction and welfare. How did Hiraṇyakaśipu, the father of Prahlāda Mahārāja, chastise such a noble son? This is what I am eager to know.

  155. किमुतानुवशान् साधूंस्तादृशान् गुरुदेवतान् । एतत्कौतूहलं ब्रह्मन्नस्माकं विधम प्रभो । पितुः पुत्राय यद्द्वेषो मरणाय प्रयोजितः

    kimutānuvaśān sādhūṃstādṛśān gurudevatān | etatkautūhalaṃ brahmannasmākaṃ vidhama prabho | pituḥ putrāya yaddveṣo maraṇāya prayojitaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira further inquired: How was it possible for a father to be so violent toward an exalted son who was obedient, well-behaved and respectful to his father? O brāhmaṇa, O master, I have never heard of such a contradiction as an affectionate father’s punishing his noble son with the intention of killing him. Kindly dissipate our doubts in this regard.

  156. नारद उवाच । पौरोहित्याय भगवान् वृतः काव्यः किलासुरैः । षण्डामर्कौ सुतौ तस्य दैत्यराजगृहान्तिके

    nārada uvāca | paurohityāya bhagavān vṛtaḥ kāvyaḥ kilāsuraiḥ | ṣaṇḍāmarkau sutau tasya daityarājagṛhāntike

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The great saint Nārada Muni said: The demons, headed by Hiraṇyakaśipu, accepted Śukrācārya as their priest for ritualistic ceremonies. Śukrācārya’s two sons, Ṣaṇḍa and Amarka, lived near Hiraṇyakaśipu’s palace.

  157. तौ राज्ञा प्रापितं बालं प्रह्लादं नयकोविदम् । पाठयामासतुः पाठ्यानन्यांश्चासुरबालकान्

    tau rājñā prāpitaṃ bālaṃ prahlādaṃ nayakovidam | pāṭhayāmāsatuḥ pāṭhyānanyāṃścāsurabālakān

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Prahlāda Mahārāja was already educated in devotional life, but when his father sent him to those two sons of Śukrācārya to be educated, they accepted him at their school along with the other sons of the asuras.

  158. यत्तत्र गुरुणा प्रोक्तं शुश्रुवेऽनुपपाठ च । न साधु मनसा मेने स्वपरासद्ग्रहाश्रयम्

    yattatra guruṇā proktaṃ śuśruve'nupapāṭha ca | na sādhu manasā mene svaparāsadgrahāśrayam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Prahlāda certainly heard and recited the topics of politics and economics taught by the teachers, but he understood that political philosophy involves considering someone a friend and someone else an enemy, and thus he did not like it.

  159. एकदासुरराट् पुत्रमङ्कमारोप्य पाण्डव । पप्रच्छ कथ्यतां वत्स मन्यते साधु यद्भवान्

    ekadāsurarāṭ putramaṅkamāropya pāṇḍava | papraccha kathyatāṃ vatsa manyate sādhu yadbhavān

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear King Yudhiṣṭhira, once upon a time the King of the demons, Hiraṇyakaśipu, took his son Prahlāda on his lap and very affectionately inquired: My dear son, please let me know what you think is the best of all the subjects you have studied from your teachers.

  160. प्रह्लाद उवाच । तत्साधु मन्येऽसुरवर्य देहिनां सदा समुद्विग्नधियामसद्ग्रहात् । हित्वाऽऽत्मपातं गृहमन्धकूपं वनं गतो यद्धरिमाश्रयेत

    prahlāda uvāca | tatsādhu manye'suravarya dehināṃ sadā samudvignadhiyāmasadgrahāt | hitvā''tmapātaṃ gṛhamandhakūpaṃ vanaṃ gato yaddharimāśrayeta

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Prahlāda Mahārāja replied: O best of the asuras, King of the demons, as far as I have learned from my spiritual master, any person who has accepted a temporary body and temporary household life is certainly embarrassed by anxiety because of having fallen in a dark well where there is no water but only suffering. One should give up this position and go to the forest [vana]. More clearly, one should go to Vṛndāvana, where only Kṛṣṇa consciousness is prevalent, and should thus take shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

  161. नारद उवाच । श्रुत्वा पुत्रगिरो दैत्यः परपक्षसमाहिताः । जहास बुद्धिर्बालानां भिद्यते परबुद्धिभिः

    nārada uvāca | śrutvā putragiro daityaḥ parapakṣasamāhitāḥ | jahāsa buddhirbālānāṃ bhidyate parabuddhibhiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Nārada Muni continued: When Prahlāda Mahārāja spoke about the path of self-realization in devotional service, thus being faithful to the camp of his father’s enemies, Hiraṇyakaśipu, the King of the demons, heard Prahlāda’s words and he laughingly said, “Thus is the intelligence of children spoiled by the words of the enemy.”

  162. सम्यग्विधार्यतां बालो गुरुगेहे द्विजातिभिः । विष्णुपक्षैः प्रतिच्छन्नैर्न भिद्येतास्य धीर्यथा

    samyagvidhāryatāṃ bālo gurugehe dvijātibhiḥ | viṣṇupakṣaiḥ praticchannairna bhidyetāsya dhīryathā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Hiraṇyakaśipu advised his assistants: My dear demons, give complete protection to this boy at the gurukula where he is instructed, so that his intelligence will not be further influenced by Vaiṣṇavas who may go there in disguise.

  163. गृहमानीतमाहूय प्रह्लादं दैत्ययाजकाः । प्रशस्य श्लक्ष्णया वाचा समपृच्छन्त सामभिः

    gṛhamānītamāhūya prahlādaṃ daityayājakāḥ | praśasya ślakṣṇayā vācā samapṛcchanta sāmabhiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    When Hiraṇyakaśipu’s servants brought the boy Prahlāda back to the gurukula [the place where the brāhmaṇas taught the boys], the priests of the demons, Ṣaṇḍa and Amarka, pacified him. With very mild voices and affectionate words, they inquired from him as follows.

  164. वत्स प्रह्लाद भद्रं ते सत्यं कथय मा मृषा । बालानति कुतस्तुभ्यमेष बुद्धिविपर्ययः

    vatsa prahlāda bhadraṃ te satyaṃ kathaya mā mṛṣā | bālānati kutastubhyameṣa buddhiviparyayaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Dear son Prahlāda, all peace and good fortune unto you. Kindly do not speak lies; just reply with the truth. These boys you see are not like you, for they do not speak in a deviant way. How have you learned these instructions? How has your intelligence been spoiled in this way?

  165. बुद्धिभेदः परकृत उताहो ते स्वतोऽभवत् । भण्यतां श्रोतुकामानां गुरूणां कुलनन्दन

    buddhibhedaḥ parakṛta utāho te svato'bhavat | bhaṇyatāṃ śrotukāmānāṃ gurūṇāṃ kulanandana

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O best of your family, has this pollution of your intelligence been brought about by you or by the enemies? We are all your teachers and are very eager to hear about this. Please tell us the truth.

  166. प्रह्लाद उवाच । स्वः परश्चेत्यसद्ग्राहः पुंसां यन्मायया कृतः । विमोहितधियां दृष्टस्तस्मै भगवते नमः

    prahlāda uvāca | svaḥ paraścetyasadgrāhaḥ puṃsāṃ yanmāyayā kṛtaḥ | vimohitadhiyāṃ dṛṣṭastasmai bhagavate namaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Prahlāda Mahārāja replied: Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, whose external energy has created the distinctions of “my friend” and “my enemy” by deluding the intelligence of men. Indeed, I am now actually experiencing this, although I have previously heard of it from authoritative sources.

  167. स यदानुव्रतः पुंसां पशुबुद्धिर्विभिद्यते । अन्य एष तथान्योऽहमिति भेदगतासती

    sa yadānuvrataḥ puṃsāṃ paśubuddhirvibhidyate | anya eṣa tathānyo'hamiti bhedagatāsatī

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    When the Supreme Personality of Godhead is pleased with the living entity because of his devotional service, one becomes a paṇḍita and does not make distinctions between enemies, friends and himself. Intelligently, he then thinks, “Every one of us is an eternal servant of God, and therefore we are not different from one another.”

  168. स एष आत्मा स्वपरेत्यबुद्धिभि- र्दुरत्ययानुक्रमणो निरूप्यते । मुह्यन्ति यद्वर्त्मनि वेदवादिनो ब्रह्मादयो ह्येष भिनत्ति मे मतिम्

    sa eṣa ātmā svaparetyabuddhibhi- rduratyayānukramaṇo nirūpyate | muhyanti yadvartmani vedavādino brahmādayo hyeṣa bhinatti me matim

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Persons who always think in terms of “enemy” and “friend” are unable to ascertain the Supersoul within themselves. Not to speak of them, even such exalted persons as Lord Brahmā, who are fully conversant with the Vedic literature, are sometimes bewildered in following the principles of devotional service. The same Supreme Personality of Godhead who has created this situation has certainly given me the intelligence to take the side of your so-called enemy.

  169. यथा भ्राम्यत्ययो ब्रह्मन् स्वयमाकर्षसन्निधौ । तथा मे भिद्यते चेतश्चक्रपाणेर्यदृच्छया

    yathā bhrāmyatyayo brahman svayamākarṣasannidhau | tathā me bhidyate cetaścakrapāṇeryadṛcchayā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O brāhmaṇas [teachers], as iron attracted by a magnetic stone moves automatically toward the magnet, my consciousness, having been changed by His will, is attracted by Lord Viṣṇu, who carries a disc in His hand. Thus I have no independence.

  170. नारद उवाच । एतावद्ब्राह्मणायोक्त्वा विरराम महामतिः । तं निर्भर्त्स्याथ कुपितः स दीनो राजसेवकः

    nārada uvāca | etāvadbrāhmaṇāyoktvā virarāma mahāmatiḥ | taṃ nirbhartsyātha kupitaḥ sa dīno rājasevakaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The great saint Nārada Muni continued: The great soul Prahlāda Mahārāja became silent after saying this to his teachers, Ṣaṇḍa and Amarka, the seminal sons of Śukrācārya. These so-called brāhmaṇas then became angry at him. Because they were servants of Hiraṇyakaśipu, they were very sorry, and to chastise Prahlāda Mahārāja they spoke as follows.

  171. आनीयतामरे वेत्रमस्माकमयशस्करः । कुलाङ्गारस्य दुर्बुद्धेश्चतुर्थोऽस्योदितो दमः

    ānīyatāmare vetramasmākamayaśaskaraḥ | kulāṅgārasya durbuddheścaturtho'syodito damaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Oh, please bring me a stick! This Prahlāda is damaging our name and fame. Because of his bad intelligence, he has become like a cinder in the dynasty of the demons. Now he needs to be treated by the fourth of the four kinds of political diplomacy.

  172. दैतेयचन्दनवने जातोऽयं कण्टकद्रुमः । यन्मूलोन्मूलपरशोर्विष्णोर्नालायितोऽर्भकः

    daiteyacandanavane jāto'yaṃ kaṇṭakadrumaḥ | yanmūlonmūlaparaśorviṣṇornālāyito'rbhakaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    This rascal Prahlāda has appeared like a thorn tree in a forest of sandalwood. To cut down sandalwood trees, an axe is needed, and the wood of the thorn tree is very suitable for the handle of such an axe. Lord Viṣṇu is the axe for cutting down the sandalwood forest of the family of demons, and this Prahlāda is the handle for that axe.

  173. इति तं विविधोपायैर्भीषयंस्तर्जनादिभिः । प्रह्लादं ग्राहयामास त्रिवर्गस्योपपादनम्

    iti taṃ vividhopāyairbhīṣayaṃstarjanādibhiḥ | prahlādaṃ grāhayāmāsa trivargasyopapādanam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Ṣaṇḍa and Amarka, the teachers of Prahlāda Mahārāja, chastised and threatened their disciple in various ways and began teaching him about the paths of religion, economic development and sense gratification. This is the way they educated him.

  174. तत एनं गुरुर्ज्ञात्वा ज्ञातज्ञेयचतुष्टयम् । दैत्येन्द्रं दर्शयामास मातृमृष्टमलङ्कृतम्

    tata enaṃ gururjñātvā jñātajñeyacatuṣṭayam | daityendraṃ darśayāmāsa mātṛmṛṣṭamalaṅkṛtam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    After some time, the teachers Ṣaṇḍa and Amarka thought that Prahlāda Mahārāja was sufficiently educated in the diplomatic affairs of pacifying public leaders, appeasing them by giving them lucrative posts, dividing and ruling over them, and punishing them in cases of disobedience. Then, one day, after Prahlāda’s mother had personally washed the boy and dressed him nicely with sufficient ornaments, they presented him before his father.

  175. पादयोः पतितं बालं प्रतिनन्द्याशिषासुरः । परिष्वज्य चिरं दोर्भ्यां परमामाप निर्वृतिम्

    pādayoḥ patitaṃ bālaṃ pratinandyāśiṣāsuraḥ | pariṣvajya ciraṃ dorbhyāṃ paramāmāpa nirvṛtim

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    When Hiraṇyakaśipu saw that his child had fallen at his feet and was offering obeisances, as an affectionate father he immediately began showering blessings upon the child and embraced him with both arms. A father naturally feels happy to embrace his son, and Hiraṇyakaśipu became very happy in this way.

  176. आरोप्याङ्कमवघ्राय मूर्धन्यश्रुकलाम्बुभिः । आसिञ्चन् विकसद्वक्त्रमिदमाह युधिष्ठिर

    āropyāṅkamavaghrāya mūrdhanyaśrukalāmbubhiḥ | āsiñcan vikasadvaktramidamāha yudhiṣṭhira

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Nārada Muni continued: My dear King Yudhiṣṭhira, Hiraṇyakaśipu seated Prahlāda Mahārāja on his lap and began smelling his head. With affectionate tears gliding down from his eyes and moistening the child’s smiling face, he spoke to his son as follows.

  177. हिरण्यकशिपुरुवाच । प्रह्लादानूच्यतां तात स्वधीतं किञ्चिदुत्तमम् । कालेनैतावताऽऽयुष्मन् यदशिक्षद्गुरोर्भवान्

    hiraṇyakaśipuruvāca | prahlādānūcyatāṃ tāta svadhītaṃ kiñciduttamam | kālenaitāvatā''yuṣman yadaśikṣadgurorbhavān

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Hiraṇyakaśipu said: My dear Prahlāda, my dear son, O long-lived one, for so much time you have heard many things from your teachers. Now please repeat to me whatever you think is the best of that knowledge.

  178. श्रवणं कीर्तनं विष्णोः स्मरणं पादसेवनम्। अर्चनं वन्दनं दास्यं सख्यमात्मनिवेदनम्॥

    śravaṇaṁ kīrtanaṁ viṣṇoḥ smaraṇaṁ pāda-sevanam arcanaṁ vandanaṁ dāsyaṁ sakhyam ātma-nivedanam

    Meaning · English

    Prahlada's nine forms of devotion: hearing of Vishnu, singing His glories, remembering Him, serving His feet, worshipping Him, prostrating, regarding oneself as His servant, befriending Him, and full self-surrender.

  179. निशम्यैतत्सुतवचो हिरण्यकशिपुस्तदा । गुरुपुत्रमुवाचेदं रुषा प्रस्फुरिताधरः

    niśamyaitatsutavaco hiraṇyakaśipustadā | guruputramuvācedaṃ ruṣā prasphuritādharaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    After hearing these words of devotional service from the mouth of his son Prahlāda, Hiraṇyakaśipu was extremely angry. His lips trembling, he spoke as follows to Ṣaṇḍa, the son of his guru, Śukrācārya.

  180. ब्रह्मबन्धो किमेतत्ते विपक्षं श्रयतासता । असारं ग्राहितो बालो मामनादृत्य दुर्मते

    brahmabandho kimetatte vipakṣaṃ śrayatāsatā | asāraṃ grāhito bālo māmanādṛtya durmate

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O unqualified, most heinous son of a brāhmaṇa, you have disobeyed my order and taken shelter of the party of my enemies. You have taught this poor boy about devotional service! What is this nonsense?

  181. सन्ति ह्यसाधवो लोके दुर्मैत्राश्छद्मवेषिणः । तेषामुदेत्यघं काले रोगः पातकिनामिव

    santi hyasādhavo loke durmaitrāśchadmaveṣiṇaḥ | teṣāmudetyaghaṃ kāle rogaḥ pātakināmiva

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    In due course of time, various types of diseases are manifest in those who are sinful. Similarly, in this world there are many deceptive friends in false garbs, but eventually, because of their false behavior, their actual enmity becomes manifest.

  182. गुरुपुत्र उवाच । न मत्प्रणीतं न परप्रणीतं सुतो वदत्येष तवेन्द्रशत्रो । नैसर्गिकीयं मतिरस्य राजन् नियच्छ मन्युं कददाः स्म मा नः

    guruputra uvāca | na matpraṇītaṃ na parapraṇītaṃ suto vadatyeṣa tavendraśatro | naisargikīyaṃ matirasya rājan niyaccha manyuṃ kadadāḥ sma mā naḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The son of Śukrācārya, Hiraṇyakaśipu’s spiritual master, said: O enemy of King Indra, O King! Whatever your son Prahlāda has said was not taught to him by me or anyone else. His spontaneous devotional service has naturally developed in him. Therefore, please give up your anger and do not unnecessarily accuse us. It is not good to insult a brāhmaṇa in this way.

  183. नारद उवाच । गुरुणैवं प्रतिप्रोक्तो भूय आहासुरः सुतम् । न चेद्गुरुमुखीयं ते कुतोऽभद्रासती मतिः

    nārada uvāca | guruṇaivaṃ pratiprokto bhūya āhāsuraḥ sutam | na cedgurumukhīyaṃ te kuto'bhadrāsatī matiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Śrī Nārada Muni continued: When Hiraṇyakaśipu received this reply from the teacher, he again addressed his son Prahlāda. Hiraṇyakaśipu said: You rascal, most fallen of our family, if you have not received this education from your teachers, where have you gotten it?

  184. प्रह्लाद उवाच । मतिर्न कृष्णे परतः स्वतो वा मिथोऽभिपद्येत गृहव्रतानाम् । अदान्तगोभिर्विशतां तमिस्रं पुनः पुनश्चर्वितचर्वणानाम्

    prahlāda uvāca | matirna kṛṣṇe parataḥ svato vā mitho'bhipadyeta gṛhavratānām | adāntagobhirviśatāṃ tamisraṃ punaḥ punaścarvitacarvaṇānām

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Prahlāda Mahārāja replied: Because of their uncontrolled senses, persons too addicted to materialistic life make progress toward hellish conditions and repeatedly chew that which has already been chewed. Their inclinations toward Kṛṣṇa are never aroused, either by the instructions of others, by their own efforts, or by a combination of both.

  185. न ते विदुः स्वार्थगतिं हि विष्णुं दुराशया ये बहिरर्थमानिनः । अन्धा यथान्धैरुपनीयमाना वाचीशतन्त्यामुरुदाम्नि बद्धाः

    na te viduḥ svārthagatiṃ hi viṣṇuṃ durāśayā ye bahirarthamāninaḥ | andhā yathāndhairupanīyamānā vācīśatantyāmurudāmni baddhāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Persons who are strongly entrapped by the consciousness of enjoying material life, and who have therefore accepted as their leader or guru a similar blind man attached to external sense objects, cannot understand that the goal of life is to return home, back to Godhead, and engage in the service of Lord Viṣṇu. As blind men guided by another blind man miss the right path and fall into a ditch, materially attached men led by another materially attached man are bound by the ropes of fruitive labor, which are made of very strong cords, and they continue again and again in materialistic life, suffering the threefold miseries.

  186. नैषां मतिस्तावदुरुक्रमाङ्घ्रिं स्पृशत्यनर्थापगमो यदर्थः । महीयसां पादरजोऽभिषेकं निष्किञ्चनानां न वृणीत यावत्

    naiṣāṃ matistāvadurukramāṅghriṃ spṛśatyanarthāpagamo yadarthaḥ | mahīyasāṃ pādarajo'bhiṣekaṃ niṣkiñcanānāṃ na vṛṇīta yāvat

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Unless they smear upon their bodies the dust of the lotus feet of a Vaiṣṇava completely freed from material contamination, persons very much inclined toward materialistic life cannot be attached to the lotus feet of the Lord, who is glorified for His uncommon activities. Only by becoming Kṛṣṇa conscious and taking shelter at the lotus feet of the Lord in this way can one be freed from material contamination.

  187. इत्युक्त्वोपरतं पुत्रं हिरण्यकशिपू रुषा । अन्धीकृतात्मा स्वोत्सङ्गान्निरस्यत महीतले

    ityuktvoparataṃ putraṃ hiraṇyakaśipū ruṣā | andhīkṛtātmā svotsaṅgānnirasyata mahītale

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    After Prahlāda Mahārāja had spoken in this way and become silent, Hiraṇyakaśipu, blinded by anger, threw him off his lap and onto the ground.

  188. आहामर्षरुषाविष्टः कषायीभूतलोचनः । वध्यतामाश्वयं वध्यो निःसारयत नैरृताः

    āhāmarṣaruṣāviṣṭaḥ kaṣāyībhūtalocanaḥ | vadhyatāmāśvayaṃ vadhyo niḥsārayata nairṛtāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Indignant and angry, his reddish eyes like molten copper, Hiraṇyakaśipu said to his servants: O demons, take this boy away from me! He deserves to be killed. Kill him as soon as possible!

  189. अयं मे भ्रातृहा सोऽयं हित्वा स्वान् सुहृदोऽधमः । पितृव्यहन्तुर्यः पादौ विष्णोर्दासवदर्चति

    ayaṃ me bhrātṛhā so'yaṃ hitvā svān suhṛdo'dhamaḥ | pitṛvyahanturyaḥ pādau viṣṇordāsavadarcati

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    This boy Prahlāda is the killer of my brother, for he has given up his family to engage in the devotional service of the enemy, Lord Viṣṇu, like a menial servant.

  190. विष्णोर्वा साध्वसौ किं नु करिष्यत्यसमञ्जसः । सौहृदं दुस्त्यजं पित्रोरहाद्यः पञ्चहायनः

    viṣṇorvā sādhvasau kiṃ nu kariṣyatyasamañjasaḥ | sauhṛdaṃ dustyajaṃ pitrorahādyaḥ pañcahāyanaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Although Prahlāda is only five years old, even at this young age he has given up his affectionate relationship with his father and mother. Therefore, he is certainly untrustworthy. Indeed, it is not at all believable that he will behave well toward Viṣṇu.

  191. परोऽप्यपत्यं हितकृद्यथौषधं स्वदेहजोऽप्यामयवत्सुतोऽहितः । छिन्द्यात्तदङ्गं यदुतात्मनोऽहितं शेषं सुखं जीवति यद्विवर्जनात्

    paro'pyapatyaṃ hitakṛdyathauṣadhaṃ svadehajo'pyāmayavatsuto'hitaḥ | chindyāttadaṅgaṃ yadutātmano'hitaṃ śeṣaṃ sukhaṃ jīvati yadvivarjanāt

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Although a medicinal herb, being born in the forest, does not belong to the same category as a man, if beneficial it is kept very carefully. Similarly, if someone outside one’s family is favorable, he should be given protection like a son. On the other hand, if a limb of one’s body is poisoned by disease, it must be amputated so that the rest of the body may live happily. Similarly, even one’s own son, if unfavorable, must be rejected, although born of one’s own body.

  192. सर्वैरुपायैर्हन्तव्यः सम्भोजशयनासनैः । सुहृल्लिङ्गधरः शत्रुर्मुनेर्दुष्टमिवेन्द्रियम्

    sarvairupāyairhantavyaḥ sambhojaśayanāsanaiḥ | suhṛlliṅgadharaḥ śatrurmunerduṣṭamivendriyam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Just as uncontrolled senses are the enemies of all yogīs engaged in advancing in spiritual life, this Prahlāda, who appears to be a friend, is an enemy because I cannot control him. Therefore this enemy, whether eating, sitting or sleeping, must be killed by all means.

  193. परे ब्रह्मण्यनिर्देश्ये भगवत्यखिलात्मनि । युक्तात्मन्यफला आसन्नपुण्यस्येव सत्क्रियाः

    pare brahmaṇyanirdeśye bhagavatyakhilātmani | yuktātmanyaphalā āsannapuṇyasyeva satkriyāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Even though a person who has no assets in pious activities performs some good deed, it will have no result. Thus the weapons of the demons had no tangible effects upon Prahlāda Mahārāja because he was a devotee undisturbed by material conditions and fully engaged in meditating upon and serving the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is unchangeable, who cannot be realized by the material senses, and who is the soul of the entire universe.

  194. प्रयासेऽपहते तस्मिन् दैत्येन्द्रः परिशङ्कितः । चकार तद्वधोपायान् निर्बन्धेन युधिष्ठिर

    prayāse'pahate tasmin daityendraḥ pariśaṅkitaḥ | cakāra tadvadhopāyān nirbandhena yudhiṣṭhira

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear King Yudhiṣṭhira, when all the attempts of the demons to kill Prahlāda Mahārāja were futile, the King of the demons, Hiraṇyakaśipu, being most fearful, began contriving other means to kill him.

  195. एष मे बह्वसाधूक्तो वधोपायाश्च निर्मिताः । तैस्तैर्द्रोहैरसद्धर्मैर्मुक्तः स्वेनैव तेजसा

    eṣa me bahvasādhūkto vadhopāyāśca nirmitāḥ | taistairdrohairasaddharmairmuktaḥ svenaiva tejasā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Hiraṇyakaśipu thought: I have used many ill names in chastising this boy Prahlāda and have devised many means of killing him, but despite all my endeavors, he could not be killed. Indeed, he saved himself by his own powers, without being affected in the least by these treacheries and abominable actions.

  196. वर्तमानोऽविदूरे वै बालोऽप्यजडधीरयम् । न विस्मरति मेऽनार्यं शुनःशेप इव प्रभुः

    vartamāno'vidūre vai bālo'pyajaḍadhīrayam | na vismarati me'nāryaṃ śunaḥśepa iva prabhuḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Although he is very near to me and is merely a child, he is situated in complete fearlessness. He resembles a dog’s curved tail, which can never be straightened, because he never forgets my misbehavior and his connection with his master, Lord Viṣṇu.

  197. अप्रमेयानुभावोऽयमकुतश्चिद्भयोऽमरः । नूनमेतद्विरोधेन मृत्युर्मे भविता न वा

    aprameyānubhāvo'yamakutaścidbhayo'maraḥ | nūnametadvirodhena mṛtyurme bhavitā na vā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    I can see that this boy’s strength is unlimited, for he has not feared any of my punishments. He appears immortal. Therefore, because of my enmity toward him, I shall die. Or maybe this will not take place.

  198. इति तच्चिन्तया किञ्चिन्म्लानश्रियमधोमुखम् । शण्डामर्कावौशनसौ विविक्त इति होचतुः

    iti taccintayā kiñcinmlānaśriyamadhomukham | śaṇḍāmarkāvauśanasau vivikta iti hocatuḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Thinking in this way, the King of the Daityas, morose and bereft of bodily luster, remained silent with his face downward. Then Ṣaṇḍa and Amarka, the two sons of Śukrācārya, spoke to him in secret.

  199. जितं त्वयैकेन जगत्त्रयं भ्रुवो- र्विजृम्भणत्रस्तसमस्तधिष्ण्यपम् । न तस्य चिन्त्यं तव नाथ चक्ष्महे न वै शिशूनां गुणदोषयोः पदम्

    jitaṃ tvayaikena jagattrayaṃ bhruvo- rvijṛmbhaṇatrastasamastadhiṣṇyapam | na tasya cintyaṃ tava nātha cakṣmahe na vai śiśūnāṃ guṇadoṣayoḥ padam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O lord, we know that when you simply move your eyebrows, all the commanders of the various planets are most afraid. Without the help of any assistant, you have conquered all the three worlds. Therefore, we do not find any reason for you to be morose and full of anxiety. As for Prahlāda, he is nothing but a child and cannot be a cause of anxiety. After all, his bad or good qualities have no value.

  200. इमं तु पाशैर्वरुणस्य बद्ध्वा निधेहि भीतो न पलायते यथा । बुद्धिश्च पुंसो वयसाऽऽर्यसेवया यावद्गुरुर्भार्गव आगमिष्यति

    imaṃ tu pāśairvaruṇasya baddhvā nidhehi bhīto na palāyate yathā | buddhiśca puṃso vayasā''ryasevayā yāvadgururbhārgava āgamiṣyati

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Until the return of our spiritual master, Śukrācārya, arrest this child with the ropes of Varuṇa so that he will not flee in fear. In any case, by the time he is somewhat grown up and has assimilated our instructions or served our spiritual master, he will change in his intelligence. Thus there need be no cause for anxiety.

  201. तथेति गुरुपुत्रोक्तमनुज्ञायेदमब्रवीत् । धर्मा ह्यस्योपदेष्टव्या राज्ञां यो गृहमेधिनाम्

    tatheti guruputroktamanujñāyedamabravīt | dharmā hyasyopadeṣṭavyā rājñāṃ yo gṛhamedhinām

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    After hearing these instructions of Ṣaṇḍa and Amarka, the sons of his spiritual master, Hiraṇyakaśipu agreed and requested them to instruct Prahlāda in that system of occupational duty which is followed by royal householder families.

  202. धर्ममर्थं च कामं च नितरां चानुपूर्वशः । प्रह्लादायोचतू राजन् प्रश्रितावनताय च

    dharmamarthaṃ ca kāmaṃ ca nitarāṃ cānupūrvaśaḥ | prahlādāyocatū rājan praśritāvanatāya ca

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Thereafter, Ṣaṇḍa and Amarka systematically and unceasingly taught Prahlāda Mahārāja, who was very submissive and humble, about mundane religion, economic development and sense gratification.

  203. यथा त्रिवर्गं गुरुभिरात्मने उपशिक्षितम् । न साधु मेने तच्छिक्षां द्वन्द्वारामोपवर्णिताम्

    yathā trivargaṃ gurubhirātmane upaśikṣitam | na sādhu mene tacchikṣāṃ dvandvārāmopavarṇitām

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The teachers Ṣaṇḍa and Amarka instructed Prahlāda Mahārāja in the three kinds of material advancement called religion, economic development and sense gratification. Prahlāda, however, being situated above such instructions, did not like them, for such instructions are based on the duality of worldly affairs, which involve one in a materialistic way of life marked by birth, death, old age and disease.

  204. यदाऽऽचार्यः परावृत्तो गृहमेधीयकर्मसु । वयस्यैर्बालकैस्तत्र सोपहूतः कृतक्षणैः

    yadā''cāryaḥ parāvṛtto gṛhamedhīyakarmasu | vayasyairbālakaistatra sopahūtaḥ kṛtakṣaṇaiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    When the teachers went home to attend to their household affairs, the students of the same age as Prahlāda Mahārāja would call him to take the opportunity of leisure hours for play.

  205. अथ तान् श्लक्ष्णया वाचा प्रत्याहूय महाबुधः । उवाच विद्वांस्तन्निष्ठां कृपया प्रहसन्निव

    atha tān ślakṣṇayā vācā pratyāhūya mahābudhaḥ | uvāca vidvāṃstanniṣṭhāṃ kṛpayā prahasanniva

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Prahlāda Mahārāja, who was truly the supreme learned person, then addressed his class friends in very sweet language. Smiling, he began to teach them about the uselessness of the materialistic way of life. Being very kind to them, he instructed them as follows.

  206. प्रह्लाद उवाच । कौमार आचरेत्प्राज्ञो धर्मान् भागवतानिह । दुर्लभं मानुषं जन्म तदप्यध्रुवमर्थदम्

    prahlāda uvāca | kaumāra ācaretprājño dharmān bhāgavatāniha | durlabhaṃ mānuṣaṃ janma tadapyadhruvamarthadam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Prahlāda Mahārāja said: One who is sufficiently intelligent should use the human form of body from the very beginning of life — in other words, from the tender age of childhood — to practice the activities of devotional service, giving up all other engagements. The human body is most rarely achieved, and although temporary like other bodies, it is meaningful because in human life one can perform devotional service. Even a slight amount of sincere devotional service can give one complete perfection.

  207. यथा हि पुरुषस्येह विष्णोः पादोपसर्पणम् । यदेष सर्वभूतानां प्रिय आत्मेश्वरः सुहृत्

    yathā hi puruṣasyeha viṣṇoḥ pādopasarpaṇam | yadeṣa sarvabhūtānāṃ priya ātmeśvaraḥ suhṛt

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The human form of life affords one a chance to return home, back to Godhead. Therefore every living entity, especially in the human form of life, must engage in devotional service to the lotus feet of Lord Viṣṇu. This devotional service is natural because Lord Viṣṇu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is the most beloved, the master of the soul, and the well-wisher of all other living beings.

  208. सुखमैन्द्रियकं दैत्या देहयोगेन देहिनाम् । सर्वत्र लभ्यते दैवाद्यथा दुःखमयत्नतः

    sukhamaindriyakaṃ daityā dehayogena dehinām | sarvatra labhyate daivādyathā duḥkhamayatnataḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Prahlāda Mahārāja continued: My dear friends born of demoniac families, the happiness perceived with reference to the sense objects by contact with the body can be obtained in any form of life, according to one’s past fruitive activities. Such happiness is automatically obtained without endeavor, just as we obtain distress.

  209. तत्प्रयासो न कर्तव्यो यत आयुर्व्ययः परम् । न तथा विन्दते क्षेमं मुकुन्दचरणाम्बुजम्

    tatprayāso na kartavyo yata āyurvyayaḥ param | na tathā vindate kṣemaṃ mukundacaraṇāmbujam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Endeavors merely for sense gratification or material happiness through economic development are not to be performed, for they result only in a loss of time and energy, with no actual profit. If one’s endeavors are directed toward Kṛṣṇa consciousness, one can surely attain the spiritual platform of self-realization. There is no such benefit from engaging oneself in economic development.

  210. ततो यतेत कुशलः क्षेमाय भयमाश्रितः । शरीरं पौरुषं यावन्न विपद्येत पुष्कलम्

    tato yateta kuśalaḥ kṣemāya bhayamāśritaḥ | śarīraṃ pauruṣaṃ yāvanna vipadyeta puṣkalam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Therefore, while in material existence [bhavam āśritaḥ], a person fully competent to distinguish wrong from right must endeavor to achieve the highest goal of life as long as the body is stout and strong and is not embarrassed by dwindling.

  211. पुंसो वर्षशतं ह्यायुस्तदर्धं चाजितात्मनः । निष्फलं यदसौ रात्र्यां शेतेऽन्धं प्रापितस्तमः

    puṃso varṣaśataṃ hyāyustadardhaṃ cājitātmanaḥ | niṣphalaṃ yadasau rātryāṃ śete'ndhaṃ prāpitastamaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Every human being has a maximum duration of life of one hundred years, but for one who cannot control his senses, half of those years are completely lost because at night he sleeps twelve hours, being covered by ignorance. Therefore such a person has a lifetime of only fifty years.

  212. मुग्धस्य बाल्ये कौमारे क्रीडतो याति विंशतिः । जरया ग्रस्तदेहस्य यात्यकल्पस्य विंशतिः

    mugdhasya bālye kaumāre krīḍato yāti viṃśatiḥ | jarayā grastadehasya yātyakalpasya viṃśatiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    In the tender age of childhood, when everyone is bewildered, one passes ten years. Similarly, in boyhood, engaged in sporting and playing, one passes another ten years. In this way, twenty years are wasted. Similarly, in old age, when one is an invalid, unable to perform even material activities, one passes another twenty years wastefully.

  213. दुरापूरेण कामेन मोहेन च बलीयसा । शेषं गृहेषु सक्तस्य प्रमत्तस्यापयाति हि

    durāpūreṇa kāmena mohena ca balīyasā | śeṣaṃ gṛheṣu saktasya pramattasyāpayāti hi

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    One whose mind and senses are uncontrolled becomes increasingly attached to family life because of insatiable lusty desires and very strong illusion. In such a madman’s life, the remaining years are also wasted because even during those years he cannot engage himself in devotional service.

  214. को गृहेषु पुमान् सक्तमात्मानमजितेन्द्रियः । स्नेहपाशैर्दृढैर्बद्धमुत्सहेत विमोचितुम्

    ko gṛheṣu pumān saktamātmānamajitendriyaḥ | snehapāśairdṛḍhairbaddhamutsaheta vimocitum

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    What person too attached to household life due to being unable to control his senses can liberate himself? An attached householder is bound very strongly by ropes of affection for his family [wife, children and other relatives].

  215. को न्वर्थतृष्णां विसृजेत्प्राणेभ्योऽपि य ईप्सितः । यं क्रीणात्यसुभिः प्रेष्ठैस्तस्करः सेवको वणिक्

    ko nvarthatṛṣṇāṃ visṛjetprāṇebhyo'pi ya īpsitaḥ | yaṃ krīṇātyasubhiḥ preṣṭhaistaskaraḥ sevako vaṇik

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Money is so dear that one conceives of money as being sweeter than honey. Therefore, who can give up the desire to accumulate money, especially in household life? Thieves, professional servants [soldiers] and merchants try to acquire money even by risking their very dear lives.

  216. कुटुम्बपोषाय वियन्निजायु- र्न बुध्यतेऽर्थं विहतं प्रमत्तः । सर्वत्र तापत्रयदुःखितात्मा निर्विद्यते न स्वकुटुम्बरामः

    kuṭumbapoṣāya viyannijāyu- rna budhyate'rthaṃ vihataṃ pramattaḥ | sarvatra tāpatrayaduḥkhitātmā nirvidyate na svakuṭumbarāmaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    One who is too attached cannot understand that he is wasting his valuable life for the maintenance of his family. He also fails to understand that the purpose of human life, a life suitable for realization of the Absolute Truth, is being imperceptibly spoiled. However, he is very cleverly attentive to seeing that not a single farthing is lost by mismanagement. Thus although an attached person in material existence always suffers from threefold miseries, he does not develop a distaste for the way of material existence.

  217. वित्तेषु नित्याभिनिविष्टचेता विद्वांश्च दोषं परवित्तहर्तुः । प्रेत्येह चाथाप्यजितेन्द्रियस्त- दशान्तकामो हरते कुटुम्बी

    vitteṣu nityābhiniviṣṭacetā vidvāṃśca doṣaṃ paravittahartuḥ | pretyeha cāthāpyajitendriyasta- daśāntakāmo harate kuṭumbī

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    If a person too attached to the duties of family maintenance is unable to control his senses, the core of his heart is immersed in how to accumulate money. Although he knows that one who takes the wealth of others will be punished by the law of the government, and by the laws of Yamarāja after death, he continues cheating others to acquire money.

  218. विद्वानपीत्थं दनुजाः कुटुम्बं पुष्णन् स्वलोकाय न कल्पते वै । यः स्वीयपारक्यविभिन्नभाव- स्तमः प्रपद्येत यथा विमूढः

    vidvānapītthaṃ danujāḥ kuṭumbaṃ puṣṇan svalokāya na kalpate vai | yaḥ svīyapārakyavibhinnabhāva- stamaḥ prapadyeta yathā vimūḍhaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O my friends, sons of demons! In this material world, even those who are apparently advanced in education have the propensity to consider, “This is mine, and that is for others.” Thus they are always engaged in providing the necessities of life to their families in a limited conception of family life, just like uneducated cats and dogs. They are unable to take to spiritual knowledge; instead, they are bewildered and overcome by ignorance.

  219. न ह्यच्युतं प्रीणयतो बह्वायासोऽसुरात्मजाः । आत्मत्वात्सर्वभूतानां सिद्धत्वादिह सर्वतः

    na hyacyutaṃ prīṇayato bahvāyāso'surātmajāḥ | ātmatvātsarvabhūtānāṃ siddhatvādiha sarvataḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear sons of demons, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Nārāyaṇa, is the original Supersoul, the father of all living entities. Consequently there are no impediments to pleasing Him or worshiping Him under any conditions, whether one be a child or an old man. The relationship between the living entities and the Supreme Personality of Godhead is always a fact, and therefore there is no difficulty in pleasing the Lord.

  220. तस्मात्सर्वेषु भूतेषु दयां कुरुत सौहृदम् । आसुरं भावमुन्मुच्य यया तुष्यत्यधोक्षजः

    tasmātsarveṣu bhūteṣu dayāṃ kuruta sauhṛdam | āsuraṃ bhāvamunmucya yayā tuṣyatyadhokṣajaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Therefore, my dear young friends born of demons, please act in such a way that the Supreme Lord, who is beyond the conception of material knowledge, will be satisfied. Give up your demoniac nature and act without enmity or duality. Show mercy to all living entities by enlightening them in devotional service, thus becoming their well-wishers.

  221. तुष्टे च तत्र किमलभ्यमनन्त आद्ये किं तैर्गुणव्यतिकरादिह ये स्वसिद्धाः । धर्मादयः किमगुणेन च काङ्क्षितेन सारञ्जुषां चरणयोरुपगायतां नः

    tuṣṭe ca tatra kimalabhyamananta ādye kiṃ tairguṇavyatikarādiha ye svasiddhāḥ | dharmādayaḥ kimaguṇena ca kāṅkṣitena sārañjuṣāṃ caraṇayorupagāyatāṃ naḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Nothing is unobtainable for devotees who have satisfied the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the cause of all causes, the original source of everything. The Lord is the reservoir of unlimited spiritual qualities. For devotees, therefore, who are transcendental to the modes of material nature, what is the use of following the principles of religion, economic development, sense gratification and liberation, which are all automatically obtainable under the influence of the modes of nature? We devotees always glorify the lotus feet of the Lord, and therefore we need not ask for anything in terms of dharma, kāma, artha and mokṣa.

  222. धर्मार्थकाम इति योऽभिहितस्त्रिवर्ग ईक्षा त्रयी नयदमौ विविधा च वार्ता । मन्ये तदेतदखिलं निगमस्य सत्यं स्वात्मार्पणं स्वसुहृदः परमस्य पुंसः

    dharmārthakāma iti yo'bhihitastrivarga īkṣā trayī nayadamau vividhā ca vārtā | manye tadetadakhilaṃ nigamasya satyaṃ svātmārpaṇaṃ svasuhṛdaḥ paramasya puṃsaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Religion, economic development and sense gratification — these are described in the Vedas as tri-varga, or three ways to salvation. Within these three categories are education and self-realization; ritualistic ceremonies performed according to Vedic injunction; logic; the science of law and order; and the various means of earning one’s livelihood. These are the external subject matters of study in the Vedas, and therefore I consider them material. However, I consider surrender to the lotus feet of Lord Viṣṇu to be transcendental.

  223. ज्ञानं तदेतदमलं दुरवापमाह नारायणो नरसखः किल नारदाय । एकान्तिनां भगवतस्तदकिञ्चनानां पादारविन्दरजसाऽऽप्लुतदेहिनां स्यात्

    jñānaṃ tadetadamalaṃ duravāpamāha nārāyaṇo narasakhaḥ kila nāradāya | ekāntināṃ bhagavatastadakiñcanānāṃ pādāravindarajasā''plutadehināṃ syāt

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Nārāyaṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the well-wisher and friend of all living entities, formerly explained this transcendental knowledge to the great saint Nārada. Such knowledge is extremely difficult to understand without the mercy of a saintly person like Nārada, but everyone who has taken shelter of Nārada’s disciplic succession can understand this confidential knowledge.

  224. श्रुतमेतन्मया पूर्वं ज्ञानं विज्ञानसंयुतम् । धर्मं भागवतं शुद्धं नारदाद्देवदर्शनात्

    śrutametanmayā pūrvaṃ jñānaṃ vijñānasaṃyutam | dharmaṃ bhāgavataṃ śuddhaṃ nāradāddevadarśanāt

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Prahlāda Mahārāja continued: I received this knowledge from the great saint Nārada Muni, who is always engaged in devotional service. This knowledge, which is called bhāgavata-dharma, is fully scientific. It is based on logic and philosophy and is free from all material contamination.

  225. नारद उवाच । एवं दैत्यसुतैः पृष्टो महाभागवतोऽसुरः । उवाच स्मयमानस्तान् स्मरन् मदनुभाषितम्

    nārada uvāca | evaṃ daityasutaiḥ pṛṣṭo mahābhāgavato'suraḥ | uvāca smayamānastān smaran madanubhāṣitam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Nārada Muni said: Although Prahlāda Mahārāja was born in a family of asuras, he was the greatest of all devotees. Having thus been questioned by his class friends, the sons of the asuras, he remembered the words spoken to him by me and replied to his friends as follows.

  226. प्रह्लाद उवाच । पितरि प्रस्थितेऽस्माकं तपसे मन्दराचलम् । युद्धोद्यमं परं चक्रुर्विबुधा दानवान् प्रति

    prahlāda uvāca | pitari prasthite'smākaṃ tapase mandarācalam | yuddhodyamaṃ paraṃ cakrurvibudhā dānavān prati

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Prahlāda Mahārāja said: When our father, Hiraṇyakaśipu, went to Mandarācala Mountain to execute severe austerities, in his absence the demigods, headed by King Indra, made a severe attempt to subdue all the demons in warfare.

  227. पिपीलिकैरहिरिव दिष्ट्या लोकोपतापनः । पापेन पापोऽभक्षीति वादिनो वासवादयः

    pipīlikairahiriva diṣṭyā lokopatāpanaḥ | pāpena pāpo'bhakṣīti vādino vāsavādayaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    “Alas, as a serpent is eaten by small ants, so the troublesome Hiraṇyakaśipu, who always inflicted miseries upon all types of people, has now been defeated by the reactions of his own sinful activities.” Saying this, the demigods, headed by King Indra, arranged to fight the demons.

  228. व्यलुम्पन् राजशिबिरममरा जयकाङ्क्षिणः । इन्द्रस्तु राजमहिषीं मातरं मम चाग्रहीत्

    vyalumpan rājaśibiramamarā jayakāṅkṣiṇaḥ | indrastu rājamahiṣīṃ mātaraṃ mama cāgrahīt

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The victorious demigods plundered the palace of Hiraṇyakaśipu, the King of the demons, and destroyed everything within it. Then Indra, King of heaven, arrested my mother, the Queen.

  229. नीयमानां भयोद्विग्नां रुदतीं कुररीमिव । यदृच्छयाऽऽगतस्तत्र देवर्षिर्ददृशे पथि

    nīyamānāṃ bhayodvignāṃ rudatīṃ kurarīmiva | yadṛcchayā''gatastatra devarṣirdadṛśe pathi

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    As she was being led away, crying in fear like a kurarī captured by a vulture, the great sage Nārada, who at that time had no engagement, appeared on the scene and saw her in that condition.

  230. प्राह मैनां सुरपते नेतुमर्हस्यनागसम् । मुञ्च मुञ्च महाभाग सतीं परपरिग्रहम्

    prāha maināṃ surapate netumarhasyanāgasam | muñca muñca mahābhāga satīṃ paraparigraham

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Nārada Muni said: O Indra, King of the demigods, this woman is certainly sinless. You should not drag her off in this merciless way. O greatly fortunate one, this chaste woman is the wife of another. You must immediately release her.

  231. इन्द्र उवाच । आस्तेऽस्या जठरे वीर्यमविषह्यं सुरद्विषः । आस्यतां यावत्प्रसवं मोक्ष्येऽर्थपदवीं गतः

    indra uvāca | āste'syā jaṭhare vīryamaviṣahyaṃ suradviṣaḥ | āsyatāṃ yāvatprasavaṃ mokṣye'rthapadavīṃ gataḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    King Indra said: In the womb of this woman, the wife of the demon Hiraṇyakaśipu, is the seed of that great demon. Therefore, let her remain in our custody until her child is delivered, and then we shall release her.

  232. नारद उवाच । अयं निष्किल्बिषः साक्षान्महाभागवतो महान् । त्वया न प्राप्स्यते संस्थामनन्तानुचरो बली

    nārada uvāca | ayaṃ niṣkilbiṣaḥ sākṣānmahābhāgavato mahān | tvayā na prāpsyate saṃsthāmanantānucaro balī

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Nārada Muni replied: The child within this woman’s womb is faultless and sinless. Indeed, he is a great devotee, a powerful servant of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore you will not be able to kill him.

  233. इत्युक्तस्तां विहायेन्द्रो देवर्षेर्मानयन् वचः । अनन्तप्रियभक्त्यैनां परिक्रम्य दिवं ययौ

    ityuktastāṃ vihāyendro devarṣermānayan vacaḥ | anantapriyabhaktyaināṃ parikramya divaṃ yayau

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    When the great saint Nārada Muni had thus spoken, King Indra, being respectful to Nārada’s words, immediately released my mother. Because of my being a devotee of the Lord, all the demigods circumambulated her. Then they returned to their celestial kingdom.

  234. ततो नो मातरमृषिः समानीय निजाश्रमम् । आश्वास्येहोष्यतां वत्से यावत्ते भर्तुरागमः

    tato no mātaramṛṣiḥ samānīya nijāśramam | āśvāsyehoṣyatāṃ vatse yāvatte bharturāgamaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Prahlāda Mahārāja continued: The great saint Nārada Muni brought my mother to his āśrama and assured her of all protection, saying, “My dear child, please remain at my āśrama until the arrival of your husband.”

  235. तथेत्यवात्सीद्देवर्षेरन्ति साप्यकुतोभया । यावद्दैत्यपतिर्घोरात्तपसा न न्यवर्तत

    tathetyavātsīddevarṣeranti sāpyakutobhayā | yāvaddaityapatirghorāttapasā na nyavartata

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    After accepting the instructions of Devarṣi Nārada, my mother stayed in his care, without fear from any direction, as long as my father, the King of the Daityas, had not become free from his severe austerities.

  236. ऋषिं पर्यचरत्तत्र भक्त्या परमया सती । अन्तर्वर्त्नी स्वगर्भस्य क्षेमायेच्छाप्रसूतये

    ṛṣiṃ paryacarattatra bhaktyā paramayā satī | antarvartnī svagarbhasya kṣemāyecchāprasūtaye

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My mother, being pregnant, desired the safety of her embryo and desired to give birth after her husband’s arrival. Thus she stayed at Nārada Muni’s āśrama, where she rendered service unto Nārada Muni with great devotion.

  237. ऋषिः कारुणिकस्तस्याः प्रादादुभयमीश्वरः । धर्मस्य तत्त्वं ज्ञानं च मामप्युद्दिश्य निर्मलम्

    ṛṣiḥ kāruṇikastasyāḥ prādādubhayamīśvaraḥ | dharmasya tattvaṃ jñānaṃ ca māmapyuddiśya nirmalam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Nārada Muni delivered his instructions both to me, who was within the womb, and to my mother, who was engaged in rendering him service. Because he is naturally extremely kind to the fallen souls, being in a transcendental position, he gave instructions on religion and transcendental knowledge. These instructions were free from all material contamination.

  238. तत्तु कालस्य दीर्घत्वात्स्त्रीत्वान्मातुस्तिरोदधे । ऋषिणानुगृहीतं मां नाधुनाप्यजहात्स्मृतिः

    tattu kālasya dīrghatvātstrītvānmātustirodadhe | ṛṣiṇānugṛhītaṃ māṃ nādhunāpyajahātsmṛtiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Because of the long duration of time that has passed and because of her being a woman and therefore less intelligent, my mother has forgotten all those instructions; but the great sage Nārada blessed me, and therefore I could not forget them.

  239. भवतामपि भूयान्मे यदि श्रद्दधते वचः । वैशारदी धीः श्रद्धातः स्त्रीबालानां च मे यथा

    bhavatāmapi bhūyānme yadi śraddadhate vacaḥ | vaiśāradī dhīḥ śraddhātaḥ strībālānāṃ ca me yathā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Prahlāda Mahārāja continued: My dear friends, if you can place your faith in my words, simply by that faith you can also understand transcendental knowledge, just like me, although you are small children. Similarly, a woman can also understand transcendental knowledge and know what is spirit and what is matter.

  240. जन्माद्याः षडिमे भावा दृष्टा देहस्य नात्मनः । फलानामिव वृक्षस्य कालेनेश्वरमूर्तिना

    janmādyāḥ ṣaḍime bhāvā dṛṣṭā dehasya nātmanaḥ | phalānāmiva vṛkṣasya kāleneśvaramūrtinā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Just as the fruits and flowers of a tree in due course of time undergo six changes — birth, existence, growth, transformation, dwindling and then death — the material body, which is obtained by the spirit soul under different circumstances, undergoes similar changes. However, there are no such changes for the spirit soul.

  241. स्वर्णं यथा ग्रावसु हेमकारः क्षेत्रेषु योगैस्तदभिज्ञ आप्नुयात् । क्षेत्रेषु देहेषु तथात्मयोगै- रध्यात्मविद्ब्रह्मगतिं लभेत

    svarṇaṃ yathā grāvasu hemakāraḥ kṣetreṣu yogaistadabhijña āpnuyāt | kṣetreṣu deheṣu tathātmayogai- radhyātmavidbrahmagatiṃ labheta

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    An expert geologist can understand where there is gold and by various processes can extract it from the gold ore. Similarly, a spiritually advanced person can understand how the spiritual particle exists within the body, and thus by cultivating spiritual knowledge he can attain perfection in spiritual life. However, as one who is not expert cannot understand where there is gold, a foolish person who has not cultivated spiritual knowledge cannot understand how the spirit exists within the body.

  242. अष्टौ प्रकृतयः प्रोक्तास्त्रय एव हि तद्गुणाः । विकाराः षोडशाचार्यैः पुमानेकः समन्वयात्

    aṣṭau prakṛtayaḥ proktāstraya eva hi tadguṇāḥ | vikārāḥ ṣoḍaśācāryaiḥ pumānekaḥ samanvayāt

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The Lord’s eight separated material energies, the three modes of material nature and the sixteen transformations [the eleven senses and the five gross material elements like earth and water] — within all these, the one spiritual soul exists as the observer. Therefore all the great ācāryas have concluded that the individual soul is conditioned by these material elements.

  243. देहस्तु सर्वसङ्घातो जगत्तस्थुरिति द्विधा । अत्रैव मृग्यः पुरुषो नेति नेतीत्यतत्त्यजन्

    dehastu sarvasaṅghāto jagattasthuriti dvidhā | atraiva mṛgyaḥ puruṣo neti netītyatattyajan

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    There are two kinds of bodies for every individual soul — a gross body made of five gross elements and a subtle body made of three subtle elements. Within these bodies, however, is the spirit soul. One must find the soul by analysis, saying, “This is not it. This is not it.” Thus one must separate spirit from matter.

  244. अन्वयव्यतिरेकेण विवेकेनोशतात्मना । सर्गस्थानसमाम्नायैर्विमृशद्भिरसत्वरैः

    anvayavyatirekeṇa vivekenośatātmanā | sargasthānasamāmnāyairvimṛśadbhirasatvaraiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Sober and expert persons should search for the spirit soul with minds purified through analytical study in terms of the soul’s connection with and distinction from all things that undergo creation, maintenance and destruction.

  245. बुद्धेर्जागरणं स्वप्नः सुषुप्तिरिति वृत्तयः । ता येनैवानुभूयन्ते सोऽध्यक्षः पुरुषः परः

    buddherjāgaraṇaṃ svapnaḥ suṣuptiriti vṛttayaḥ | tā yenaivānubhūyante so'dhyakṣaḥ puruṣaḥ paraḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Intelligence can be perceived in three states of activity — wakefulness, dreaming and deep sleep. The person who perceives these three is to be considered the original master, the ruler, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

  246. एभिस्त्रिवर्णैः पर्यस्तैर्बुद्धिभेदैः क्रियोद्भवैः । स्वरूपमात्मनो बुध्येद्गन्धैर्वायुमिवान्वयात्

    ebhistrivarṇaiḥ paryastairbuddhibhedaiḥ kriyodbhavaiḥ | svarūpamātmano budhyedgandhairvāyumivānvayāt

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    As one can understand the presence of the air by the aromas it carries, so, under the guidance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one can understand the living soul by these three divisions of intelligence. These three divisions, however, are not the soul; they are constituted of the three modes and are born of activities.

  247. एतद्द्वारो हि संसारो गुणकर्मनिबन्धनः । अज्ञानमूलोऽपार्थोऽपि पुंसः स्वप्न इवेष्यते

    etaddvāro hi saṃsāro guṇakarmanibandhanaḥ | ajñānamūlo'pārtho'pi puṃsaḥ svapna iveṣyate

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Through polluted intelligence one is subjected to the modes of nature, and thus one is conditioned by material existence. Like a dreaming state in which one falsely suffers, material existence, which is due to ignorance, must be considered unwanted and temporary.

  248. तस्माद्भवद्भिः कर्तव्यं कर्मणां त्रिगुणात्मनाम् । बीजनिर्हरणं योगः प्रवाहोपरमो धियः

    tasmādbhavadbhiḥ kartavyaṃ karmaṇāṃ triguṇātmanām | bījanirharaṇaṃ yogaḥ pravāhoparamo dhiyaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Therefore, my dear friends, O sons of the demons, your duty is to take to Kṛṣṇa consciousness, which can burn the seed of fruitive activities artificially created by the modes of material nature and stop the flow of the intelligence in wakefulness, dreaming and deep sleep. In other words, when one takes to Kṛṣṇa consciousness, his ignorance is immediately dissipated.

  249. तत्रोपायसहस्राणामयं भगवतोदितः । यदीश्वरे भगवति यथा यैरञ्जसा रतिः

    tatropāyasahasrāṇāmayaṃ bhagavatoditaḥ | yadīśvare bhagavati yathā yairañjasā ratiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Of the different processes recommended for disentanglement from material life, the one personally explained and accepted by the Supreme Personality of Godhead should be considered all-perfect. That process is the performance of duties by which love for the Supreme Lord develops.

  250. हरिः सर्वेषु भूतेषु भगवानास्त ईश्वरः । इति भूतानि मनसा कामैस्तैः साधु मानयेत्

    hariḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu bhagavānāsta īśvaraḥ | iti bhūtāni manasā kāmaistaiḥ sādhu mānayet

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    One should always remember the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His localized representation as the Paramātmā, who is situated in the core of every living entity’s heart. Thus one should offer respect to every living entity according to that living entity’s position or manifestation.

  251. एवं निर्जितषड्वर्गैः क्रियते भक्तिरीश्वरे । वासुदेवे भगवति यया संलभते रतिम्

    evaṃ nirjitaṣaḍvargaiḥ kriyate bhaktirīśvare | vāsudeve bhagavati yayā saṃlabhate ratim

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    By these activities [as mentioned above] one is able to cut down the influence of the enemies, namely lust, anger, greed, illusion, madness and jealousy, and when thus situated, one can render service to the Lord. In this way one surely attains the platform of loving service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

  252. निशम्य कर्माणि गुणानतुल्यान् वीर्याणि लीलातनुभिः कृतानि । यदातिहर्षोत्पुलकाश्रुगद्गदं प्रोत्कण्ठ उद्गायति रौति नृत्यति

    niśamya karmāṇi guṇānatulyān vīryāṇi līlātanubhiḥ kṛtāni | yadātiharṣotpulakāśrugadgadaṃ protkaṇṭha udgāyati rauti nṛtyati

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    One who is situated in devotional service is certainly the controller of his senses, and thus he is a liberated person. When such a liberated person, the pure devotee, hears of the transcendental qualities and activities of the Lord’s incarnations for the performance of various pastimes, his hair stands on end on his body, tears fall from his eyes, and in his spiritual realization his voice falters. Sometimes he very openly dances, sometimes he sings loudly, and sometimes he cries. Thus he expresses his transcendental jubilation.

  253. यदा ग्रहग्रस्त इव क्वचिद्धस- त्याक्रन्दते ध्यायति वन्दते जनम् । मुहुः श्वसन् वक्ति हरे जगत्पते नारायणेत्यात्ममतिर्गतत्रपः

    yadā grahagrasta iva kvaciddhasa- tyākrandate dhyāyati vandate janam | muhuḥ śvasan vakti hare jagatpate nārāyaṇetyātmamatirgatatrapaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    When a devotee becomes like a person haunted by a ghost, he laughs and very loudly chants about the qualities of the Lord. Sometimes he sits to perform meditation, and he offers respects to every living entity, considering him a devotee of the Lord. Constantly breathing very heavily, he becomes careless of social etiquette and loudly chants like a madman, “Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa! O my Lord, O master of the universe!”

  254. तदा पुमान् मुक्तसमस्तबन्धन- स्तद्भावभावानुकृताशयाकृतिः । निर्दग्धबीजानुशयो महीयसा भक्तिप्रयोगेण समेत्यधोक्षजम्

    tadā pumān muktasamastabandhana- stadbhāvabhāvānukṛtāśayākṛtiḥ | nirdagdhabījānuśayo mahīyasā bhaktiprayogeṇa sametyadhokṣajam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The devotee is then freed from all material contamination because he constantly thinks of the Lord’s pastimes and because his mind and body have been converted to spiritual qualities. Because of his intense devotional service, his ignorance, material consciousness and all kinds of material desires are completely burnt to ashes. This is the stage at which one can achieve the shelter of the Lord’s lotus feet.

  255. अधोक्षजालम्भमिहाशुभात्मनः शरीरिणः संसृतिचक्रशातनम् । तद्ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसुखं विदुर्बुधा- स्ततो भजध्वं हृदये हृदीश्वरम्

    adhokṣajālambhamihāśubhātmanaḥ śarīriṇaḥ saṃsṛticakraśātanam | tadbrahmanirvāṇasukhaṃ vidurbudhā- stato bhajadhvaṃ hṛdaye hṛdīśvaram

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The real problem of life is the repetition of birth and death, which is like a wheel rolling repeatedly up and down. This wheel, however, completely stops when one is in touch with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In other words, by the transcendental bliss realized from constant engagement in devotional service, one is completely liberated from material existence. All learned men know this. Therefore, my dear friends, O sons of the asuras, immediately begin meditating upon and worshiping the Supersoul within everyone’s heart.

  256. कोऽतिप्रयासोऽसुरबालका हरे- रुपासने स्वे हृदि छिद्रवत्सतः । स्वस्यात्मनः सख्युरशेषदेहिनां सामान्यतः किं विषयोपपादनैः

    ko'tiprayāso'surabālakā hare- rupāsane sve hṛdi chidravatsataḥ | svasyātmanaḥ sakhyuraśeṣadehināṃ sāmānyataḥ kiṃ viṣayopapādanaiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O my friends, sons of the asuras, the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His Supersoul feature always exists within the cores of the hearts of all living entities. Indeed, He is the well-wisher and friend of all living entities, and there is no difficulty in worshiping the Lord. Why, then, should people not engage in His devotional service? Why are they so addicted to unnecessarily producing artificial paraphernalia for sense gratification?

  257. रायः कलत्रं पशवः सुतादयो गृहा मही कुञ्जरकोशभूतयः । सर्वेऽर्थकामाः क्षणभङ्गुरायुषः कुर्वन्ति मर्त्यस्य कियत्प्रियं चलाः

    rāyaḥ kalatraṃ paśavaḥ sutādayo gṛhā mahī kuñjarakośabhūtayaḥ | sarve'rthakāmāḥ kṣaṇabhaṅgurāyuṣaḥ kurvanti martyasya kiyatpriyaṃ calāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    One’s riches, beautiful wife and female friends, one’s sons and daughters, one’s residence, one’s domestic animals like cows, elephants and horses, one’s treasury, economic development and sense gratification — indeed, even the lifetime in which one can enjoy all these material opulences — are certainly temporary and flickering. Since the opportunity of human life is temporary, what benefit can these material opulences give to a sensible man who has understood himself to be eternal?

  258. एवं हि लोकाः क्रतुभिः कृता अमी क्षयिष्णवः सातिशया न निर्मलाः । तस्माददृष्टश्रुतदूषणं परं भक्त्यैकयेशं भजतात्मलब्धये

    evaṃ hi lokāḥ kratubhiḥ kṛtā amī kṣayiṣṇavaḥ sātiśayā na nirmalāḥ | tasmādadṛṣṭaśrutadūṣaṇaṃ paraṃ bhaktyaikayeśaṃ bhajatātmalabdhaye

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    It is learned from Vedic literature that by performing great sacrifices one may elevate himself to the heavenly planets. However, although life on the heavenly planets is hundreds and thousands of times more comfortable than life on earth, the heavenly planets are not pure [nirmalam], or free from the taint of material existence. The heavenly planets are also temporary, and therefore they are not the goal of life. The Supreme Personality of Godhead, however, has never been seen or heard to possess inebriety. Consequently, for your own benefit and self-realization, you must worship the Lord with great devotion, as described in the revealed scriptures.

  259. यदध्यर्थ्येह कर्माणि विद्वन्मान्यसकृन्नरः । करोत्यतो विपर्यासममोघं विन्दते फलम्

    yadadhyarthyeha karmāṇi vidvanmānyasakṛnnaraḥ | karotyato viparyāsamamoghaṃ vindate phalam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    A materialistic person, thinking himself very advanced in intelligence, continually acts for economic development. But again and again, as enunciated in the Vedas, he is frustrated by material activities, either in this life or in the next. Indeed, the results one obtains are inevitably the opposite of those one desires.

  260. सुखाय दुःखमोक्षाय सङ्कल्प इह कर्मिणः । सदाऽऽप्नोतीहया दुःखमनीहायाः सुखावृतः

    sukhāya duḥkhamokṣāya saṅkalpa iha karmiṇaḥ | sadā''pnotīhayā duḥkhamanīhāyāḥ sukhāvṛtaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    In this material world, every materialist desires to achieve happiness and diminish his distress, and therefore he acts accordingly. Actually, however, one is happy as long as one does not endeavor for happiness; as soon as one begins his activities for happiness, his conditions of distress begin.

  261. कामान् कामयते काम्यैर्यदर्थमिह पूरुषः । स वै देहस्तु पारक्यो भङ्गुरो यात्युपैति च

    kāmān kāmayate kāmyairyadarthamiha pūruṣaḥ | sa vai dehastu pārakyo bhaṅguro yātyupaiti ca

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    A living entity desires comfort for his body and makes many plans for this purpose, but actually the body is the property of others. Indeed, the perishable body embraces the living entity and then leaves him aside.

  262. किमु व्यवहितापत्यदारागारधनादयः । राज्यं कोशगजामात्यभृत्याप्ता ममतास्पदाः

    kimu vyavahitāpatyadārāgāradhanādayaḥ | rājyaṃ kośagajāmātyabhṛtyāptā mamatāspadāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Since the body itself is ultimately meant to become stool or earth, what is the meaning of the paraphernalia related to the body, such as wives, residences, wealth, children, relatives, servants, friends, kingdoms, treasuries, animals and ministers? They are also temporary. What more can be said about this?

  263. किमेतैरात्मनस्तुच्छैः सह देहेन नश्वरैः । अनर्थैरर्थसङ्काशैर्नित्यानन्दमहोदधेः

    kimetairātmanastucchaiḥ saha dehena naśvaraiḥ | anarthairarthasaṅkāśairnityānandamahodadheḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    All this paraphernalia is very near and dear as long as the body exists, but as soon as the body is destroyed, all things related to the body are also finished. Therefore, actually one has nothing to do with them, but because of ignorance one accepts them as valuable. Compared to the ocean of eternal happiness, they are most insignificant. What is the use of such insignificant relationships for the eternal living being?

  264. निरूप्यतामिह स्वार्थः कियान् देहभृतोऽसुराः । निषेकादिष्ववस्थासु क्लिश्यमानस्य कर्मभिः

    nirūpyatāmiha svārthaḥ kiyān dehabhṛto'surāḥ | niṣekādiṣvavasthāsu kliśyamānasya karmabhiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear friends, O sons of the asuras, the living entity receives different types of bodies according to his previous fruitive activities. Thus he is seen to suffer with reference to his particular body in all conditions of life, beginning with his infusion into the womb. Please tell me, therefore, after full consideration, what is the living entity’s actual interest in fruitive activities, which result in hardship and misery?

  265. कर्माण्यारभते देही देहेनात्मानुवर्तिना । कर्मभिस्तनुते देहमुभयं त्वविवेकतः

    karmāṇyārabhate dehī dehenātmānuvartinā | karmabhistanute dehamubhayaṃ tvavivekataḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The living entity, who has received his present body because of his past fruitive activity, may end the results of his actions in this life, but this does not mean that he is liberated from bondage to material bodies. The living entity receives one type of body, and by performing actions with that body he creates another. Thus he transmigrates from one body to another, through repeated birth and death, because of his gross ignorance.

  266. तस्मादर्थाश्च कामाश्च धर्माश्च यदपाश्रयाः । भजतानीहयाऽऽत्मानमनीहं हरिमीश्वरम्

    tasmādarthāśca kāmāśca dharmāśca yadapāśrayāḥ | bhajatānīhayā''tmānamanīhaṃ harimīśvaram

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The four principles of advancement in spiritual life — dharma, artha, kāma and mokṣa — all depend on the disposition of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore, my dear friends, follow in the footsteps of devotees. Without desire, fully depend upon the disposition of the Supreme Lord, worship Him, the Supersoul, in devotional service.

  267. सर्वेषामपि भूतानां हरिरात्मेश्वरः प्रियः । भूतैर्महद्भिः स्वकृतैः कृतानां जीवसंज्ञितः

    sarveṣāmapi bhūtānāṃ harirātmeśvaraḥ priyaḥ | bhūtairmahadbhiḥ svakṛtaiḥ kṛtānāṃ jīvasaṃjñitaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, is the soul and the Supersoul of all living entities. Every living entity is a manifestation of His energy in terms of the living soul and the material body. Therefore the Lord is the most dear, and He is the supreme controller.

  268. देवोऽसुरो मनुष्यो वा यक्षो गन्धर्व एव च । भजन् मुकुन्दचरणं स्वस्तिमान् स्याद्यथा वयम्

    devo'suro manuṣyo vā yakṣo gandharva eva ca | bhajan mukundacaraṇaṃ svastimān syādyathā vayam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    If a demigod, demon, human being, Yakṣa, Gandharva or anyone within this universe renders service to the lotus feet of Mukunda, who can deliver liberation, he is actually situated in the most auspicious condition of life, exactly like us [the mahājanas, headed by Prahlāda Mahārāja].

  269. ततो हरौ भगवति भक्तिं कुरुत दानवाः । आत्मौपम्येन सर्वत्र सर्वभूतात्मनीश्वरे

    tato harau bhagavati bhaktiṃ kuruta dānavāḥ | ātmaupamyena sarvatra sarvabhūtātmanīśvare

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear friends, O sons of the demons, in the same favorable way that one sees himself and takes care of himself, take to devotional service to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is present everywhere as the Supersoul of all living entities.

  270. दैतेया यक्षरक्षांसि स्त्रियः शूद्रा व्रजौकसः । खगा मृगाः पापजीवाः सन्ति ह्यच्युततां गताः

    daiteyā yakṣarakṣāṃsi striyaḥ śūdrā vrajaukasaḥ | khagā mṛgāḥ pāpajīvāḥ santi hyacyutatāṃ gatāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O my friends, O sons of demons, everyone, including you (the Yakṣas and Rākṣasas), the unintelligent women, śūdras and cowherd men, the birds, the lower animals and the sinful living entities, can revive his original, eternal spiritual life and exist forever simply by accepting the principles of bhakti-yoga.

  271. एतावानेव लोकेऽस्मिन् पुंसः स्वार्थः परः स्मृतः । एकान्तभक्तिर्गोविन्दे यत्सर्वत्र तदीक्षणम्

    etāvāneva loke'smin puṃsaḥ svārthaḥ paraḥ smṛtaḥ | ekāntabhaktirgovinde yatsarvatra tadīkṣaṇam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    In this material world, to render service to the lotus feet of Govinda, the cause of all causes, and to see Him everywhere, is the only goal of life. This much alone is the ultimate goal of human life, as explained by all the revealed scriptures.

  272. नारद उवाच । अथ दैत्यसुताः सर्वे श्रुत्वा तदनुवर्णितम् । जगृहुर्निरवद्यत्वान्नैव गुर्वनुशिक्षितम्

    nārada uvāca | atha daityasutāḥ sarve śrutvā tadanuvarṇitam | jagṛhurniravadyatvānnaiva gurvanuśikṣitam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Nārada Muni continued: All the sons of the demons appreciated the transcendental instructions of Prahlāda Mahārāja and took them very seriously. They rejected the materialistic instructions given by their teachers, Ṣaṇḍa and Amarka.

  273. अथाचार्यसुतस्तेषां बुद्धिमेकान्तसंस्थिताम् । आलक्ष्य भीतस्त्वरितो राज्ञ आवेदयद्यथा

    athācāryasutasteṣāṃ buddhimekāntasaṃsthitām | ālakṣya bhītastvarito rājña āvedayadyathā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    When Ṣaṇḍa and Amarka, the sons of Śukrācārya, observed that all the students, the sons of the demons, were becoming advanced in Kṛṣṇa consciousness because of the association of Prahlāda Mahārāja, they were afraid. They approached the King of the demons and described the situation as it was.

  274. प्रश्रयावनतं दान्तं बद्धाञ्जलिमवस्थितम् । सर्पः पदाहत इव श्वसन् प्रकृतिदारुणः

    praśrayāvanataṃ dāntaṃ baddhāñjalimavasthitam | sarpaḥ padāhata iva śvasan prakṛtidāruṇaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Hiraṇyakaśipu said: O most impudent, most unintelligent disruptor of the family, O lowest of mankind, you have violated my power to rule you, and therefore you are an obstinate fool. Today I shall send you to the place of Yamarāja.

  275. हे दुर्विनीत मन्दात्मन् कुलभेदकराधम । स्तब्धं मच्छासनोद्धूतं नेष्ये त्वाद्य यमक्षयम्

    he durvinīta mandātman kulabhedakarādhama | stabdhaṃ macchāsanoddhūtaṃ neṣye tvādya yamakṣayam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My son Prahlāda, you rascal, you know that when I am angry all the planets of the three worlds tremble, along with their chief rulers. By whose power has a rascal like you become so impudent that you appear fearless and overstep my power to rule you?

  276. क्रुद्धस्य यस्य कम्पन्ते त्रयो लोकाः सहेश्वराः । तस्य मेऽभीतवन्मूढ शासनं किं बलोऽत्यगाः

    kruddhasya yasya kampante trayo lokāḥ saheśvarāḥ | tasya me'bhītavanmūḍha śāsanaṃ kiṃ balo'tyagāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Prahlāda Mahārāja said: My dear King, the source of my strength, of which you are asking, is also the source of yours. Indeed, the original source of all kinds of strength is one. He is not only your strength or mine, but the only strength for everyone. Without Him, no one can get any strength. Whether moving or not moving, superior or inferior, everyone, including Lord Brahmā, is controlled by the strength of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

  277. प्रह्लाद उवाच । न केवलं मे भवतश्च राजन् स वै बलं बलिनां चापरेषाम् । परेऽवरेऽमी स्थिरजङ्गमा ये ब्रह्मादयो येन वशं प्रणीताः

    prahlāda uvāca | na kevalaṃ me bhavataśca rājan sa vai balaṃ balināṃ cāpareṣām | pare'vare'mī sthirajaṅgamā ye brahmādayo yena vaśaṃ praṇītāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the supreme controller and time factor, is the power of the senses, the power of the mind, the power of the body, and the vital force of the senses. His influence is unlimited. He is the best of all living entities, the controller of the three modes of material nature. By His own power, He creates this cosmic manifestation, maintains it and annihilates it also.

  278. स ईश्वरः काल उरुक्रमोऽसा- वोजःसहःसत्त्वबलेन्द्रियात्मा । स एव विश्वं परमः स्वशक्तिभिः सृजत्यवत्यत्ति गुणत्रयेशः

    sa īśvaraḥ kāla urukramo'sā- vojaḥsahaḥsattvabalendriyātmā | sa eva viśvaṃ paramaḥ svaśaktibhiḥ sṛjatyavatyatti guṇatrayeśaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Prahlāda Mahārāja continued: My dear father, please give up your demoniac mentality. Do not discriminate in your heart between enemies and friends; make your mind equipoised toward everyone. Except for the uncontrolled and misguided mind, there is no enemy within this world. When one sees everyone on the platform of equality, one then comes to the position of worshiping the Lord perfectly.

  279. जह्यासुरं भावमिमं त्वमात्मनः समं मनो धत्स्व न सन्ति विद्विषः । ऋतेऽजितादात्मन उत्पथस्थिता- त्तद्धि ह्यनन्तस्य महत्समर्हणम्

    jahyāsuraṃ bhāvamimaṃ tvamātmanaḥ samaṃ mano dhatsva na santi vidviṣaḥ | ṛte'jitādātmana utpathasthitā- ttaddhi hyanantasya mahatsamarhaṇam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    In former times there were many fools like you who did not conquer the six enemies that steal away the wealth of the body. These fools were very proud, thinking, “I have conquered all enemies in all the ten directions.” But if a person is victorious over the six enemies and is equipoised toward all living entities, for him there are no enemies. Enemies are merely imagined by one in ignorance.

  280. दस्यून् पुरा षण् न विजित्य लुम्पतो मन्यन्त एके स्वजिता दिशो दश । जितात्मनो ज्ञस्य समस्य देहिनां साधोः स्वमोहप्रभवाः कुतः परे

    dasyūn purā ṣaṇ na vijitya lumpato manyanta eke svajitā diśo daśa | jitātmano jñasya samasya dehināṃ sādhoḥ svamohaprabhavāḥ kutaḥ pare

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Hiraṇyakaśipu replied: You rascal, you are trying to minimize my value, as if you were better than me at controlling the senses. This is over-intelligent. I can therefore understand that you desire to die at my hands, for this kind of nonsensical talk is indulged in by those about to die.

  281. हिरण्यकशिपुरुवाच । व्यक्तं त्वं मर्तुकामोऽसि योऽतिमात्रं विकत्थसे । मुमूर्षूणां हि मन्दात्मन् ननु स्युर्विप्लवा गिरः

    hiraṇyakaśipuruvāca | vyaktaṃ tvaṃ martukāmo'si yo'timātraṃ vikatthase | mumūrṣūṇāṃ hi mandātman nanu syurviplavā giraḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O most unfortunate Prahlāda, you have always described a supreme being other than me, a supreme being who is above everything, who is the controller of everyone, and who is all-pervading. But where is He? If He is everywhere, then why is He not present before me in this pillar?

  282. यस्त्वया मन्दभाग्योक्तो मदन्यो जगदीश्वरः । क्वासौ यदि स सर्वत्र कस्मात्स्तम्भे न दृश्यते

    yastvayā mandabhāgyokto madanyo jagadīśvaraḥ | kvāsau yadi sa sarvatra kasmātstambhe na dṛśyate

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Because you are speaking so much nonsense, I shall now sever your head from your body. Now let me see your most worshipable God come to protect you. I want to see it.

  283. सोऽहं विकत्थमानस्य शिरः कायाद्धरामि ते । गोपायेत हरिस्त्वाद्य यस्ते शरणमीप्सितम्

    so'haṃ vikatthamānasya śiraḥ kāyāddharāmi te | gopāyeta haristvādya yaste śaraṇamīpsitam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Being obsessed with anger, Hiraṇyakaśipu, who was very great in bodily strength, thus chastised his exalted devotee-son Prahlāda with harsh words. Cursing him again and again, Hiraṇyakaśipu took up his sword, got up from his royal throne, and with great anger struck his fist against the column.

  284. एवं दुरुक्तैर्मुहुरर्दयन् रुषा सुतं महाभागवतं महासुरः । खड्गं प्रगृह्योत्पतितो वरासना- त्स्तम्भं तताडातिबलः स्वमुष्टिना

    evaṃ duruktairmuhurardayan ruṣā sutaṃ mahābhāgavataṃ mahāsuraḥ | khaḍgaṃ pragṛhyotpatito varāsanā- tstambhaṃ tatāḍātibalaḥ svamuṣṭinā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Then from within the pillar came a fearful sound, which appeared to crack the covering of the universe. O my dear Yudhiṣṭhira, this sound reached even the abodes of the demigods like Lord Brahmā, and when the demigods heard it, they thought, “Oh, now our planets are being destroyed!”

  285. तदैव तस्मिन्निनदोऽतिभीषणो बभूव येनाण्डकटाहमस्फुटत् । यं वै स्वधिष्ण्योपगतं त्वजादयः श्रुत्वा स्वधामात्ययमङ्ग मेनिरे

    tadaiva tasminninado'tibhīṣaṇo babhūva yenāṇḍakaṭāhamasphuṭat | yaṃ vai svadhiṣṇyopagataṃ tvajādayaḥ śrutvā svadhāmātyayamaṅga menire

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    While showing his extraordinary prowess, Hiraṇyakaśipu, who desired to kill his own son, heard that wonderful, tumultuous sound, which had never before been heard. Upon hearing the sound, the other leaders of the demons were afraid. None of them could find the origin of that sound in the assembly.

  286. स विक्रमन् पुत्रवधेप्सुरोजसा निशम्य निर्ह्रादमपूर्वमद्भुतम् । अन्तःसभायां न ददर्श तत्पदं वितत्रसुर्येन सुरारियूथपाः

    sa vikraman putravadhepsurojasā niśamya nirhrādamapūrvamadbhutam | antaḥsabhāyāṃ na dadarśa tatpadaṃ vitatrasuryena surāriyūthapāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    To prove that the statement of His servant Prahlāda Mahārāja was substantial — in other words, to prove that the Supreme Lord is present everywhere, even within the pillar of an assembly hall — the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, exhibited a wonderful form never before seen. The form was neither that of a man nor that of a lion. Thus the Lord appeared in His wonderful form in the assembly hall.

  287. सत्यं विधातुं निजभृत्यभाषितं व्याप्तिं च भूतेष्वखिलेषु चात्मनः । अदृश्यतात्यद्भुतरूपमुद्वहन् स्तम्भे सभायां न मृगं न मानुषम्

    satyaṃ vidhātuṃ nijabhṛtyabhāṣitaṃ vyāptiṃ ca bhūteṣvakhileṣu cātmanaḥ | adṛśyatātyadbhutarūpamudvahan stambhe sabhāyāṃ na mṛgaṃ na mānuṣam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    While Hiraṇyakaśipu looked all around to find the source of the sound, that wonderful form of the Lord, which could not be ascertained to be either a man or a lion, emerged from the pillar. In amazement, Hiraṇyakaśipu wondered, “What is this creature that is half man and half lion?”

  288. दुरासदं सर्वनिजेतरायुध- प्रवेकविद्रावितदैत्यदानवम् । प्रायेण मेऽयं हरिणोरुमायिना वधः स्मृतोऽनेन समुद्यतेन किम्

    durāsadaṃ sarvanijetarāyudha- pravekavidrāvitadaityadānavam | prāyeṇa me'yaṃ hariṇorumāyinā vadhaḥ smṛto'nena samudyatena kim

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Hiraṇyakaśipu murmured to himself, “Lord Viṣṇu, who possesses great mystic power, has made this plan to kill me, but what is the use of such an attempt? Who can fight with me?” Thinking like this and taking up his club, Hiraṇyakaśipu attacked the Lord like an elephant.

  289. एवं ब्रुवंस्त्वभ्यपतद्गदायुधो नदन् नृसिंहं प्रति दैत्यकुञ्जरः । अलक्षितोऽग्नौ पतितः पतङ्गमो यथा नृसिंहौजसि सोऽसुरस्तदा

    evaṃ bruvaṃstvabhyapatadgadāyudho nadan nṛsiṃhaṃ prati daityakuñjaraḥ | alakṣito'gnau patitaḥ pataṅgamo yathā nṛsiṃhaujasi so'surastadā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Just as a small insect falls forcefully into a fire and the insignificant creature becomes invisible, when Hiraṇyakaśipu attacked the Lord, who was full of effulgence, Hiraṇyakaśipu became invisible. This is not at all astonishing, for the Lord is always situated in pure goodness. Formerly, during creation, He entered the dark universe and illuminated it by His spiritual effulgence.

  290. न तद्विचित्रं खलु सत्त्वधामनि स्वतेजसा यो नु पुरापिबत्तमः । ततोऽभिपद्याभ्यहनन्महासुरो रुषा नृसिंहं गदयोरुवेगया

    na tadvicitraṃ khalu sattvadhāmani svatejasā yo nu purāpibattamaḥ | tato'bhipadyābhyahananmahāsuro ruṣā nṛsiṃhaṃ gadayoruvegayā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Thereafter, the great demon Hiraṇyakaśipu, who was extremely angry, swiftly attacked Nṛsiṁhadeva with his club and began to beat Him. Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva, however, captured the great demon, along with his club, just as Garuḍa might capture a great snake.

  291. तं विक्रमन्तं सगदं गदाधरो महोरगं तार्क्ष्यसुतो यथाग्रहीत् । स तस्य हस्तोत्कलितस्तदासुरो विक्रीडतो यद्वदहिर्गरुत्मतः

    taṃ vikramantaṃ sagadaṃ gadādharo mahoragaṃ tārkṣyasuto yathāgrahīt | sa tasya hastotkalitastadāsuro vikrīḍato yadvadahirgarutmataḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O Yudhiṣṭhira, O great son of Bharata, when Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva gave Hiraṇyakaśipu a chance to slip from His hand, just as Garuḍa sometimes plays with a snake and lets it slip from his mouth, the demigods, who had lost their abodes and who were hiding behind the clouds for fear of the demon, did not consider that incident very good. Indeed, they were perturbed.

  292. असाध्वमन्यन्त हृतौकसोऽमरा घनच्छदा भारत सर्वधिष्ण्यपाः । तं मन्यमानो निजवीर्यशङ्कितं यद्धस्तमुक्तो नृहरिं महासुरः । पुनस्तमासज्जत खड्गचर्मणी प्रगृह्य वेगेन जितश्रमो मृधे

    asādhvamanyanta hṛtaukaso'marā ghanacchadā bhārata sarvadhiṣṇyapāḥ | taṃ manyamāno nijavīryaśaṅkitaṃ yaddhastamukto nṛhariṃ mahāsuraḥ | punastamāsajjata khaḍgacarmaṇī pragṛhya vegena jitaśramo mṛdhe

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    When Hiraṇyakaśipu was freed from the hands of Nṛsiṁhadeva, he falsely thought that the Lord was afraid of his prowess. Therefore, after taking a little rest from the fight, he took up his sword and shield and again attacked the Lord with great force.

  293. तं श्येनवेगं शतचन्द्रवर्त्मभि- श्चरन्तमच्छिद्रमुपर्यधो हरिः । कृत्वाट्टहासं खरमुत्स्वनोल्बणं निमीलिताक्षं जगृहे महाजवः

    taṃ śyenavegaṃ śatacandravartmabhi- ścarantamacchidramuparyadho hariḥ | kṛtvāṭṭahāsaṃ kharamutsvanolbaṇaṃ nimīlitākṣaṃ jagṛhe mahājavaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Making a loud, shrill sound of laughter, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Nārāyaṇa, who is extremely strong and powerful, captured Hiraṇyakaśipu, who was protecting himself with his sword and shield, leaving no gaps open. With the speed of a hawk, Hiraṇyakaśipu moved sometimes in the sky and sometimes on the earth, his eyes closed because of fear of Nṛsiṁhadeva’s laughter.

  294. विष्वक्स्फुरन्तं ग्रहणातुरं हरि- र्व्यालो यथाऽऽखुं कुलिशाक्षतत्वचम् । द्वार्यूर आपात्य ददार लीलया नखैर्यथाहिं गरुडो महाविषम्

    viṣvaksphurantaṃ grahaṇāturaṃ hari- rvyālo yathā''khuṃ kuliśākṣatatvacam | dvāryūra āpātya dadāra līlayā nakhairyathāhiṃ garuḍo mahāviṣam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    As a snake captures a mouse or Garuḍa captures a very venomous snake, Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva captured Hiraṇyakaśipu, who could not be pierced even by the thunderbolt of King Indra. As Hiraṇyakaśipu moved his limbs here, there and all around, very much afflicted at being captured, Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva placed the demon on His lap, supporting him with His thighs, and in the doorway of the assembly hall the Lord very easily tore the demon to pieces with the nails of His hand.

  295. संरम्भदुष्प्रेक्ष्यकराललोचनो व्यात्ताननान्तं विलिहन् स्वजिह्वया । असृग्लवाक्तारुणकेसराननो यथान्त्रमाली द्विपहत्यया हरिः

    saṃrambhaduṣprekṣyakarālalocano vyāttānanāntaṃ vilihan svajihvayā | asṛglavāktāruṇakesarānano yathāntramālī dvipahatyayā hariḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva’s mouth and mane were sprinkled with drops of blood, and His fierce eyes, full of anger, were impossible to look at. Licking the edge of His mouth with His tongue, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Nṛsiṁhadeva, decorated with a garland of intestines taken from Hiraṇyakaśipu’s abdomen, resembled a lion that has just killed an elephant.

  296. नखाङ्कुरोत्पाटितहृत्सरोरुहं विसृज्य तस्यानुचरानुदायुधान् । अहन् समन्तान्नखशस्त्रपार्ष्णिभि- र्दोर्दण्डयूथोऽनुपथान् सहस्रशः

    nakhāṅkurotpāṭitahṛtsaroruhaṃ visṛjya tasyānucarānudāyudhān | ahan samantānnakhaśastrapārṣṇibhi- rdordaṇḍayūtho'nupathān sahasraśaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The Supreme Personality of Godhead, who had many, many arms, first uprooted Hiraṇyakaśipu’s heart and then threw him aside and turned toward the demon’s soldiers. These soldiers had come in thousands to fight with Him with raised weapons and were very faithful followers of Hiraṇyakaśipu, but Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva killed all of them merely with the ends of His nails.

  297. सटावधूता जलदाः परापतन् ग्रहाश्च तद्दृष्टिविमुष्टरोचिषः । अम्भोधयः श्वासहता विचुक्षुभु- र्निर्ह्रादभीता दिगिभा विचुक्रुशुः

    saṭāvadhūtā jaladāḥ parāpatan grahāśca taddṛṣṭivimuṣṭarociṣaḥ | ambhodhayaḥ śvāsahatā vicukṣubhu- rnirhrādabhītā digibhā vicukruśuḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The hair on Nṛsiṁhadeva’s head shook the clouds and scattered them here and there, His glaring eyes stole the effulgence of the luminaries in the sky, and His breathing agitated the seas and oceans. Because of His roaring, all the elephants in the world began to cry in fear.

  298. द्यौस्तत्सटोत्क्षिप्तविमानसङ्कुला प्रोत्सर्पत क्ष्मा च पदाभिपीडिता । शैलाः समुत्पेतुरमुष्य रंहसा तत्तेजसा खं ककुभो न रेजिरे

    dyaustatsaṭotkṣiptavimānasaṅkulā protsarpata kṣmā ca padābhipīḍitā | śailāḥ samutpeturamuṣya raṃhasā tattejasā khaṃ kakubho na rejire

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Airplanes were thrown into outer space and the upper planetary system by the hair on Nṛsiṁhadeva’s head. Because of the pressure of the Lord’s lotus feet, the earth appeared to slip from its position, and all the hills and mountains sprang up due to His intolerable force. Because of the Lord’s bodily effulgence, both the sky and all directions diminished in their natural illumination.

  299. ततः सभायामुपविष्टमुत्तमे नृपासने सम्भृततेजसं विभुम् । अलक्षितद्वैरथमत्यमर्षणं प्रचण्डवक्त्रं न बभाज कश्चन

    tataḥ sabhāyāmupaviṣṭamuttame nṛpāsane sambhṛtatejasaṃ vibhum | alakṣitadvairathamatyamarṣaṇaṃ pracaṇḍavaktraṃ na babhāja kaścana

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Manifesting a full effulgence and a fearsome countenance, Lord Nṛsiṁha, being very angry and finding no contestant to face His power and opulence, then sat down in the assembly hall on the excellent throne of the king. Because of fear and obedience, no one could come forward to serve the Lord directly.

  300. निशाम्य लोकत्रयमस्तकज्वरं तमादिदैत्यं हरिणा हतं मृधे । प्रहर्षवेगोत्कलितानना मुहुः प्रसूनवर्षैर्ववृषुः सुरस्त्रियः

    niśāmya lokatrayamastakajvaraṃ tamādidaityaṃ hariṇā hataṃ mṛdhe | praharṣavegotkalitānanā muhuḥ prasūnavarṣairvavṛṣuḥ surastriyaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Hiraṇyakaśipu had been exactly like a fever of meningitis in the head of the three worlds. Thus when the wives of the demigods in the heavenly planets saw that the great demon had been killed by the personal hands of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, their faces blossomed in great joy. The wives of the demigods again and again showered flowers from heaven upon Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva like rain.

  301. तदा विमानावलिभिर्नभस्तलं दिदृक्षतां सङ्कुलमास नाकिनाम् । सुरानका दुन्दुभयोऽथ जघ्निरे गन्धर्वमुख्या ननृतुर्जगुः स्त्रियः

    tadā vimānāvalibhirnabhastalaṃ didṛkṣatāṃ saṅkulamāsa nākinām | surānakā dundubhayo'tha jaghnire gandharvamukhyā nanṛturjaguḥ striyaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    At that time, the airplanes of the demigods, who desired to see the activities of the Supreme Lord, Nārāyaṇa, crowded the sky. The demigods began beating drums and kettledrums, and upon hearing them the angelic women began to dance, while the chiefs of the Gandharvas sang sweetly.

  302. ब्रह्मोवाच । नतोऽस्म्यनन्ताय दुरन्तशक्तये विचित्रवीर्याय पवित्रकर्मणे । विश्वस्य सर्गस्थितिसंयमान् गुणैः स्वलीलया सन्दधतेऽव्ययात्मने

    brahmovāca | nato'smyanantāya durantaśaktaye vicitravīryāya pavitrakarmaṇe | viśvasya sargasthitisaṃyamān guṇaiḥ svalīlayā sandadhate'vyayātmane

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Lord Brahmā prayed: My Lord, You are unlimited, and You possess unending potencies. No one can estimate or calculate Your prowess and wonderful influence, for Your actions are never polluted by the material energy. Through the material qualities, You very easily create the universe, maintain it and again annihilate it, yet You remain the same, without deterioration. I therefore offer my respectful obeisances unto You.

  303. श्रीरुद्र उवाच । कोपकालो युगान्तस्ते हतोऽयमसुरोऽल्पकः । तत्सुतं पाह्युपसृतं भक्तं ते भक्तवत्सल

    śrīrudra uvāca | kopakālo yugāntaste hato'yamasuro'lpakaḥ | tatsutaṃ pāhyupasṛtaṃ bhaktaṃ te bhaktavatsala

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Lord Śiva said: The end of the millennium is the time for Your anger. Now that this insignificant demon Hiraṇyakaśipu has been killed, O my Lord, who are naturally affectionate to Your devotee, kindly protect his son Prahlāda Mahārāja, who is standing nearby as Your fully surrendered devotee.

  304. इन्द्र उवाच । प्रत्यानीताः परम भवता त्रायता नः स्वभागा दैत्याक्रान्तं हृदयकमलं त्वद्गृहं प्रत्यबोधि । कालग्रस्तं कियदिदमहो नाथ शुश्रूषतां ते मुक्तिस्तेषां न हि बहुमता नारसिंहापरैः किम्

    indra uvāca | pratyānītāḥ parama bhavatā trāyatā naḥ svabhāgā daityākrāntaṃ hṛdayakamalaṃ tvadgṛhaṃ pratyabodhi | kālagrastaṃ kiyadidamaho nātha śuśrūṣatāṃ te muktisteṣāṃ na hi bahumatā nārasiṃhāparaiḥ kim

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    King Indra said: O Supreme Lord, You are our deliverer and protector. Our shares of sacrifices, which are actually Yours, have been recovered from the demon by You. Because the demoniac king Hiraṇyakaśipu was most fearsome, our hearts, which are Your permanent abode, were all overtaken by him. Now, by Your presence, the gloom and darkness in our hearts have been dissipated. O Lord, for those who always engage in Your service, which is more exalted than liberation, all material opulence is insignificant. They do not even care for liberation, not to speak of the benefits of kāma, artha and dharma.

  305. ऋषय ऊचुः । त्वं नस्तपः परममात्थ यदात्मतेजो येनेदमादिपुरुषात्मगतं ससर्ज । तद्विप्रलुप्तममुनाद्य शरण्यपाल रक्षागृहीतवपुषा पुनरन्वमंस्थाः

    ṛṣaya ūcuḥ | tvaṃ nastapaḥ paramamāttha yadātmatejo yenedamādipuruṣātmagataṃ sasarja | tadvipraluptamamunādya śaraṇyapāla rakṣāgṛhītavapuṣā punaranvamaṃsthāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    All the saintly persons present offered their prayers in this way: O Lord, O supreme maintainer of those sheltered at Your lotus feet, O original Personality of Godhead, the process of austerity and penance, in which You instructed us before, is the spiritual power of Your very self. It is by austerity that You create the material world, which lies dormant within You. This austerity was almost stopped by the activities of this demon, but now, by Yourself appearing in the form of Nṛsiṁhadeva, which is meant just to give us protection, and by killing this demon, You have again approved the process of austerity.

  306. पितर ऊचुः । श्राद्धानि नोऽधिबुभुजे प्रसभं तनूजै- र्दत्तानि तीर्थसमयेऽप्यपिबत्तिलाम्बु । तस्योदरान्नखविदीर्णवपाद्य आर्च्छ- त्तस्मै नमो नृहरयेऽखिलधर्मगोप्त्रे

    pitara ūcuḥ | śrāddhāni no'dhibubhuje prasabhaṃ tanūjai- rdattāni tīrthasamaye'pyapibattilāmbu | tasyodarānnakhavidīrṇavapādya ārccha- ttasmai namo nṛharaye'khiladharmagoptre

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The inhabitants of Pitṛloka prayed: Let us offer our respectful obeisances unto Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva, the maintainer of the religious principles of the universe. He has killed Hiraṇyakaśipu, the demon who by force enjoyed all the offerings of the śrāddha ceremonies performed by our sons and grandsons on the anniversaries of our death and who drank the water with sesame seeds offered in holy places of pilgrimage. By killing this demon, O Lord, You have taken back all this stolen property from his abdomen by piercing it with Your nails. We therefore wish to offer our respectful obeisances unto You.

  307. सिद्धा ऊचुः । यो नो गतिं योगसिद्धामसाधु- रहार्षीद्योगतपोबलेन । नानादर्पं तं नखैर्निर्ददार तस्मै तुभ्यं प्रणताः स्मो नृसिंह

    siddhā ūcuḥ | yo no gatiṃ yogasiddhāmasādhu- rahārṣīdyogatapobalena | nānādarpaṃ taṃ nakhairnirdadāra tasmai tubhyaṃ praṇatāḥ smo nṛsiṃha

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The inhabitants of Siddhaloka prayed: O Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva, because we belong to Siddhaloka, we automatically achieve perfection in all eight kinds of mystic power. Yet Hiraṇyakaśipu was so dishonest that by the strength of his power and austerity, he took away our powers. Thus he became very proud of his mystic strength. Now, because this rogue has been killed by Your nails, we offer our respectful obeisances unto You.

  308. विद्याधरा ऊचुः । विद्यां पृथग्धारणयानुराद्धां न्यषेधदज्ञो बलवीर्यदृप्तः । स येन सङ्ख्ये पशुवद्धतस्तं मायानृसिंहं प्रणताः स्म नित्यम्

    vidyādharā ūcuḥ | vidyāṃ pṛthagdhāraṇayānurāddhāṃ nyaṣedhadajño balavīryadṛptaḥ | sa yena saṅkhye paśuvaddhatastaṃ māyānṛsiṃhaṃ praṇatāḥ sma nityam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The inhabitants of Vidyādhara-loka prayed: Our acquired power to appear and disappear in various ways according to varieties of meditation was banned by that foolish Hiraṇyakaśipu because of his pride in his superior bodily strength and his ability to conquer others. Now the Supreme Personality of Godhead has killed him just as if the demon were an animal. Unto that supreme pastime form of Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva, we eternally offer our respectful obeisances.

  309. नागा ऊचुः । येन पापेन रत्नानि स्त्रीरत्नानि हृतानि नः । तद्वक्षःपाटनेनासां दत्तानन्द नमोऽस्तु ते

    nāgā ūcuḥ | yena pāpena ratnāni strīratnāni hṛtāni naḥ | tadvakṣaḥpāṭanenāsāṃ dattānanda namo'stu te

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The inhabitants of Nāgaloka said: The most sinful Hiraṇyakaśipu took away all the jewels on our hoods and all our beautiful wives. Now, since his chest has been pierced by Your nails, You are the source of all pleasure to our wives. Thus we together offer our respectful obeisances unto You.

  310. मनव ऊचुः । मनवो वयं तव निदेशकारिणो दितिजेन देव परिभूतसेतवः । भवता खलः स उपसंहृतः प्रभो करवाम ते किमनुशाधि किङ्करान्

    manava ūcuḥ | manavo vayaṃ tava nideśakāriṇo ditijena deva paribhūtasetavaḥ | bhavatā khalaḥ sa upasaṃhṛtaḥ prabho karavāma te kimanuśādhi kiṅkarān

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    All the Manus offered their prayers as follows: As Your order carriers, O Lord, we, the Manus, are the law-givers for human society, but because of the temporary supremacy of this great demon, Hiraṇyakaśipu, our laws for maintaining varṇāśrama-dharma were destroyed. O Lord, now that You have killed this great demon, we are in our normal condition. Kindly order us, Your eternal servants, what to do now.

  311. प्रजापतय ऊचुः । प्रजेशा वयं ते परेशाभिसृष्टा न येन प्रजा वै सृजामो निषिद्धाः । स एष त्वया भिन्नवक्षा नु शेते जगन्मङ्गलं सत्त्वमूर्तेऽवतारः

    prajāpataya ūcuḥ | prajeśā vayaṃ te pareśābhisṛṣṭā na yena prajā vai sṛjāmo niṣiddhāḥ | sa eṣa tvayā bhinnavakṣā nu śete jaganmaṅgalaṃ sattvamūrte'vatāraḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The prajāpatis offered their prayers as follows: O Supreme Lord, Lord of even Brahmā and Śiva, we, the prajāpatis, were created by You to execute Your orders, but we were forbidden by Hiraṇyakaśipu to create any more good progeny. Now the demon is lying dead before us, his chest pierced by You. Let us therefore offer our respectful obeisances unto You, whose incarnation in this form of pure goodness is meant for the welfare of the entire universe.

  312. गन्धर्वा ऊचुः । वयं विभो ते नटनाट्यगायका येनात्मसाद्वीर्यबलौजसा कृताः । स एष नीतो भवता दशामिमां किमुत्पथस्थः कुशलाय कल्पते

    gandharvā ūcuḥ | vayaṃ vibho te naṭanāṭyagāyakā yenātmasādvīryabalaujasā kṛtāḥ | sa eṣa nīto bhavatā daśāmimāṃ kimutpathasthaḥ kuśalāya kalpate

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The inhabitants of Gandharvaloka prayed: Your Lordship, we ever engage in Your service by dancing and singing in dramatic performances, but this Hiraṇyakaśipu, by the influence of his bodily strength and valor, brought us under his subjugation. Now he has been brought to this low condition by Your Lordship. What benefit can result from the activities of such an upstart as Hiraṇyakaśipu?

  313. चारणा ऊचुः । हरे तवाङ्घ्रिपङ्कजं भवापवर्गमाश्रिताः । यदेष साधुहृच्छयस्त्वयासुरः समापितः

    cāraṇā ūcuḥ | hare tavāṅghripaṅkajaṃ bhavāpavargamāśritāḥ | yadeṣa sādhuhṛcchayastvayāsuraḥ samāpitaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The inhabitants of the Cāraṇa planet said: O Lord, because You have destroyed the demon Hiraṇyakaśipu, who was always a stake in the hearts of all honest men, we are now relieved, and we eternally take shelter of Your lotus feet, which award the conditioned soul liberation from materialistic contamination.

  314. यक्षा ऊचुः । वयमनुचरमुख्याः कर्मभिस्ते मनोज्ञै- स्त इह दितिसुतेन प्रापिता वाहकत्वम् । स तु जनपरितापं तत्कृतं जानता ते नरहर उपनीतः पञ्चतां पञ्चविंश

    yakṣā ūcuḥ | vayamanucaramukhyāḥ karmabhiste manojñai- sta iha ditisutena prāpitā vāhakatvam | sa tu janaparitāpaṃ tatkṛtaṃ jānatā te narahara upanītaḥ pañcatāṃ pañcaviṃśa

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The inhabitants of Yakṣaloka prayed: O controller of the twenty-four elements, we are considered the best servants of Your Lordship because of rendering services pleasing to You, yet we engaged as palanquin carriers by the order of Hiraṇyakaśipu, the son of Diti. O Lord in the form of Nṛsiṁhadeva, You know how this demon gave trouble to everyone, but now You have killed him, and his body is mixing with the five material elements.

  315. किम्पुरुषा ऊचुः । वयं किम्पुरुषास्त्वं तु महापुरुष ईश्वरः । अयं कुपुरुषो नष्टो धिक्कृतः साधुभिर्यदा

    kimpuruṣā ūcuḥ | vayaṃ kimpuruṣāstvaṃ tu mahāpuruṣa īśvaraḥ | ayaṃ kupuruṣo naṣṭo dhikkṛtaḥ sādhubhiryadā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The inhabitants of Kimpuruṣa-loka said: We are insignificant living entities, and You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the supreme controller. Therefore how can we offer suitable prayers unto You? When this demon was condemned by devotees because they were disgusted with him, he was then killed by You.

  316. वैतालिका ऊचुः । सभासु सत्रेषु तवामलं यशो गीत्वा सपर्यां महतीं लभामहे । यस्तां व्यनैषीद्भृशमेष दुर्जनो दिष्ट्या हतस्ते भगवन् यथाऽऽमयः

    vaitālikā ūcuḥ | sabhāsu satreṣu tavāmalaṃ yaśo gītvā saparyāṃ mahatīṃ labhāmahe | yastāṃ vyanaiṣīdbhṛśameṣa durjano diṣṭyā hataste bhagavan yathā''mayaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The inhabitants of Vaitālika-loka said: Dear Lord, because of chanting Your spotless glories in great assemblies and arenas of sacrifice, we were accustomed to great respect from everyone. This demon, however, usurped that position. Now, to our great fortune, You have killed this great demon, exactly as one cures a chronic disease.

  317. किन्नरा ऊचुः । वयमीश किन्नरगणास्तवानुगा दितिजेन विष्टिममुनानुकारिताः । भवता हरे स वृजिनोऽवसादितो नरसिंह नाथ विभवाय नो भव

    kinnarā ūcuḥ | vayamīśa kinnaragaṇāstavānugā ditijena viṣṭimamunānukāritāḥ | bhavatā hare sa vṛjino'vasādito narasiṃha nātha vibhavāya no bhava

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The Kinnaras said: O supreme controller, we are ever-existing servants of Your Lordship, but instead of rendering service to You, we were engaged by this demon in his service, constantly and without remuneration. This sinful man has now been killed by You. Therefore, O Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva, our master, we offer our respectful obeisances unto You. Please continue to be our patron.

  318. विष्णुपार्षदा ऊचुः । अद्यैतद्धरिनररूपमद्भुतं ते दृष्टं नः शरणद सर्वलोकशर्म । सोऽयं ते विधिकर ईश विप्रशप्त- स्तस्येदं निधनमनुग्रहाय विद्मः

    viṣṇupārṣadā ūcuḥ | adyaitaddharinararūpamadbhutaṃ te dṛṣṭaṃ naḥ śaraṇada sarvalokaśarma | so'yaṃ te vidhikara īśa vipraśapta- stasyedaṃ nidhanamanugrahāya vidmaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The associates of Lord Viṣṇu in Vaikuṇṭha offered this prayer: O Lord, our supreme giver of shelter, today we have seen Your wonderful form as Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva, meant for the good fortune of all the world. O Lord, we can understand that Hiraṇyakaśipu was the same Jaya who engaged in Your service but was cursed by brāhmaṇas and who thus received the body of a demon. We understand that his having now been killed is Your special mercy upon him.

  319. नारद उवाच । एवं सुरादयः सर्वे ब्रह्मरुद्रपुरःसराः । नोपैतुमशकन् मन्युसंरम्भं सुदुरासदम्

    nārada uvāca | evaṃ surādayaḥ sarve brahmarudrapuraḥsarāḥ | nopaitumaśakan manyusaṃrambhaṃ sudurāsadam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The great saint Nārada Muni continued: The demigods, headed by Lord Brahmā, Lord Śiva and other great demigods, dared not come forward before the Lord, who at that time was extremely angry.

  320. साक्षाच्छ्रीः प्रेषिता देवैर्दृष्ट्वा तन्महदद्भुतम् । अदृष्टाश्रुतपूर्वत्वात्सा नोपेयाय शङ्किता

    sākṣācchrīḥ preṣitā devairdṛṣṭvā tanmahadadbhutam | adṛṣṭāśrutapūrvatvātsā nopeyāya śaṅkitā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The goddess of fortune, Lakṣmījī, was requested to go before the Lord by all the demigods present, who because of fear could not do so. But even she had never seen such a wonderful and extraordinary form of the Lord, and thus she could not approach Him.

  321. प्रह्लादं प्रेषयामास ब्रह्मावस्थितमन्तिके । तात प्रशमयोपेहि स्वपित्रे कुपितं प्रभुम्

    prahlādaṃ preṣayāmāsa brahmāvasthitamantike | tāta praśamayopehi svapitre kupitaṃ prabhum

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Thereafter Lord Brahmā requested Prahlāda Mahārāja, who was standing very near him: My dear son, Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva is extremely angry at your demoniac father. Please go forward and appease the Lord.

  322. तथेति शनकै राजन् महाभागवतोऽर्भकः । उपेत्य भुवि कायेन ननाम विधृताञ्जलिः

    tatheti śanakai rājan mahābhāgavato'rbhakaḥ | upetya bhuvi kāyena nanāma vidhṛtāñjaliḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Nārada Muni continued: O King, although the exalted devotee Prahlāda Mahārāja was only a little boy, he accepted Lord Brahmā’s words. He gradually proceeded toward Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva and fell down to offer his respectful obeisances with folded hands.

  323. स्वपादमूले पतितं तमर्भकं विलोक्य देवः कृपया परिप्लुतः । उत्थाप्य तच्छीर्ष्ण्यदधात्कराम्बुजं कालाहिवित्रस्तधियां कृताभयम्

    svapādamūle patitaṃ tamarbhakaṃ vilokya devaḥ kṛpayā pariplutaḥ | utthāpya tacchīrṣṇyadadhātkarāmbujaṃ kālāhivitrastadhiyāṃ kṛtābhayam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    When Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva saw the small boy Prahlāda Mahārāja prostrated at the soles of His lotus feet, He became most ecstatic in affection toward His devotee. Raising Prahlāda, the Lord placed His lotus hand upon the boy’s head because His hand is always ready to create fearlessness in all of His devotees.

  324. स तत्करस्पर्शधुताखिलाशुभः सपद्यभिव्यक्तपरात्मदर्शनः । तत्पादपद्मं हृदि निर्वृतो दधौ हृष्यत्तनुः क्लिन्नहृदश्रुलोचनः

    sa tatkarasparśadhutākhilāśubhaḥ sapadyabhivyaktaparātmadarśanaḥ | tatpādapadmaṃ hṛdi nirvṛto dadhau hṛṣyattanuḥ klinnahṛdaśrulocanaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    By the touch of Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva’s hand on Prahlāda Mahārāja’s head, Prahlāda was completely freed of all material contaminations and desires, as if he had been thoroughly cleansed. Therefore he at once became transcendentally situated, and all the symptoms of ecstasy became manifest in his body. His heart filled with love, and his eyes with tears, and thus he was able to completely capture the lotus feet of the Lord within the core of his heart.

  325. अस्तौषीद्धरिमेकाग्रमनसा सुसमाहितः । प्रेमगद्गदया वाचा तन्न्यस्तहृदयेक्षणः

    astauṣīddharimekāgramanasā susamāhitaḥ | premagadgadayā vācā tannyastahṛdayekṣaṇaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Prahlāda Mahārāja fixed his mind and sight upon Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva with full attention in complete trance. With a fixed mind, he began to offer prayers in love with a faltering voice.

  326. प्रह्लाद उवाच । ब्रह्मादयः सुरगणा मुनयोऽथ सिद्धाः सत्त्वैकतानमतयो वचसां प्रवाहैः । नाराधितुं पुरुगुणैरधुनापि पिप्रुः किं तोष्टुमर्हति स मे हरिरुग्रजातेः

    prahlāda uvāca | brahmādayaḥ suragaṇā munayo'tha siddhāḥ sattvaikatānamatayo vacasāṃ pravāhaiḥ | nārādhituṃ puruguṇairadhunāpi pipruḥ kiṃ toṣṭumarhati sa me harirugrajāteḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Prahlāda Mahārāja prayed: How is it possible for me, who have been born in a family of asuras, to offer suitable prayers to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead? Even until now, all the demigods, headed by Lord Brahmā, and all the saintly persons, could not satisfy the Lord by streams of excellent words, although such persons are very qualified, being in the mode of goodness. Then what is to be said of me? I am not at all qualified.

  327. मन्ये धनाभिजनरूपतपःश्रुतौजः तेजःप्रभावबलपौरुषबुद्धियोगाः । नाराधनाय हि भवन्ति परस्य पुंसो भक्त्या तुतोष भगवान् गजयूथपाय

    manye dhanābhijanarūpatapaḥśrutaujaḥ tejaḥprabhāvabalapauruṣabuddhiyogāḥ | nārādhanāya hi bhavanti parasya puṃso bhaktyā tutoṣa bhagavān gajayūthapāya

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Prahlāda Mahārāja continued: One may possess wealth, an aristocratic family, beauty, austerity, education, sensory expertise, luster, influence, physical strength, diligence, intelligence and mystic yogic power, but I think that even by all these qualifications one cannot satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead. However, one can satisfy the Lord simply by devotional service. Gajendra did this, and thus the Lord was satisfied with him.

  328. विप्राद्द्विषड्गुणयुतादरविन्दनाभ- पादारविन्दविमुखाच्छ्वपचं वरिष्ठम् । मन्ये तदर्पितमनोवचनेहितार्थ- प्राणं पुनाति स कुलं न तु भूरिमानः

    viprāddviṣaḍguṇayutādaravindanābha- pādāravindavimukhācchvapacaṃ variṣṭham | manye tadarpitamanovacanehitārtha- prāṇaṃ punāti sa kulaṃ na tu bhūrimānaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    If a brāhmaṇa has all twelve of the brahminical qualifications [as they are stated in the book called Sanat-sujāta] but is not a devotee and is averse to the lotus feet of the Lord, he is certainly lower than a devotee who is a dog-eater but who has dedicated everything — mind, words, activities, wealth and life — to the Supreme Lord. Such a devotee is better than such a brāhmaṇa because the devotee can purify his whole family, whereas the so-called brāhmaṇa in a position of false prestige cannot purify even himself.

  329. नैवात्मनः प्रभुरयं निजलाभपूर्णो मानं जनादविदुषः करुणो वृणीते । यद्यज्जनो भगवते विदधीत मानं तच्चात्मने प्रतिमुखस्य यथा मुखश्रीः

    naivātmanaḥ prabhurayaṃ nijalābhapūrṇo mānaṃ janādaviduṣaḥ karuṇo vṛṇīte | yadyajjano bhagavate vidadhīta mānaṃ taccātmane pratimukhasya yathā mukhaśrīḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The Supreme Lord, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is always fully satisfied in Himself. Therefore when something is offered to Him, the offering, by the Lord’s mercy, is for the benefit of the devotee, for the Lord does not need service from anyone. To give an example, if one’s face is decorated, the reflection of one’s face in a mirror is also seen to be decorated.

  330. तस्मादहं विगतविक्लव ईश्वरस्य सर्वात्मना महि गृणामि यथा मनीषम् । नीचोऽजया गुणविसर्गमनुप्रविष्टः पूयेत येन हि पुमाननुवर्णितेन

    tasmādahaṃ vigataviklava īśvarasya sarvātmanā mahi gṛṇāmi yathā manīṣam | nīco'jayā guṇavisargamanupraviṣṭaḥ pūyeta yena hi pumānanuvarṇitena

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Therefore, although I was born in a demoniac family, I may without a doubt offer prayers to the Lord with full endeavor, as far as my intelligence allows. Anyone who has been forced by ignorance to enter the material world may be purified of material life if he offers prayers to the Lord and hears the Lord’s glories.

  331. सर्वे ह्यमी विधिकरास्तव सत्त्वधाम्नो ब्रह्मादयो वयमिवेश न चोद्विजन्तः । क्षेमाय भूतय उतात्मसुखाय चास्य विक्रीडितं भगवतो रुचिरावतारैः

    sarve hyamī vidhikarāstava sattvadhāmno brahmādayo vayamiveśa na codvijantaḥ | kṣemāya bhūtaya utātmasukhāya cāsya vikrīḍitaṃ bhagavato rucirāvatāraiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O my Lord, all the demigods, headed by Lord Brahmā, are sincere servants of Your Lordship, who are situated in a transcendental position. Therefore they are not like us [Prahlāda and his father, the demon Hiraṇyakaśipu]. Your appearance in this fearsome form is Your pastime for Your own pleasure. Such an incarnation is always meant for the protection and improvement of the universe.

  332. तद्यच्छ मन्युमसुरश्च हतस्त्वयाद्य मोदेत साधुरपि वृश्चिकसर्पहत्या । लोकाश्च निर्वृतिमिताः प्रतियन्ति सर्वे रूपं नृसिंह विभयाय जनाः स्मरन्ति

    tadyaccha manyumasuraśca hatastvayādya modeta sādhurapi vṛścikasarpahatyā | lokāśca nirvṛtimitāḥ pratiyanti sarve rūpaṃ nṛsiṃha vibhayāya janāḥ smaranti

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva, please, therefore, cease Your anger now that my father, the great demon Hiraṇyakaśipu, has been killed. Since even saintly persons take pleasure in the killing of a scorpion or a snake, all the worlds have achieved great satisfaction because of the death of this demon. Now they are confident of their happiness, and they will always remember Your auspicious incarnation in order to be free from fear.

  333. नाहं बिभेम्यजित तेऽतिभयानकास्य- जिह्वार्कनेत्रभ्रुकुटीरभसोग्रदंष्ट्रात् । आन्त्रस्रजःक्षतजकेसरशङ्कुकर्णा- न्निर्ह्रादभीतदिगिभादरिभिन्नखाग्रात्

    nāhaṃ bibhemyajita te'tibhayānakāsya- jihvārkanetrabhrukuṭīrabhasogradaṃṣṭrāt | āntrasrajaḥkṣatajakesaraśaṅkukarṇā- nnirhrādabhītadigibhādaribhinnakhāgrāt

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My Lord, who are never conquered by anyone, I am certainly not afraid of Your ferocious mouth and tongue, Your eyes bright like the sun or Your frowning eyebrows. I do not fear Your sharp, pinching teeth, Your garland of intestines, Your mane soaked with blood, or Your high, wedgelike ears. Nor do I fear Your tumultuous roaring, which makes elephants flee to distant places, or Your nails, which are meant to kill Your enemies.

  334. त्रस्तोऽस्म्यहं कृपणवत्सल दुःसहोग्र- संसारचक्रकदनाद्ग्रसतां प्रणीतः । बद्धः स्वकर्मभिरुशत्तम तेऽङ्घ्रिमूलं प्रीतोपवर्गशरणं ह्वयसे कदा नु

    trasto'smyahaṃ kṛpaṇavatsala duḥsahogra- saṃsāracakrakadanādgrasatāṃ praṇītaḥ | baddhaḥ svakarmabhiruśattama te'ṅghrimūlaṃ prītopavargaśaraṇaṃ hvayase kadā nu

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O most powerful, insurmountable Lord, who are kind to the fallen souls, I have been put into the association of demons as a result of my activities, and therefore I am very much afraid of my condition of life within this material world. When will that moment come when You will call me to the shelter of Your lotus feet, which are the ultimate goal for liberation from conditional life?

  335. यस्मात्प्रियाप्रियवियोगसयोगजन्म- शोकाग्निना सकलयोनिषु दह्यमानः । दुःखौषधं तदपि दुःखमतद्धियाहं भूमन् भ्रमामि वद मे तव दास्ययोगम्

    yasmātpriyāpriyaviyogasayogajanma- śokāgninā sakalayoniṣu dahyamānaḥ | duḥkhauṣadhaṃ tadapi duḥkhamataddhiyāhaṃ bhūman bhramāmi vada me tava dāsyayogam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O great one, O Supreme Lord, because of combination with pleasing and displeasing circumstances and because of separation from them, one is placed in a most regrettable position, within heavenly or hellish planets, as if burning in a fire of lamentation. Although there are many remedies by which to get out of miserable life, any such remedies in the material world are more miserable than the miseries themselves. Therefore I think that the only remedy is to engage in Your service. Kindly instruct me in such service.

  336. सोऽहं प्रियस्य सुहृदः परदेवताया लीलाकथास्तव नृसिंह विरिञ्चगीताः । अञ्जस्तितर्म्यनुगृणन् गुणविप्रमुक्तो दुर्गाणि ते पदयुगालयहंससङ्गः

    so'haṃ priyasya suhṛdaḥ paradevatāyā līlākathāstava nṛsiṃha viriñcagītāḥ | añjastitarmyanugṛṇan guṇavipramukto durgāṇi te padayugālayahaṃsasaṅgaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O my Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva, by engaging in Your transcendental loving service in the association of devotees who are liberated souls [haṁsas], I shall become completely uncontaminated by the association of the three modes of material nature and be able to chant the glories of Your Lordship, who are so dear to me. I shall chant Your glories, following exactly in the footsteps of Lord Brahmā and his disciplic succession. In this way I shall undoubtedly be able to cross the ocean of nescience.

  337. बालस्य नेह शरणं पितरौ नृसिंह नार्तस्य चागदमुदन्वति मज्जतो नौः । तप्तस्य तत्प्रतिविधिर्य इहाञ्जसेष्ट- स्तावद्विभो तनुभृतां त्वदुपेक्षितानाम्

    bālasya neha śaraṇaṃ pitarau nṛsiṃha nārtasya cāgadamudanvati majjato nauḥ | taptasya tatpratividhirya ihāñjaseṣṭa- stāvadvibho tanubhṛtāṃ tvadupekṣitānām

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva, O Supreme, because of a bodily conception of life, embodied souls neglected and not cared for by You cannot do anything for their betterment. Whatever remedies they accept, although perhaps temporarily beneficial, are certainly impermanent. For example, a father and mother cannot protect their child, a physician and medicine cannot relieve a suffering patient, and a boat on the ocean cannot protect a drowning man.

  338. यस्मिन् यतो यर्हि येन च यस्य यस्मा- द्यस्मै यथा यदुत यस्त्वपरः परो वा । भावः करोति विकरोति पृथक्स्वभावः सञ्चोदितस्तदखिलं भवतः स्वरूपम्

    yasmin yato yarhi yena ca yasya yasmā- dyasmai yathā yaduta yastvaparaḥ paro vā | bhāvaḥ karoti vikaroti pṛthaksvabhāvaḥ sañcoditastadakhilaṃ bhavataḥ svarūpam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear Lord, everyone in this material world is under the modes of material nature, being influenced by goodness, passion and ignorance. Everyone — from the greatest personality, Lord Brahmā, down to the small ant — works under the influence of these modes. Therefore everyone in this material world is influenced by Your energy. The cause for which they work, the place where they work, the time when they work, the matter due to which they work, the goal of life they have considered final, and the process for obtaining this goal — all are nothing but manifestations of Your energy. Indeed, since the energy and energetic are identical, all of them are but manifestations of You.

  339. माया मनः सृजति कर्ममयं बलीयः कालेन चोदितगुणानुमतेन पुंसः । छन्दोमयं यदजयार्पितषोडशारं संसारचक्रमज कोऽतितरेत्त्वदन्यः

    māyā manaḥ sṛjati karmamayaṃ balīyaḥ kālena coditaguṇānumatena puṃsaḥ | chandomayaṃ yadajayārpitaṣoḍaśāraṃ saṃsāracakramaja ko'titarettvadanyaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O Lord, O supreme eternal, by expanding Your plenary portion You have created the subtle bodies of the living entities through the agency of Your external energy, which is agitated by time. Thus the mind entraps the living entity in unlimited varieties of desires to be fulfilled by the Vedic directions of karma-kāṇḍa [fruitive activity] and the sixteen elements. Who can get free from this entanglement unless he takes shelter at Your lotus feet?

  340. स त्वं हि नित्यविजितात्मगुणः स्वधाम्ना कालो वशीकृतविसृज्यविसर्गशक्तिः । चक्रे विसृष्टमजयेश्वर षोडशारे निष्पीड्यमानमुपकर्ष विभो प्रपन्नम्

    sa tvaṃ hi nityavijitātmaguṇaḥ svadhāmnā kālo vaśīkṛtavisṛjyavisargaśaktiḥ | cakre visṛṣṭamajayeśvara ṣoḍaśāre niṣpīḍyamānamupakarṣa vibho prapannam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear Lord, O supreme great, You have created this material world of sixteen constituents, but You are transcendental to their material qualities. In other words, these material qualities are under Your full control, and You are never conquered by them. Therefore the time element is Your representation. My Lord, O Supreme, no one can conquer You. As for me, however, I am being crushed by the wheel of time, and therefore I surrender fully unto You. Now kindly take me under the protection of Your lotus feet.

  341. दृष्टा मया दिवि विभोऽखिलधिष्ण्यपाना- मायुः श्रियो विभव इच्छति यान् जनोऽयम् । येऽस्मत्पितुः कुपितहासविजृम्भितभ्रू- विस्फूर्जितेन लुलिताः स तु ते निरस्तः

    dṛṣṭā mayā divi vibho'khiladhiṣṇyapānā- māyuḥ śriyo vibhava icchati yān jano'yam | ye'smatpituḥ kupitahāsavijṛmbhitabhrū- visphūrjitena lulitāḥ sa tu te nirastaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear Lord, people in general want to be elevated to the higher planetary systems for a long duration of life, opulence and enjoyment, but I have seen all of these through the activities of my father. When my father was angry and he laughed sarcastically at the demigods, they were immediately vanquished simply by seeing the movements of his eyebrows. Yet my father, who was so powerful, has now been vanquished by You within a moment.

  342. तस्मादमूस्तनुभृतामहमाशिषो ज्ञ आयुः श्रियं विभवमैन्द्रियमाविरिञ्च्यात् । नेच्छामि ते विलुलितानुरुविक्रमेण कालात्मनोपनय मां निजभृत्यपार्श्वम्

    tasmādamūstanubhṛtāmahamāśiṣo jña āyuḥ śriyaṃ vibhavamaindriyamāviriñcyāt | necchāmi te vilulitānuruvikrameṇa kālātmanopanaya māṃ nijabhṛtyapārśvam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear Lord, now I have complete experience concerning the worldly opulence, mystic power, longevity and other material pleasures enjoyed by all living entities, from Lord Brahmā down to the ant. As powerful time, You destroy them all. Therefore, because of my experience, I do not wish to possess them. My dear Lord, I request You to place me in touch with Your pure devotee and let me serve him as a sincere servant.

  343. कुत्राशिषः श्रुतिसुखा मृगतृष्णिरूपाः क्वेदं कलेवरमशेषरुजां विरोहः । निर्विद्यते न तु जनो यदपीति विद्वान् कामानलं मधुलवैः शमयन् दुरापैः

    kutrāśiṣaḥ śrutisukhā mṛgatṛṣṇirūpāḥ kvedaṃ kalevaramaśeṣarujāṃ virohaḥ | nirvidyate na tu jano yadapīti vidvān kāmānalaṃ madhulavaiḥ śamayan durāpaiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    In this material world, every living entity desires some future happiness, which is exactly like a mirage in the desert. Where is water in the desert, or, in other words, where is happiness in this material world? As for this body, what is its value? It is merely a source of various diseases. The so-called philosophers, scientists and politicians know this very well, but nonetheless they aspire for temporary happiness. Happiness is very difficult to obtain, but because they are unable to control their senses, they run after the so-called happiness of the material world and never come to the right conclusion.

  344. क्वाहं रजःप्रभव ईश तमोऽधिकेऽस्मिन् जातः सुरेतरकुले क्व तवानुकम्पा । न ब्रह्मणो न तु भवस्य न वै रमाया यन्मेऽर्पितः शिरसि पद्मकरः प्रसादः

    kvāhaṃ rajaḥprabhava īśa tamo'dhike'smin jātaḥ suretarakule kva tavānukampā | na brahmaṇo na tu bhavasya na vai ramāyā yanme'rpitaḥ śirasi padmakaraḥ prasādaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O my Lord, O Supreme, because I was born in a family full of the hellish material qualities of passion and ignorance, what is my position? And what is to be said of Your causeless mercy, which was never offered even to Lord Brahmā, Lord Śiva or the goddess of fortune, Lakṣmī? You never put Your lotus hand upon their heads, but You have put it upon mine.

  345. नैषा परावरमतिर्भवतो ननु स्या- ज्जन्तोर्यथाऽऽत्मसुहृदो जगतस्तथापि । संसेवया सुरतरोरिव ते प्रसादः सेवानुरूपमुदयो न परावरत्वम्

    naiṣā parāvaramatirbhavato nanu syā- jjantoryathā''tmasuhṛdo jagatastathāpi | saṃsevayā surataroriva te prasādaḥ sevānurūpamudayo na parāvaratvam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Unlike an ordinary living entity, my Lord, You do not discriminate between friends and enemies, the favorable and the unfavorable, because for You there is no conception of higher and lower. Nonetheless, You offer Your benedictions according to the level of one’s service, exactly as a desire tree delivers fruits according to one’s desires and makes no distinction between the lower and the higher.

  346. एवं जनं निपतितं प्रभवाहिकूपे कामाभिकाममनु यः प्रपतन् प्रसङ्गात् । कृत्वाऽऽत्मसात्सुरर्षिणा भगवन् गृहीतः सोऽहं कथं नु विसृजे तव भृत्यसेवाम्

    evaṃ janaṃ nipatitaṃ prabhavāhikūpe kāmābhikāmamanu yaḥ prapatan prasaṅgāt | kṛtvā''tmasātsurarṣiṇā bhagavan gṛhītaḥ so'haṃ kathaṃ nu visṛje tava bhṛtyasevām

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear Lord, O Supreme Personality of Godhead, because of my association with material desires, one after another, I was gradually falling into a blind well full of snakes, following the general populace. But Your servant Nārada Muni kindly accepted me as his disciple and instructed me how to achieve this transcendental position. Therefore, my first duty is to serve him. How could I leave his service?

  347. मत्प्राणरक्षणमनन्त पितुर्वधश्च मन्ये स्वभृत्यऋषिवाक्यमृतं विधातुम् । खड्गं प्रगृह्य यदवोचदसद्विधित्सु- स्त्वामीश्वरो मदपरोऽवतु कं हरामि

    matprāṇarakṣaṇamananta piturvadhaśca manye svabhṛtyaṛṣivākyamṛtaṃ vidhātum | khaḍgaṃ pragṛhya yadavocadasadvidhitsu- stvāmīśvaro madaparo'vatu kaṃ harāmi

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My Lord, O unlimited reservoir of transcendental qualities, You have killed my father, Hiraṇyakaśipu, and saved me from his sword. He had said very angrily, “If there is any supreme controller other than me, let Him save you. I shall now sever your head from your body.” Therefore I think that both in saving me and in killing him, You have acted just to prove true the words of Your devotee. There is no other cause.

  348. एकस्त्वमेव जगदेतममुष्य यत्त्व- माद्यन्तयोः पृथगवस्यसि मध्यतश्च । सृष्ट्वा गुणव्यतिकरं निजमाययेदं नानेव तैरवसितस्तदनुप्रविष्टः

    ekastvameva jagadetamamuṣya yattva- mādyantayoḥ pṛthagavasyasi madhyataśca | sṛṣṭvā guṇavyatikaraṃ nijamāyayedaṃ nāneva tairavasitastadanupraviṣṭaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear Lord, You alone manifest Yourself as the entire cosmic manifestation, for You existed before the creation, You exist after the annihilation, and You are the maintainer between the beginning and the end. All this is done by Your external energy through actions and reactions of the three modes of material nature. Therefore whatever exists — externally and internally — is You alone.

  349. त्वं वा इदं सदसदीश भवांस्ततोऽन्यो माया यदात्मपरबुद्धिरियं ह्यपार्था । यद्यस्य जन्म निधनं स्थितिरीक्षणं च तद्वै तदेव वसुकालवदष्टितर्वोः

    tvaṃ vā idaṃ sadasadīśa bhavāṃstato'nyo māyā yadātmaparabuddhiriyaṃ hyapārthā | yadyasya janma nidhanaṃ sthitirīkṣaṇaṃ ca tadvai tadeva vasukālavadaṣṭitarvoḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear Lord, O Supreme Personality of Godhead, the entire cosmic creation is caused by You, and the cosmic manifestation is an effect of Your energy. Although the entire cosmos is but You alone, You keep Yourself aloof from it. The conception of “mine and yours,” is certainly a type of illusion [māyā] because everything is an emanation from You and is therefore not different from You. Indeed, the cosmic manifestation is nondifferent from You, and the annihilation is also caused by You. This relationship between Your Lordship and the cosmos is illustrated by the example of the seed and the tree, or the subtle cause and the gross manifestation.

  350. न्यस्येदमात्मनि जगद्विलयाम्बुमध्ये शेषेऽऽत्मना निजसुखानुभवो निरीहः । योगेन मीलितदृगात्मनिपीतनिद्र- स्तुर्ये स्थितो न तु तमो न गुणांश्च युङ्क्षे

    nyasyedamātmani jagadvilayāmbumadhye śeṣe''tmanā nijasukhānubhavo nirīhaḥ | yogena mīlitadṛgātmanipītanidra- sturye sthito na tu tamo na guṇāṃśca yuṅkṣe

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O my Lord, O Supreme Personality of Godhead, after the annihilation the creative energy is kept in You, who appear to sleep with half-closed eyes. Actually, however, You do not sleep like an ordinary human being, for You are always in a transcendental stage, beyond the creation of the material world, and You always feel transcendental bliss. As Kāraṇodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, You thus remain in Your transcendental status, not touching material objects. Although You appear to sleep, this sleeping is distinct from sleeping in ignorance.

  351. तस्यैव ते वपुरिदं निजकालशक्त्या सञ्चोदितप्रकृतिधर्मण आत्मगूढम् । अम्भस्यनन्तशयनाद्विरमत्समाधे- र्नाभेरभूत्स्वकणिकावटवन्महाब्जम्

    tasyaiva te vapuridaṃ nijakālaśaktyā sañcoditaprakṛtidharmaṇa ātmagūḍham | ambhasyanantaśayanādviramatsamādhe- rnābherabhūtsvakaṇikāvaṭavanmahābjam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    This cosmic manifestation, the material world, is also Your body. This total lump of matter is agitated by Your potent energy known as kāla-śakti, and thus the three modes of material nature are manifested. You awaken from the bed of Śeṣa, Ananta, and from Your navel a small transcendental seed is generated. It is from this seed that the lotus flower of the gigantic universe is manifested, exactly as a banyan tree grows from a small seed.

  352. तत्सम्भवः कविरतोऽन्यदपश्यमान- स्त्वां बीजमात्मनि ततं स्वबहिर्विचिन्त्य । नाविन्ददब्दशतमप्सु निमज्जमानो जातेऽङ्कुरे कथमु होपलभेत बीजम्

    tatsambhavaḥ kavirato'nyadapaśyamāna- stvāṃ bījamātmani tataṃ svabahirvicintya | nāvindadabdaśatamapsu nimajjamāno jāte'ṅkure kathamu hopalabheta bījam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    From that great lotus flower, Brahmā was generated, but Brahmā certainly could see nothing but the lotus. Therefore, thinking You to be outside, Lord Brahmā dove into the water and attempted to find the source of the lotus for one hundred years. He could find no trace of You, however, for when a seed fructifies, the original seed cannot be seen.

  353. स त्वात्मयोनिरतिविस्मित आश्रितोऽब्जं कालेन तीव्रतपसा परिशुद्धभावः । त्वामात्मनीश भुवि गन्धमिवातिसूक्ष्मं भूतेन्द्रियाशयमये विततं ददर्श

    sa tvātmayonirativismita āśrito'bjaṃ kālena tīvratapasā pariśuddhabhāvaḥ | tvāmātmanīśa bhuvi gandhamivātisūkṣmaṃ bhūtendriyāśayamaye vitataṃ dadarśa

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Lord Brahmā, who is celebrated as ātma-yoni, having been born without a mother, was struck with wonder. Thus he took shelter of the lotus flower, and when he had been purified after undergoing severe austerities for many hundreds of years, he could see that the cause of all causes, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, was spread throughout his own body and senses, just as aroma, although very subtle, is perceived in the earth.

  354. एवं सहस्रवदनाङ्घ्रिशिरःकरोरु- नासास्यकर्णनयनाभरणायुधाढ्यं मायामयं सदुपलक्षितसन्निवेशं दृष्ट्वा महापुरुषमाप मुदं विरिञ्चः

    evaṃ sahasravadanāṅghriśiraḥkaroru- nāsāsyakarṇanayanābharaṇāyudhāḍhyaṃ māyāmayaṃ sadupalakṣitasanniveśaṃ dṛṣṭvā mahāpuruṣamāpa mudaṃ viriñcaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Lord Brahmā could then see You possessing thousands and thousands of faces, feet, heads, hands, thighs, noses, ears and eyes. You were very nicely dressed, being decorated and bedecked with varieties of ornaments and weapons. Seeing You in the form of Lord Viṣṇu, Your symptoms and form being transcendental, Your legs extending from the lower planets, Lord Brahmā achieved transcendental bliss.

  355. तस्मै भवान् हयशिरस्तनुवं हि बिभ्रद्- वेदद्रुहावतिबलौ मधुकैटभाख्यौ । हत्वाऽऽनयच्छ्रुतिगणांस्तु रजस्तमश्च सत्त्वं तव प्रियतमां तनुमामनन्ति

    tasmai bhavān hayaśirastanuvaṃ hi bibhrad- vedadruhāvatibalau madhukaiṭabhākhyau | hatvā''nayacchrutigaṇāṃstu rajastamaśca sattvaṃ tava priyatamāṃ tanumāmananti

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear Lord, when You appeared as Hayagrīva, with the head of a horse, You killed two demons known as Madhu and Kaiṭabha, who were full of the modes of passion and ignorance. Then You delivered the Vedic knowledge to Lord Brahmā. For this reason, all the great saints accept Your forms as transcendental, untinged by material qualities.

  356. इत्थं नृतिर्यगृषिदेवझषावतारै- र्लोकान् विभावयसि हंसि जगत्प्रतीपान् । धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगोऽथ स त्वम्

    itthaṃ nṛtiryagṛṣidevajhaṣāvatārai- rlokān vibhāvayasi haṃsi jagatpratīpān | dharmaṃ mahāpuruṣa pāsi yugānuvṛttaṃ channaḥ kalau yadabhavastriyugo'tha sa tvam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    In this way, my Lord, You appear in various incarnations as a human being, an animal, a great saint, a demigod, a fish or a tortoise, thus maintaining the entire creation in different planetary systems and killing the demoniac principles. According to the age, O my Lord, You protect the principles of religion. In the Age of Kali, however, You do not assert Yourself as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and therefore You are known as Triyuga, or the Lord who appears in three yugas.

  357. नैतन्मनस्तव कथासु विकुण्ठनाथ सम्प्रीयते दुरितदुष्टमसाधु तीव्रम् । कामातुरं हर्षशोकभयैषणार्तं तस्मिन् कथं तव गतिं विमृशामि दीनः

    naitanmanastava kathāsu vikuṇṭhanātha samprīyate duritaduṣṭamasādhu tīvram | kāmāturaṃ harṣaśokabhayaiṣaṇārtaṃ tasmin kathaṃ tava gatiṃ vimṛśāmi dīnaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear Lord of the Vaikuṇṭha planets, where there is no anxiety, my mind is extremely sinful and lusty, being sometimes so-called happy and sometimes so-called distressed. My mind is full of lamentation and fear, and it always seeks more and more money. Thus it has become most polluted and is never satisfied in topics concerning You. I am therefore most fallen and poor. In such a status of life, how shall I be able to discuss Your activities?

  358. जिह्वैकतोऽच्युत विकर्षति मावितृप्ता शिश्नोऽन्यतस्त्वगुदरं श्रवणं कुतश्चित् । घ्राणोऽन्यतश्चपलदृक् क्व च कर्मशक्ति- र्बह्व्यः सपत्न्य इव गेहपतिं लुनन्ति

    jihvaikato'cyuta vikarṣati māvitṛptā śiśno'nyatastvagudaraṃ śravaṇaṃ kutaścit | ghrāṇo'nyataścapaladṛk kva ca karmaśakti- rbahvyaḥ sapatnya iva gehapatiṃ lunanti

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear Lord, O infallible one, my position is like that of a person who has many wives, all trying to attract him in their own way. For example, the tongue is attracted to palatable dishes, the genitals to sex with an attractive woman, and the sense of touch to contact with soft things. The belly, although filled, still wants to eat more, and the ear, not attempting to hear about You, is generally attracted to cinema songs. The sense of smell is attracted to yet another side, the restless eyes are attracted to scenes of sense gratification, and the active senses are attracted elsewhere. In this way I am certainly embarrassed.

  359. एवं स्वकर्मपतितं भववैतरण्या- मन्योन्यजन्ममरणाशनभीतभीतम् । पश्यन् जनं स्वपरविग्रहवैरमैत्रं हन्तेति पारचर पीपृहि मूढमद्य

    evaṃ svakarmapatitaṃ bhavavaitaraṇyā- manyonyajanmamaraṇāśanabhītabhītam | paśyan janaṃ svaparavigrahavairamaitraṃ hanteti pāracara pīpṛhi mūḍhamadya

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear Lord, You are always transcendentally situated on the other side of the river of death, but because of the reactions of our own activities, we are suffering on this side. Indeed, we have fallen into this river and are repeatedly suffering the pains of birth and death and eating horrible things. Now kindly look upon us — not only upon me but also upon all others who are suffering — and by Your causeless mercy and compassion, deliver us and maintain us.

  360. को न्वत्र तेऽखिलगुरो भगवन् प्रयास उत्तारणेऽस्य भवसम्भवलोपहेतोः । मूढेषु वै महदनुग्रह आर्तबन्धो किं तेन ते प्रियजनाननुसेवतां नः

    ko nvatra te'khilaguro bhagavan prayāsa uttāraṇe'sya bhavasambhavalopahetoḥ | mūḍheṣu vai mahadanugraha ārtabandho kiṃ tena te priyajanānanusevatāṃ naḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O my Lord, O Supreme Personality of Godhead, original spiritual master of the entire world, what is the difficulty for You, who manage the affairs of the universe, in delivering the fallen souls engaged in Your devotional service? You are the friend of all suffering humanity, and for great personalities it is necessary to show mercy to the foolish. Therefore I think that You will show Your causeless mercy to persons like us, who engage in Your service.

  361. नैवोद्विजे पर दुरत्ययवैतरण्या- स्त्वद्वीर्यगायनमहामृतमग्नचित्तः । शोचे ततो विमुखचेतस इन्द्रियार्थ- मायासुखाय भरमुद्वहतो विमूढान्

    naivodvije para duratyayavaitaraṇyā- stvadvīryagāyanamahāmṛtamagnacittaḥ | śoce tato vimukhacetasa indriyārtha- māyāsukhāya bharamudvahato vimūḍhān

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O best of the great personalities, I am not at all afraid of material existence, for wherever I stay I am fully absorbed in thoughts of Your glories and activities. My concern is only for the fools and rascals who are making elaborate plans for material happiness and maintaining their families, societies and countries. I am simply concerned with love for them.

  362. प्रायेण देव मुनयः स्वविमुक्तिकामाः मौनं चरन्ति विजने न परार्थनिष्ठाः । नैतान्विहाय कृपणान्विमुमुक्ष एको नान्यं त्वदस्य शरणं भ्रमतोऽनुपश्ये

    prāyeṇa deva munayaḥ svavimuktikāmāḥ maunaṃ caranti vijane na parārthaniṣṭhāḥ | naitānvihāya kṛpaṇānvimumukṣa eko nānyaṃ tvadasya śaraṇaṃ bhramato'nupaśye

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva, I see that there are many saintly persons indeed, but they are interested only in their own deliverance. Not caring for the big cities and towns, they go to the Himālayas or the forest to meditate with vows of silence [mauna-vrata]. They are not interested in delivering others. As for me, however, I do not wish to be liberated alone, leaving aside all these poor fools and rascals. I know that without Kṛṣṇa consciousness, without taking shelter of Your lotus feet, one cannot be happy. Therefore I wish to bring them back to shelter at Your lotus feet.

  363. यन्मैथुनादिगृहमेधिसुखं हि तुच्छं कण्डूयनेन करयोरिव दुःखदुःखम् । तृप्यन्ति नेह कृपणा बहुदुःखभाजः कण्डूतिवन्मनसिजं विषहेत धीरः

    yanmaithunādigṛhamedhisukhaṃ hi tucchaṃ kaṇḍūyanena karayoriva duḥkhaduḥkham | tṛpyanti neha kṛpaṇā bahuduḥkhabhājaḥ kaṇḍūtivanmanasijaṃ viṣaheta dhīraḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Sex life is compared to the rubbing of two hands to relieve an itch. Gṛhamedhis, so-called gṛhasthas who have no spiritual knowledge, think that this itching is the greatest platform of happiness, although actually it is a source of distress. The kṛpaṇas, the fools who are just the opposite of brāhmaṇas, are not satisfied by repeated sensuous enjoyment. Those who are dhīra, however, who are sober and who tolerate this itching, are not subjected to the sufferings of fools and rascals.

  364. मौनव्रतश्रुततपोऽध्ययनस्वधर्म- व्याख्यारहोजपसमाधय आपवर्ग्याः । प्रायः परं पुरुष ते त्वजितेन्द्रियाणां वार्ता भवन्त्युत न वात्र तु दाम्भिकानाम्

    maunavrataśrutatapo'dhyayanasvadharma- vyākhyārahojapasamādhaya āpavargyāḥ | prāyaḥ paraṃ puruṣa te tvajitendriyāṇāṃ vārtā bhavantyuta na vātra tu dāmbhikānām

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O Supreme Personality of Godhead, there are ten prescribed methods on the path to liberation — to remain silent, not to speak to anyone, to observe vows, to amass all kinds of Vedic knowledge, to undergo austerities, to study the Vedas and other Vedic literatures, to execute the duties of varṇāśrama-dharma, to explain the śāstras, to stay in a solitary place, to chant mantras silently, and to be absorbed in trance. These different methods for liberation are generally only a professional practice and means of livelihood for those who have not conquered their senses. Because such persons are falsely proud, these procedures may not be successful.

  365. रूपे इमे सदसती तव वेदसृष्टे बीजाङ्कुराविव न चान्यदरूपकस्य । युक्ताः समक्षमुभयत्र विचिन्वते त्वां योगेन वह्निमिव दारुषु नान्यतः स्यात्

    rūpe ime sadasatī tava vedasṛṣṭe bījāṅkurāviva na cānyadarūpakasya | yuktāḥ samakṣamubhayatra vicinvate tvāṃ yogena vahnimiva dāruṣu nānyataḥ syāt

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    By authorized Vedic knowledge one can see that the forms of cause and effect in the cosmic manifestation belong to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, for the cosmic manifestation is His energy. Both cause and effect are nothing but energies of the Lord. Therefore, O my Lord, just as a wise man, by considering cause and effect, can see how fire pervades wood, those engaged in devotional service understand how You are both the cause and effect.

  366. त्वं वायुरग्निरवनिर्वियदम्बुमात्राः प्राणेन्द्रियाणि हृदयं चिदनुग्रहश्च । सर्वं त्वमेव सगुणो विगुणश्च भूमन् नान्यत्त्वदस्त्यपि मनोवचसा निरुक्तम्

    tvaṃ vāyuragniravanirviyadambumātrāḥ prāṇendriyāṇi hṛdayaṃ cidanugrahaśca | sarvaṃ tvameva saguṇo viguṇaśca bhūman nānyattvadastyapi manovacasā niruktam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O Supreme Lord, You are actually the air, the earth, fire, sky and water. You are the objects of sense perception, the life airs, the five senses, the mind, consciousness and false ego. Indeed, You are everything, subtle and gross. The material elements and anything expressed, either by the words or by the mind, are nothing but You.

  367. नैते गुणा न गुणिनो महदादयो ये सर्वे मनः प्रभृतयः सहदेवमर्त्याः । आद्यन्तवन्त उरुगाय विदन्ति हि त्वा- मेवं विमृश्य सुधियो विरमन्ति शब्दात्

    naite guṇā na guṇino mahadādayo ye sarve manaḥ prabhṛtayaḥ sahadevamartyāḥ | ādyantavanta urugāya vidanti hi tvā- mevaṃ vimṛśya sudhiyo viramanti śabdāt

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Neither the three modes of material nature [sattva-guṇa, rajo-guṇa and tamo-guṇa], nor the predominating deities controlling these three modes, nor the five gross elements, nor the mind, nor the demigods nor the human beings can understand Your Lordship, for they are all subjected to birth and annihilation. Considering this, the spiritually advanced have taken to devotional service. Such wise men hardly bother with Vedic study. Instead, they engage themselves in practical devotional service.

  368. तत्तेर्हत्तम नमः स्तुतिकर्मपूजाः कर्म स्मृतिश्चरणयोः श्रवणं कथायाम् । संसेवया त्वयि विनेति षडङ्गया किं भक्तिं जनः परमहंसगतौ लभेत

    tatterhattama namaḥ stutikarmapūjāḥ karma smṛtiścaraṇayoḥ śravaṇaṃ kathāyām | saṃsevayā tvayi vineti ṣaḍaṅgayā kiṃ bhaktiṃ janaḥ paramahaṃsagatau labheta

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Therefore, O Supreme Personality of Godhead, the best of all persons to whom prayers are offered, I offer my respectful obeisances unto You because without rendering six kinds of devotional service unto You — offering prayers, dedicating all the results of activities, worshiping You, working on Your behalf, always remembering Your lotus feet and hearing about Your glories — who can achieve that which is meant for the paramahaṁsas?

  369. नारद उवाच । एतावद्वर्णितगुणो भक्त्या भक्तेन निर्गुणः । प्रह्लादं प्रणतं प्रीतो यतमन्युरभाषत

    nārada uvāca | etāvadvarṇitaguṇo bhaktyā bhaktena nirguṇaḥ | prahlādaṃ praṇataṃ prīto yatamanyurabhāṣata

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The great saint Nārada said: Thus Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva was pacified by the devotee Prahlāda Mahārāja with prayers offered from the transcendental platform. The Lord gave up His anger, and being very kind to Prahlāda, who was offering prostrated obeisances, He spoke as follows.

  370. श्रीभगवानुवाच । प्रह्लाद भद्र भद्रं ते प्रीतोऽहं तेऽसुरोत्तम । वरं वृणीष्वाभिमतं कामपूरोऽस्म्यहं नृणाम्

    śrībhagavānuvāca | prahlāda bhadra bhadraṃ te prīto'haṃ te'surottama | varaṃ vṛṇīṣvābhimataṃ kāmapūro'smyahaṃ nṛṇām

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: My dear Prahlāda, most gentle one, best of the family of the asuras, all good fortune unto you. I am very much pleased with you. It is My pastime to fulfill the desires of all living beings, and therefore you may ask from Me any benediction that you desire to be fulfilled.

  371. मामप्रीणत आयुष्मन् दर्शनं दुर्लभं हि मे । दृष्ट्वा मां न पुनर्जन्तुरात्मानं तप्तुमर्हति

    māmaprīṇata āyuṣman darśanaṃ durlabhaṃ hi me | dṛṣṭvā māṃ na punarjanturātmānaṃ taptumarhati

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear Prahlāda, may you live a long time. One cannot appreciate or understand Me without pleasing Me, but one who has seen or pleased Me has nothing more for which to lament for his own satisfaction.

  372. प्रीणन्ति ह्यथ मां धीराः सर्वभावेन साधवः । श्रेयस्कामा महाभाग सर्वासामाशिषां पतिम्

    prīṇanti hyatha māṃ dhīrāḥ sarvabhāvena sādhavaḥ | śreyaskāmā mahābhāga sarvāsāmāśiṣāṃ patim

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear Prahlāda, you are very fortunate. Please know from Me that those who are very wise and highly elevated try to please Me in all different modes of mellows, for I am the only person who can fulfill all the desires of everyone.

  373. एवं प्रलोभ्यमानोऽपि वरैर्लोकप्रलोभनैः । एकान्तित्वाद्भगवति नैच्छत्तानसुरोत्तमः

    evaṃ pralobhyamāno'pi varairlokapralobhanaiḥ | ekāntitvādbhagavati naicchattānasurottamaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Nārada Muni said: Prahlāda Mahārāja was the best person in the family of asuras, who always aspire for material happiness. Nonetheless, although allured by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who offered him all benedictions for material happiness, because of his unalloyed Kṛṣṇa consciousness he did not want to take any material benefit for sense gratification.

  374. नारद उवाच । भक्तियोगस्य तत्सर्वमन्तरायतयार्भकः । मन्यमानो हृषीकेशं स्मयमान उवाच ह

    nārada uvāca | bhaktiyogasya tatsarvamantarāyatayārbhakaḥ | manyamāno hṛṣīkeśaṃ smayamāna uvāca ha

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The saint Nārada Muni continued: Although Prahlāda Mahārāja was only a boy, when he heard the benedictions offered by Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva he considered them impediments on the path of devotional service. Thus he smiled very mildly and spoke as follows.

  375. प्रह्लाद उवाच । मा मां प्रलोभयोत्पत्त्याऽऽसक्तङ्कामेषु तैर्वरैः । तत्सङ्गभीतो निर्विण्णो मुमुक्षुस्त्वामुपाश्रितः

    prahlāda uvāca | mā māṃ pralobhayotpattyā''saktaṅkāmeṣu tairvaraiḥ | tatsaṅgabhīto nirviṇṇo mumukṣustvāmupāśritaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Prahlāda Mahārāja said: My dear Lord, O Supreme Personality of Godhead, because I was born in an atheistic family I am naturally attached to material enjoyment. Therefore, kindly do not tempt me with these illusions. I am very much afraid of material conditions, and I desire to be liberated from materialistic life. It is for this reason that I have taken shelter of Your lotus feet.

  376. भृत्यलक्षणजिज्ञासुर्भक्तं कामेष्वचोदयत् । भवान् संसारबीजेषु हृदयग्रन्थिषु प्रभो

    bhṛtyalakṣaṇajijñāsurbhaktaṃ kāmeṣvacodayat | bhavān saṃsārabījeṣu hṛdayagranthiṣu prabho

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O my worshipable Lord, because the seed of lusty desires, which is the root cause of material existence, is within the core of everyone’s heart, You have sent me to this material world to exhibit the symptoms of a pure devotee.

  377. नान्यथा तेऽखिलगुरो घटेत करुणात्मनः । यस्त आशिष आशास्ते न स भृत्यः स वै वणिक्

    nānyathā te'khilaguro ghaṭeta karuṇātmanaḥ | yasta āśiṣa āśāste na sa bhṛtyaḥ sa vai vaṇik

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Otherwise, O my Lord, O supreme instructor of the entire world, You are so kind to Your devotee that You could not induce him to do something unbeneficial for him. On the other hand, one who desires some material benefit in exchange for devotional service cannot be Your pure devotee. Indeed, he is no better than a merchant who wants profit in exchange for service.

  378. आशासानो न वै भृत्यः स्वामिन्याशिष आत्मनः । न स्वामी भृत्यतः स्वाम्यमिच्छन् यो राति चाशिषः

    āśāsāno na vai bhṛtyaḥ svāminyāśiṣa ātmanaḥ | na svāmī bhṛtyataḥ svāmyamicchan yo rāti cāśiṣaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    A servant who desires material profits from his master is certainly not a qualified servant or pure devotee. Similarly, a master who bestows benedictions upon his servant because of a desire to maintain a prestigious position as master is also not a pure master.

  379. अहं त्वकामस्त्वद्भक्तस्त्वं च स्वाम्यनपाश्रयः । नान्यथेहावयोरर्थो राजसेवकयोरिव

    ahaṃ tvakāmastvadbhaktastvaṃ ca svāmyanapāśrayaḥ | nānyathehāvayorartho rājasevakayoriva

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O my Lord, I am Your unmotivated servant, and You are my eternal master. There is no need of our being anything other than master and servant. You are naturally my master, and I am naturally Your servant. We have no other relationship.

  380. यदि रासीश मे कामान् वरांस्त्वं वरदर्षभ । कामानां हृद्यसंरोहं भवतस्तु वृणे वरम्

    yadi rāsīśa me kāmān varāṃstvaṃ varadarṣabha | kāmānāṃ hṛdyasaṃrohaṃ bhavatastu vṛṇe varam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O my Lord, best of the givers of benediction, if You at all want to bestow a desirable benediction upon me, then I pray from Your Lordship that within the core of my heart there be no material desires.

  381. इन्द्रियाणि मनः प्राण आत्मा धर्मो धृतिर्मतिः । ह्रीः श्रीस्तेजः स्मृतिः सत्यं यस्य नश्यन्ति जन्मना

    indriyāṇi manaḥ prāṇa ātmā dharmo dhṛtirmatiḥ | hrīḥ śrīstejaḥ smṛtiḥ satyaṃ yasya naśyanti janmanā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O my Lord, because of lusty desires from the very beginning of one’s birth, the functions of one’s senses, mind, life, body, religion, patience, intelligence, shyness, opulence, strength, memory and truthfulness are vanquished.

  382. विमुञ्चति यदा कामान् मानवो मनसि स्थितान् । तर्ह्येव पुण्डरीकाक्ष भगवत्त्वाय कल्पते

    vimuñcati yadā kāmān mānavo manasi sthitān | tarhyeva puṇḍarīkākṣa bhagavattvāya kalpate

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O my Lord, when a human being is able to give up all the material desires in his mind, he becomes eligible to possess wealth and opulence like Yours.

  383. SB 7.10.10Open verse →

    ओं नमो भगवते तुभ्यं पुरुषाय महात्मने । हरयेऽद्भुतसिंहाय ब्रह्मणे परमात्मने

    oṃ namo bhagavate tubhyaṃ puruṣāya mahātmane | haraye'dbhutasiṃhāya brahmaṇe paramātmane

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O my Lord, full of six opulences, O Supreme Person! O Supreme Soul, killer of all miseries! O Supreme Person in the form of a wonderful lion and man, let me offer my respectful obeisances unto You.

  384. SB 7.10.11Open verse →

    नृसिंह उवाच । नैकान्तिनो मे मयि जात्विहाशिष आशासतेऽमुत्र च ये भवद्विधाः । अथापि मन्वन्तरमेतदत्र दैत्येश्वराणामनुभुङ्क्ष्व भोगान्

    nṛsiṃha uvāca | naikāntino me mayi jātvihāśiṣa āśāsate'mutra ca ye bhavadvidhāḥ | athāpi manvantarametadatra daityeśvarāṇāmanubhuṅkṣva bhogān

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: My dear Prahlāda, a devotee like you never desires any kind of material opulences, either in this life or in the next. Nonetheless, I order you to enjoy the opulences of the demons in this material world, acting as their king until the end of the duration of time occupied by Manu.

  385. SB 7.10.12Open verse →

    कथा मदीया जुषमाणः प्रियास्त्व- मावेश्य मामात्मनि सन्तमेकम् । सर्वेषु भूतेष्वधियज्ञमीशं यजस्व योगेन च कर्म हिन्वन्

    kathā madīyā juṣamāṇaḥ priyāstva- māveśya māmātmani santamekam | sarveṣu bhūteṣvadhiyajñamīśaṃ yajasva yogena ca karma hinvan

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    It does not matter that you are in the material world. You should always, continuously, hear the instructions and messages given by Me and always be absorbed in thought of Me, for I am the Supersoul existing in the core of everyone’s heart. Therefore, give up fruitive activities and worship Me.

  386. SB 7.10.13Open verse →

    भोगेन पुण्यं कुशलेन पापं कलेवरं कालजवेन हित्वा । कीर्तिं विशुद्धां सुरलोकगीतां विताय मामेष्यसि मुक्तबन्धः

    bhogena puṇyaṃ kuśalena pāpaṃ kalevaraṃ kālajavena hitvā | kīrtiṃ viśuddhāṃ suralokagītāṃ vitāya māmeṣyasi muktabandhaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear Prahlāda, while you are in this material world you will exhaust all the reactions of pious activity by feeling happiness, and by acting piously you will neutralize impious activity. Because of the powerful time factor, you will give up your body, but the glories of your activities will be sung in the upper planetary systems, and being fully freed from all bondage, you will return home, back to Godhead.

  387. SB 7.10.14Open verse →

    य एतत्कीर्तयेन्मह्यं त्वया गीतमिदं नरः । त्वां च मां च स्मरन् काले कर्मबन्धात्प्रमुच्यते

    ya etatkīrtayenmahyaṃ tvayā gītamidaṃ naraḥ | tvāṃ ca māṃ ca smaran kāle karmabandhātpramucyate

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    One who always remembers your activities and My activities also, and who chants the prayers you have offered, becomes free, in due course of time, from the reactions of material activities.

  388. SB 7.10.18Open verse →

    श्रीभगवानुवाच । त्रिःसप्तभिः पिता पूतः पितृभिः सह तेऽनघ । यत्साधोऽस्य गृहे जातो भवान् वै कुलपावनः

    śrībhagavānuvāca | triḥsaptabhiḥ pitā pūtaḥ pitṛbhiḥ saha te'nagha | yatsādho'sya gṛhe jāto bhavān vai kulapāvanaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: My dear Prahlāda, O most pure, O great saintly person, your father has been purified, along with twenty-one forefathers in your family. Because you were born in this family, the entire dynasty has been purified.

  389. SB 7.10.19Open verse →

    यत्र यत्र च मद्भक्ताः प्रशान्ताः समदर्शिनः । साधवः समुदाचारास्ते पूयन्त्यपि कीकटाः

    yatra yatra ca madbhaktāḥ praśāntāḥ samadarśinaḥ | sādhavaḥ samudācārāste pūyantyapi kīkaṭāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Whenever and wherever there are peaceful, equipoised devotees who are well-behaved and decorated with all good qualities, that place and the dynasties there, even if condemned, are purified.

  390. SB 7.10.20Open verse →

    सर्वात्मना न हिंसन्ति भूतग्रामेषु किञ्चन । उच्चावचेषु दैत्येन्द्र मद्भावेन गतस्पृहाः

    sarvātmanā na hiṃsanti bhūtagrāmeṣu kiñcana | uccāvaceṣu daityendra madbhāvena gataspṛhāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear Prahlāda, King of the Daityas, because of being attached to devotional service to Me, My devotee does not distinguish between lower and higher living entities. In all respects, he is never jealous of anyone.

  391. SB 7.10.21Open verse →

    भवन्ति पुरुषा लोके मद्भक्तास्त्वामनुव्रताः । भवान् मे खलु भक्तानां सर्वेषां प्रतिरूपधृक्

    bhavanti puruṣā loke madbhaktāstvāmanuvratāḥ | bhavān me khalu bhaktānāṃ sarveṣāṃ pratirūpadhṛk

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Those who follow your example will naturally become My pure devotees. You are the best example of My devotee, and others should follow in your footsteps.

  392. SB 7.10.22Open verse →

    कुरु त्वं प्रेतकृत्याणि पितुः पूतस्य सर्वशः । मदङ्गस्पर्शनेनाङ्ग लोकान् यास्यति सुप्रजाः

    kuru tvaṃ pretakṛtyāṇi pituḥ pūtasya sarvaśaḥ | madaṅgasparśanenāṅga lokān yāsyati suprajāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear child, your father has already been purified just by the touch of My body at the time of his death. Nonetheless, the duty of a son is to perform the śrāddha ritualistic ceremony after his father’s death so that his father may be promoted to a planetary system where he may become a good citizen and devotee.

  393. SB 7.10.23Open verse →

    पित्र्यं च स्थानमातिष्ठ यथोक्तं ब्रह्मवादिभिः । मय्यावेश्य मनस्तात कुरु कर्माणि मत्परः

    pitryaṃ ca sthānamātiṣṭha yathoktaṃ brahmavādibhiḥ | mayyāveśya manastāta kuru karmāṇi matparaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    After performing the ritualistic ceremonies, take charge of your father’s kingdom. Sit upon the throne and do not be disturbed by materialistic activities. Please keep your mind fixed upon Me. Without transgressing the injunctions of the Vedas, as a matter of formality you may perform your particular duties.

  394. SB 7.10.24Open verse →

    नारद उवाच । प्रह्लादोऽपि तथा चक्रे पितुर्यत्साम्परायिकम् । यथाऽऽह भगवान् राजन्नभिषिक्तो द्विजोत्तमैः

    nārada uvāca | prahlādo'pi tathā cakre pituryatsāmparāyikam | yathā''ha bhagavān rājannabhiṣikto dvijottamaiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Śrī Nārada Muni continued: Thus, as the Supreme Personality of Godhead ordered, Prahlāda Mahārāja performed the ritualistic ceremonies for his father. O King Yudhiṣṭhira, he was then enthroned in the kingdom of Hiraṇyakaśipu, as directed by the brāhmaṇas.

  395. SB 7.10.25Open verse →

    प्रसादसुमुखं दृष्ट्वा ब्रह्मा नरहरिं हरिम् । स्तुत्वा वाग्भिः पवित्राभिः प्राह देवादिभिर्वृतः

    prasādasumukhaṃ dṛṣṭvā brahmā narahariṃ harim | stutvā vāgbhiḥ pavitrābhiḥ prāha devādibhirvṛtaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Lord Brahmā, surrounded by the other demigods, was bright-faced because the Lord was pleased. Thus he offered prayers to the Lord with transcendental words.

  396. SB 7.10.26Open verse →

    ब्रह्मोवाच । देवदेवाखिलाध्यक्ष भूतभावन पूर्वज । दिष्ट्या ते निहतः पापो लोकसन्तापनोऽसुरः

    brahmovāca | devadevākhilādhyakṣa bhūtabhāvana pūrvaja | diṣṭyā te nihataḥ pāpo lokasantāpano'suraḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Lord Brahmā said: O Supreme Lord of all lords, proprietor of the entire universe, O benedictor of all living entities, O original person [ādi-puruṣa], because of our good fortune You have now killed this sinful demon, who was giving trouble to the entire universe.

  397. SB 7.10.27Open verse →

    योऽसौ लब्धवरो मत्तो न वध्यो मम सृष्टिभिः । तपोयोगबलोन्नद्धः समस्तनिगमानहन्

    yo'sau labdhavaro matto na vadhyo mama sṛṣṭibhiḥ | tapoyogabalonnaddhaḥ samastanigamānahan

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    This demon, Hiraṇyakaśipu, received from me the benediction that he would not be killed by any living being within my creation. With this assurance and with strength derived from austerities and mystic power, he became excessively proud and transgressed all the Vedic injunctions.

  398. SB 7.10.28Open verse →

    दिष्ट्यास्य तनयः साधुर्महाभागवतोऽर्भकः । त्वया विमोचितो मृत्योर्दिष्ट्या त्वां समितोऽधुना

    diṣṭyāsya tanayaḥ sādhurmahābhāgavato'rbhakaḥ | tvayā vimocito mṛtyordiṣṭyā tvāṃ samito'dhunā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    By great fortune, Hiraṇyakaśipu’s son Prahlāda Mahārāja has now been released from death, for although he is a child, he is an exalted devotee. Now he is fully under the protection of Your lotus feet.

  399. SB 7.10.29Open verse →

    एतद्वपुस्ते भगवन् ध्यायतः प्रयतात्मनः । सर्वतो गोप्तृ सन्त्रासान्मृत्योरपि जिघांसतः

    etadvapuste bhagavan dhyāyataḥ prayatātmanaḥ | sarvato goptṛ santrāsānmṛtyorapi jighāṃsataḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear Lord, O Supreme Personality of Godhead, You are the Supreme Soul. If one meditates upon Your transcendental body, You naturally protect him from all sources of fear, even the imminent danger of death.

  400. SB 7.10.30Open verse →

    नृसिंह उवाच । मैवं वरोऽसुराणां ते प्रदेयः पद्मसम्भव । वरः क्रूरनिसर्गाणामहीनाममृतं यथा

    nṛsiṃha uvāca | maivaṃ varo'surāṇāṃ te pradeyaḥ padmasambhava | varaḥ krūranisargāṇāmahīnāmamṛtaṃ yathā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The Personality of Godhead replied: My dear Lord Brahmā, O great lord born from the lotus flower, just as it is dangerous to feed milk to a snake, so it is dangerous to give benedictions to demons, who are by nature ferocious and jealous. I warn you not to give such benedictions to any demon again.

  401. SB 7.10.31Open verse →

    नारद उवाच । इत्युक्त्वा भगवान् राजंस्तत्रैवान्तर्दधे हरिः । अदृश्यः सर्वभूतानां पूजितः परमेष्ठिना

    nārada uvāca | ityuktvā bhagavān rājaṃstatraivāntardadhe hariḥ | adṛśyaḥ sarvabhūtānāṃ pūjitaḥ parameṣṭhinā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Nārada Muni continued: O King Yudhiṣṭhira, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is not visible to an ordinary human being, spoke in this way, instructing Lord Brahmā. Then, being worshiped by Brahmā, the Lord disappeared from that place.

  402. SB 7.10.32Open verse →

    ततः सम्पूज्य शिरसा ववन्दे परमेष्ठिनम् । भवं प्रजापतीन् देवान् प्रह्लादो भगवत्कलाः

    tataḥ sampūjya śirasā vavande parameṣṭhinam | bhavaṃ prajāpatīn devān prahlādo bhagavatkalāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Prahlāda Mahārāja then worshiped and offered prayers to all the demigods, such as Brahmā, Śiva and the prajāpatis, who are all parts of the Lord.

  403. SB 7.10.33Open verse →

    ततः काव्यादिभिः सार्धं मुनिभिः कमलासनः । दैत्यानां दानवानां च प्रह्लादमकरोत्पतिम्

    tataḥ kāvyādibhiḥ sārdhaṃ munibhiḥ kamalāsanaḥ | daityānāṃ dānavānāṃ ca prahlādamakarotpatim

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Thereafter, along with Śukrācārya and other great saints, Lord Brahmā, whose seat is on the lotus flower, made Prahlāda the king of all the demons and giants in the universe.

  404. SB 7.10.34Open verse →

    प्रतिनन्द्य ततो देवाः प्रयुज्य परमाशिषः । स्वधामानि ययू राजन् ब्रह्माद्याः प्रतिपूजिताः

    pratinandya tato devāḥ prayujya paramāśiṣaḥ | svadhāmāni yayū rājan brahmādyāḥ pratipūjitāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O King Yudhiṣṭhira, after all the demigods, headed by Lord Brahmā, were properly worshiped by Prahlāda Mahārāja, they offered Prahlāda their utmost benedictions and then returned to their respective abodes.

  405. SB 7.10.35Open verse →

    एवं तौ पार्षदौ विष्णोः पुत्रत्वं प्रापितौ दितेः । हृदि स्थितेन हरिणा वैरभावेन तौ हतौ

    evaṃ tau pārṣadau viṣṇoḥ putratvaṃ prāpitau diteḥ | hṛdi sthitena hariṇā vairabhāvena tau hatau

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Thus the two associates of Lord Viṣṇu who had become Hiraṇyākṣa and Hiraṇyakaśipu, the sons of Diti, were both killed. By illusion they had thought that the Supreme Lord, who is situated in everyone’s heart, was their enemy.

  406. SB 7.10.36Open verse →

    पुनश्च विप्रशापेन राक्षसौ तौ बभूवतुः । कुम्भकर्णदशग्रीवौ हतौ तौ रामविक्रमैः

    punaśca vipraśāpena rākṣasau tau babhūvatuḥ | kumbhakarṇadaśagrīvau hatau tau rāmavikramaiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Being cursed by the brāhmaṇas, the same two associates took birth again as Kumbhakarṇa and the ten-headed Rāvaṇa. These two Rākṣasas were killed by Lord Rāmacandra’s extraordinary power.

  407. SB 7.10.37Open verse →

    शयानौ युधि निर्भिन्नहृदयौ रामसायकैः । तच्चित्तौ जहतुर्देहं यथा प्राक्तनजन्मनि

    śayānau yudhi nirbhinnahṛdayau rāmasāyakaiḥ | taccittau jahaturdehaṃ yathā prāktanajanmani

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Pierced by the arrows of Lord Rāmacandra, both Kumbhakarṇa and Rāvaṇa lay on the ground and left their bodies, fully absorbed in thought of the Lord, just as they had in their previous births as Hiraṇyākṣa and Hiraṇyakaśipu.

  408. SB 7.10.38Open verse →

    ताविहाथ पुनर्जातौ शिशुपालकरूषजौ । हरौ वैरानुबन्धेन पश्यतस्ते समीयतुः

    tāvihātha punarjātau śiśupālakarūṣajau | harau vairānubandhena paśyataste samīyatuḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    They both took birth again in human society as Śiśupāla and Dantavakra and continued in the same enmity toward the Lord. It is they who merged into the body of the Lord in your presence.

  409. SB 7.10.39Open verse →

    एनः पूर्वकृतं यत्तद्राजानः कृष्णवैरिणः । जहुस्त्वन्ते तदात्मानः कीटः पेशस्कृतो यथा

    enaḥ pūrvakṛtaṃ yattadrājānaḥ kṛṣṇavairiṇaḥ | jahustvante tadātmānaḥ kīṭaḥ peśaskṛto yathā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Not only Śiśupāla and Dantavakra but also many, many other kings who acted as enemies of Kṛṣṇa attained salvation at the time of death. Because they thought of the Lord, they received spiritual bodies and forms the same as His, just as worms captured by a black drone obtain the same type of body as the drone.

  410. SB 7.10.40Open verse →

    यथा यथा भगवतो भक्त्या परमयाभिदा । नृपाश्चैद्यादयः सात्म्यं हरेस्तच्चिन्तया ययुः

    yathā yathā bhagavato bhaktyā paramayābhidā | nṛpāścaidyādayaḥ sātmyaṃ harestaccintayā yayuḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    By devotional service, pure devotees who incessantly think of the Supreme Personality of Godhead receive bodies similar to His. This is known as sārūpya-mukti. Although Śiśupāla, Dantavakra and other kings thought of Kṛṣṇa as an enemy, they also achieved the same result.

  411. SB 7.10.41Open verse →

    आख्यातं सर्वमेतत्ते यन्मां त्वं परिपृष्टवान् । दमघोषसुतादीनां हरेः सात्म्यमपि द्विषाम्

    ākhyātaṃ sarvametatte yanmāṃ tvaṃ paripṛṣṭavān | damaghoṣasutādīnāṃ hareḥ sātmyamapi dviṣām

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Everything you asked me about how Śiśupāla and others attained salvation although they were inimical has now been explained to you by me.

  412. SB 7.10.42Open verse →

    एषा ब्रह्मण्यदेवस्य कृष्णस्य च महात्मनः । अवतारकथा पुण्या वधो यत्रादिदैत्ययोः

    eṣā brahmaṇyadevasya kṛṣṇasya ca mahātmanaḥ | avatārakathā puṇyā vadho yatrādidaityayoḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    In this narration about Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, various expansions or incarnations of the Lord have been described, and the killing of the two demons Hiraṇyākṣa and Hiraṇyakaśipu has also been described.

  413. SB 7.10.45Open verse →

    धर्मो भागवतानां च भगवान् येन गम्यते । आख्यानेऽस्मिन् समाम्नातमाध्यात्मिकमशेषतः

    dharmo bhāgavatānāṃ ca bhagavān yena gamyate | ākhyāne'smin samāmnātamādhyātmikamaśeṣataḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The principles of religion by which one can actually understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead are called bhāgavata-dharma. In this narration, therefore, which deals with these principles, actual transcendence is properly described.

  414. SB 7.10.46Open verse →

    य एतत्पुण्यमाख्यानं विष्णोर्वीर्योपबृंहितम् । कीर्तयेच्छ्रद्धया श्रुत्वा कर्मपाशैर्विमुच्यते

    ya etatpuṇyamākhyānaṃ viṣṇorvīryopabṛṃhitam | kīrtayecchraddhayā śrutvā karmapāśairvimucyate

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    One who hears and chants this narration about the omnipotence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Viṣṇu, is certainly liberated from material bondage without fail.

  415. SB 7.10.47Open verse →

    एतद्य आदिपुरुषस्य मृगेन्द्रलीलां दैत्येन्द्रयूथपवधं प्रयतः पठेत । दैत्यात्मजस्य च सतां प्रवरस्य पुण्यं श्रुत्वानुभावमकुतोभयमेति लोकम्

    etadya ādipuruṣasya mṛgendralīlāṃ daityendrayūthapavadhaṃ prayataḥ paṭheta | daityātmajasya ca satāṃ pravarasya puṇyaṃ śrutvānubhāvamakutobhayameti lokam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Prahlāda Mahārāja was the best among exalted devotees. Anyone who with great attention hears this narration concerning the activities of Prahlāda Mahārāja, the killing of Hiraṇyakaśipu, and the activities of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Nṛsiṁhadeva, surely reaches the spiritual world, where there is no anxiety.

  416. SB 7.10.48Open verse →

    यूयं नृलोके बत भूरिभागा लोकं पुनाना मुनयोऽभियन्ति । येषां गृहानावसतीति साक्षा- द्गूढं परं ब्रह्म मनुष्यलिङ्गम्

    yūyaṃ nṛloke bata bhūribhāgā lokaṃ punānā munayo'bhiyanti | yeṣāṃ gṛhānāvasatīti sākṣā- dgūḍhaṃ paraṃ brahma manuṣyaliṅgam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Nārada Muni continued: My dear Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira, all of you [the Pāṇḍavas] are extremely fortunate, for the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, lives in your palace just like a human being. Great saintly persons know this very well, and therefore they constantly visit this house.

  417. SB 7.10.49Open verse →

    स वा अयं ब्रह्म महद्विमृग्य- कैवल्यनिर्वाणसुखानुभूतिः । प्रियः सुहृद्वः खलु मातुलेय आत्मार्हणीयो विधिकृद्गुरुश्च

    sa vā ayaṃ brahma mahadvimṛgya- kaivalyanirvāṇasukhānubhūtiḥ | priyaḥ suhṛdvaḥ khalu mātuleya ātmārhaṇīyo vidhikṛdguruśca

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The impersonal Brahman is Kṛṣṇa Himself because Kṛṣṇa is the source of the impersonal Brahman. He is the origin of the transcendental bliss sought by great saintly persons, yet He, the Supreme Person, is your most dear friend and constant well-wisher and is intimately related to you as the son of your maternal uncle. Indeed, He is always like your body and soul. He is worshipable, yet He acts as your servant and sometimes as your spiritual master.

  418. SB 7.10.50Open verse →

    न यस्य साक्षाद्भवपद्मजादिभी रूपं धिया वस्तुतयोपवर्णितम् । मौनेन भक्त्योपशमेन पूजितः प्रसीदतामेष स सात्वतां पतिः

    na yasya sākṣādbhavapadmajādibhī rūpaṃ dhiyā vastutayopavarṇitam | maunena bhaktyopaśamena pūjitaḥ prasīdatāmeṣa sa sātvatāṃ patiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Exalted persons like Lord Śiva and Lord Brahmā could not properly describe the truth of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa. May the Lord, who is always worshiped as the protector of all devotees by great saints who observe vows of silence, meditation, devotional service and renunciation, be pleased with us.

  419. SB 7.10.51Open verse →

    स एष भगवान् राजन् व्यतनोद्विहतं यशः । पुरा रुद्रस्य देवस्य मयेनानन्तमायिना

    sa eṣa bhagavān rājan vyatanodvihataṃ yaśaḥ | purā rudrasya devasya mayenānantamāyinā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear King Yudhiṣṭhira, long, long ago in history, a demon known as Maya Dānava, who was very expert in technical knowledge, reduced the reputation of Lord Śiva. In that situation, Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, saved Lord Śiva.

  420. SB 7.10.52Open verse →

    राजोवाच । कस्मिन् कर्मणि देवस्य मयोऽहन् जगदीशितुः । यथा चोपचिता कीर्तिः कृष्णेनानेन कथ्यताम्

    rājovāca | kasmin karmaṇi devasya mayo'han jagadīśituḥ | yathā copacitā kīrtiḥ kṛṣṇenānena kathyatām

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira said: For what reason did the demon Maya Dānava vanquish Lord Śiva’s reputation? How did Lord Kṛṣṇa save Lord Śiva and expand his reputation again? Kindly describe these incidents.

  421. SB 7.10.53Open verse →

    नारद उवाच । निर्जिता असुरा देवैर्युध्यनेनोपबृंहितैः । मायिनां परमाचार्यं मयं शरणमाययुः

    nārada uvāca | nirjitā asurā devairyudhyanenopabṛṃhitaiḥ | māyināṃ paramācāryaṃ mayaṃ śaraṇamāyayuḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Nārada Muni said: When the demigods, who are always powerful by the mercy of Lord Kṛṣṇa, fought with the asuras, the asuras were defeated, and therefore they took shelter of Maya Dānava, the greatest of the demons.

  422. SB 7.10.56Open verse →

    ततस्ते सेश्वरा लोका उपासाद्येश्वरं विभो । त्राहि नस्तावकान् देव विनष्टांस्त्रिपुरालयैः

    tataste seśvarā lokā upāsādyeśvaraṃ vibho | trāhi nastāvakān deva vinaṣṭāṃstripurālayaiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Thereafter, when the demons had begun to destroy the higher planetary systems, the rulers of those planets went to Lord Śiva, fully surrendered unto him and said: Dear Lord, we demigods living in the three worlds are about to be vanquished. We are your followers. Kindly save us.

  423. SB 7.10.57Open verse →

    अथानुगृह्य भगवान्मा भैष्टेति सुरान् विभुः । शरं धनुषि सन्धाय पुरेष्वस्त्रं व्यमुञ्चत

    athānugṛhya bhagavānmā bhaiṣṭeti surān vibhuḥ | śaraṃ dhanuṣi sandhāya pureṣvastraṃ vyamuñcata

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The most powerful and able Lord Śiva reassured them and said, “Do not be afraid.” He then fixed his arrows to his bow and released them toward the three residences occupied by the demons.

  424. SB 7.10.58Open verse →

    ततोऽग्निवर्णा इषव उत्पेतुः सूर्यमण्डलात् । यथा मयूखसन्दोहा नादृश्यन्त पुरो यतः

    tato'gnivarṇā iṣava utpetuḥ sūryamaṇḍalāt | yathā mayūkhasandohā nādṛśyanta puro yataḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The arrows released by Lord Śiva appeared like fiery beams emanating from the sun globe and covered the three residential airplanes, which could then no longer be seen.

  425. SB 7.10.59Open verse →

    तैः स्पृष्टा व्यसवः सर्वे निपेतुः स्म पुरौकसः । तानानीय महायोगी मयः कूपरसेऽक्षिपत्

    taiḥ spṛṣṭā vyasavaḥ sarve nipetuḥ sma puraukasaḥ | tānānīya mahāyogī mayaḥ kūparase'kṣipat

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Attacked by Lord Śiva’s golden arrows, all the demoniac inhabitants of those three dwellings lost their lives and fell down. Then the great mystic Maya Dānava dropped the demons into a nectarean well that he had created.

  426. SB 7.10.60Open verse →

    सिद्धामृतरसस्पृष्टा वज्रसारा महौजसः । उत्तस्थुर्मेघदलना वैद्युता इव वह्नयः

    siddhāmṛtarasaspṛṣṭā vajrasārā mahaujasaḥ | uttasthurmeghadalanā vaidyutā iva vahnayaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    When the dead bodies of the demons came in touch with the nectar, their bodies became invincible to thunderbolts. Endowed with great strength, they got up like lightning penetrating clouds.

  427. SB 7.10.61Open verse →

    विलोक्य भग्नसङ्कल्पं विमनस्कं वृषध्वजम् । तदायं भगवान् विष्णुस्तत्रोपायमकल्पयत्

    vilokya bhagnasaṅkalpaṃ vimanaskaṃ vṛṣadhvajam | tadāyaṃ bhagavān viṣṇustatropāyamakalpayat

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Seeing Lord Śiva very much aggrieved and disappointed, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Viṣṇu, considered how to stop this nuisance created by Maya Dānava.

  428. SB 7.10.62Open verse →

    वत्स आसीत्तदा ब्रह्मा स्वयं विष्णुरयं हि गौः । प्रविश्य त्रिपुरं काले रसकूपामृतं पपौ

    vatsa āsīttadā brahmā svayaṃ viṣṇurayaṃ hi gauḥ | praviśya tripuraṃ kāle rasakūpāmṛtaṃ papau

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Then Lord Brahmā became a calf and Lord Viṣṇu a cow, and at noon they entered the residences and drank all the nectar in the well.

  429. SB 7.10.63Open verse →

    तेऽसुरा ह्यपि पश्यन्तो न न्यषेधन् विमोहिताः । तद्विज्ञाय महायोगी रसपालानिदं जगौ

    te'surā hyapi paśyanto na nyaṣedhan vimohitāḥ | tadvijñāya mahāyogī rasapālānidaṃ jagau

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The demons could see the calf and cow, but because of the illusion created by the energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the demons could not forbid them. The great mystic Maya Dānava became aware that the calf and cow were drinking the nectar, and he could understand this to be the unseen power of providence. Thus he spoke to the demons, who were grievously lamenting.

  430. SB 7.10.64Open verse →

    स्वयं विशोकः शोकार्तान् स्मरन् दैवगतिं च ताम् । देवोऽसुरो नरोऽन्यो वा नेश्वरोऽस्तीह कश्चन

    svayaṃ viśokaḥ śokārtān smaran daivagatiṃ ca tām | devo'suro naro'nyo vā neśvaro'stīha kaścana

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Maya Dānava said: What has been destined by the Supreme Lord for oneself, for others, or for both oneself and others cannot be undone anywhere or by anyone, whether one be a demigod, a demon, a human being or anyone else.

  431. SB 7.10.67Open verse →

    सन्नद्धो रथमास्थाय शरं धनुरुपाददे । शरं धनुषि सन्धाय मुहूर्तेऽभिजितीश्वरः

    sannaddho rathamāsthāya śaraṃ dhanurupādade | śaraṃ dhanuṣi sandhāya muhūrte'bhijitīśvaraḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear King Yudhiṣṭhira, the most powerful Lord Śiva joined the arrows to his bow, and at noon he set fire to all three residences of the demons and thus destroyed them.

  432. SB 7.10.68Open verse →

    ददाह तेन दुर्भेद्या हरोऽथ त्रिपुरो नृप । दिवि दुन्दुभयो नेदुर्विमानशतसङ्कुलाः

    dadāha tena durbhedyā haro'tha tripuro nṛpa | divi dundubhayo nedurvimānaśatasaṅkulāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Seated in their airplanes in the sky, the inhabitants of the higher planetary systems beat many kettledrums. The demigods, saints, Pitās, Siddhas and various great personalities showered flowers on the head of Lord Śiva, wishing him all victory, and the Apsarās began to chant and dance with great pleasure.

  433. SB 7.10.69Open verse →

    देवर्षिपितृसिद्धेशा जयेति कुसुमोत्करैः । अवाकिरन् जगुर्हृष्टा ननृतुश्चाप्सरोगणाः

    devarṣipitṛsiddheśā jayeti kusumotkaraiḥ | avākiran jagurhṛṣṭā nanṛtuścāpsarogaṇāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O King Yudhiṣṭhira, thus Lord Śiva is known as Tripurāri, the annihilator of the three dwellings of the demons, because he burnt these dwellings to ashes. Being worshiped by the demigods, headed by Lord Brahmā, Lord Śiva returned to his own abode.

  434. SB 7.10.70Open verse →

    एवं दग्ध्वा पुरस्तिस्रो भगवान् पुरहा नृप । ब्रह्मादिभिः स्तूयमानः स्वधाम प्रत्यपद्यत

    evaṃ dagdhvā purastisro bhagavān purahā nṛpa | brahmādibhiḥ stūyamānaḥ svadhāma pratyapadyata

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The Lord, Śrī Kṛṣṇa, appeared as a human being, yet He performed many uncommon and wonderful pastimes by His own potency. How can I say more about His activities than what has already been said by great saintly persons? Everyone can be purified by His activities, simply by hearing about them from the right source.

  435. श्रीशुक उवाच । श्रुत्वेहितं साधुसभासभाजितं महत्तमाग्रण्य उरुक्रमात्मनः । युधिष्ठिरो दैत्यपतेर्मुदा युतः पप्रच्छ भूयस्तनयं स्वयम्भुवः

    śrīśuka uvāca | śrutvehitaṃ sādhusabhāsabhājitaṃ mahattamāgraṇya urukramātmanaḥ | yudhiṣṭhiro daityapatermudā yutaḥ papraccha bhūyastanayaṃ svayambhuvaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Śukadeva Gosvāmī continued: After hearing about the activities and character of Prahlāda Mahārāja, which are adored and discussed among great personalities like Lord Brahmā and Lord Śiva, Yudhiṣṭhira Mahārāja, the most respectful king among exalted personalities, again inquired from the great saint Nārada Muni in a mood of great pleasure.

  436. युधिष्ठिर उवाच । भगवन् श्रोतुमिच्छामि नृणां धर्मं सनातनम् । वर्णाश्रमाचारयुतं यत्पुमान् विन्दते परम्

    yudhiṣṭhira uvāca | bhagavan śrotumicchāmi nṛṇāṃ dharmaṃ sanātanam | varṇāśramācārayutaṃ yatpumān vindate param

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira said: My dear lord, I wish to hear from you about the principles of religion by which one can attain the ultimate goal of life — devotional service. I wish to hear about the general occupational duties of human society and the system of social and spiritual advancement known as varṇāśrama-dharma.

  437. भवान् प्रजापतेः साक्षादात्मजः परमेष्ठिनः । सुतानां सम्मतो ब्रह्मंस्तपोयोगसमाधिभिः

    bhavān prajāpateḥ sākṣādātmajaḥ parameṣṭhinaḥ | sutānāṃ sammato brahmaṃstapoyogasamādhibhiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O best of the brāhmaṇas, you are directly the son of Prajāpati [Lord Brahmā]. Because of your austerities, mystic yoga and trance, you are considered the best of all of Lord Brahmā’s sons.

  438. नारायणपरा विप्रा धर्म गुह्यं परं विदुः । करुणाः साधवः शान्तास्त्वद्विधा न तथापरे

    nārāyaṇaparā viprā dharma guhyaṃ paraṃ viduḥ | karuṇāḥ sādhavaḥ śāntāstvadvidhā na tathāpare

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    No one is superior to you in peaceful life and mercy, and no one knows better than you how to execute devotional service or how to become the best of the brāhmaṇas. Therefore, you know all the principles of confidential religious life, and no one knows them better than you.

  439. नारद उवाच । नत्वा भगवतेऽजाय लोकानां धर्महेतवे । वक्ष्ये सनातनं धर्मं नारायणमुखाच्छ्रुतम्

    nārada uvāca | natvā bhagavate'jāya lokānāṃ dharmahetave | vakṣye sanātanaṃ dharmaṃ nārāyaṇamukhācchrutam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Śrī Nārada Muni said: After first offering my obeisances unto Lord Kṛṣṇa, the protector of the religious principles of all living entities, let me explain the principles of the eternal religious system, of which I have heard from the mouth of Nārāyaṇa.

  440. योऽवतीर्यात्मनोंऽशेन दाक्षायण्यां तु धर्मतः । लोकानां स्वस्तयेऽध्यास्ते तपो बदरिकाश्रमे

    yo'vatīryātmanoṃ'śena dākṣāyaṇyāṃ tu dharmataḥ | lokānāṃ svastaye'dhyāste tapo badarikāśrame

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Lord Nārāyaṇa, along with His partial manifestation Nara, appeared in this world through the daughter of Dakṣa Mahārāja known as Mūrti. He was begotten by Dharma Mahārāja for the benefit of all living entities. Even now, He is still engaged in executing great austerities near the place known as Badarikāśrama.

  441. धर्ममूलं हि भगवान् सर्ववेदमयो हरिः । स्मृतं च तद्विदां राजन् येन चात्मा प्रसीदति

    dharmamūlaṃ hi bhagavān sarvavedamayo hariḥ | smṛtaṃ ca tadvidāṃ rājan yena cātmā prasīdati

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The Supreme Being, the Personality of Godhead, is the essence of all Vedic knowledge, the root of all religious principles, and the memory of great authorities. O King Yudhiṣṭhira, this principle of religion is to be understood as evidence. On the basis of this religious principle, everything is satisfied, including one’s mind, soul and even one’s body.

  442. SB 7.11.13Open verse →

    संस्कारा यदविच्छिन्नाः स द्विजोऽजो जगाद यम् । इज्याध्ययनदानानि विहितानि द्विजन्मनाम् । जन्मकर्मावदातानां क्रियाश्चाश्रमचोदिताः

    saṃskārā yadavicchinnāḥ sa dvijo'jo jagāda yam | ijyādhyayanadānāni vihitāni dvijanmanām | janmakarmāvadātānāṃ kriyāścāśramacoditāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Those who have been reformed by the garbhādhāna ceremony and other prescribed reformatory methods, performed with Vedic mantras and without interruption, and who have been approved by Lord Brahmā, are dvijas, or twice-born. Such brāhmaṇas, kṣatriyas and vaiśyas, purified by their family traditions and by their behavior, should worship the Lord, study the Vedas and give charity. In this system, they should follow the principles of the four āśramas [brahmacarya, gṛhastha, vānaprastha and sannyāsa].

  443. SB 7.11.14Open verse →

    विप्रस्याध्ययनादीनि षडन्यस्याप्रतिग्रहः । राज्ञो वृत्तिः प्रजागोप्तुरविप्राद्वा करादिभिः

    viprasyādhyayanādīni ṣaḍanyasyāpratigrahaḥ | rājño vṛttiḥ prajāgopturaviprādvā karādibhiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    For a brāhmaṇa there are six occupational duties. A kṣatriya should not accept charity, but he may perform the other five of these duties. A king or kṣatriya is not allowed to levy taxes on brāhmaṇas, but he may make his livelihood by levying minimal taxes, customs duties, and penalty fines upon his other subjects.

  444. SB 7.11.15Open verse →

    वैश्यस्तु वार्तावृत्तिश्च नित्यं ब्रह्मकुलानुगः । शूद्रस्य द्विजशुश्रूषा वृत्तिश्च स्वामिनो भवेत्

    vaiśyastu vārtāvṛttiśca nityaṃ brahmakulānugaḥ | śūdrasya dvijaśuśrūṣā vṛttiśca svāmino bhavet

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The mercantile community should always follow the directions of the brāhmaṇas and engage in such occupational duties as agriculture, trade, and protection of cows. For the śūdras the only duty is to accept a master from a higher social order and engage in his service.

  445. SB 7.11.16Open verse →

    वार्ता विचित्रा शालीनयायावरशिलोञ्छनम् । विप्रवृत्तिश्चतुर्धेयं श्रेयसी चोत्तरोत्तरा

    vārtā vicitrā śālīnayāyāvaraśiloñchanam | vipravṛttiścaturdheyaṃ śreyasī cottarottarā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    As an alternative, a brāhmaṇa may also take to the vaiśya’s occupational duty of agriculture, cow protection, or trade. He may depend on that which he has received without begging, he may beg in the paddy field every day, he may collect paddy left in a field by its proprietor, or he may collect food grains left here and there in the shops of grain dealers. These are four means of livelihood that may also be adopted by brāhmaṇas. Among these four, each of them in succession is better than the one preceding it.

  446. SB 7.11.17Open verse →

    जघन्यो नोत्तमां वृत्तिमनापदि भजेन्नरः । ऋते राजन्यमापत्सु सर्वेषामपि सर्वशः

    jaghanyo nottamāṃ vṛttimanāpadi bhajennaraḥ | ṛte rājanyamāpatsu sarveṣāmapi sarvaśaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Except in a time of emergency, lower persons should not accept the occupational duties of those who are higher. When there is such an emergency, of course, everyone but the kṣatriya may accept the means of livelihood of others.

  447. SB 7.11.21Open verse →

    शमो दमस्तपः शौचं सन्तोषः क्षान्तिरार्जवम् । ज्ञानं दयाच्युतात्मत्वं सत्यं च ब्रह्मलक्षणम्

    śamo damastapaḥ śaucaṃ santoṣaḥ kṣāntirārjavam | jñānaṃ dayācyutātmatvaṃ satyaṃ ca brahmalakṣaṇam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The symptoms of a brāhmaṇa are control of the mind, control of the senses, austerity and penance, cleanliness, satisfaction, forgiveness, simplicity, knowledge, mercy, truthfulness, and complete surrender to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

  448. SB 7.11.22Open verse →

    शौर्यं वीर्यं धृतिस्तेजस्त्याग आत्मजयः क्षमा । ब्रह्मण्यता प्रसादश्च रक्षा च क्षत्रलक्षणम्

    śauryaṃ vīryaṃ dhṛtistejastyāga ātmajayaḥ kṣamā | brahmaṇyatā prasādaśca rakṣā ca kṣatralakṣaṇam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    To be influential in battle, unconquerable, patient, challenging and charitable, to control the bodily necessities, to be forgiving, to be attached to the brahminical nature and to be always jolly and truthful — these are the symptoms of the kṣatriya.

  449. SB 7.11.23Open verse →

    देवगुर्वच्युते भक्तिस्त्रिवर्गपरिपोषणम् । आस्तिक्यमुद्यमो नित्यं नैपुण्यं वैश्यलक्षणम्

    devagurvacyute bhaktistrivargaparipoṣaṇam | āstikyamudyamo nityaṃ naipuṇyaṃ vaiśyalakṣaṇam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Being always devoted to the demigods, the spiritual master and the Supreme Lord, Viṣṇu; endeavoring for advancement in religious principles, economic development and sense gratification [dharma, artha and kāma]; believing in the words of the spiritual master and scripture; and always endeavoring with expertise in earning money — these are the symptoms of the vaiśya.

  450. SB 7.11.24Open verse →

    शूद्रस्य सन्नतिः शौचं सेवा स्वामिन्यमायया । अमन्त्रयज्ञो ह्यस्तेयं सत्यं गोविप्ररक्षणम्

    śūdrasya sannatiḥ śaucaṃ sevā svāminyamāyayā | amantrayajño hyasteyaṃ satyaṃ goviprarakṣaṇam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Offering obeisances to the higher sections of society [the brāhmaṇas, kṣatriyas and vaiśyas], being always very clean, being free from duplicity, serving one’s master, performing sacrifices without uttering mantras, not stealing, always speaking the truth and giving all protection to the cows and brāhmaṇas — these are the symptoms of the śūdra.

  451. SB 7.11.25Open verse →

    स्त्रीणां च पतिदेवानां तच्छुश्रूषानुकूलता । तद्बन्धुष्वनुवृत्तिश्च नित्यं तद्व्रतधारणम्

    strīṇāṃ ca patidevānāṃ tacchuśrūṣānukūlatā | tadbandhuṣvanuvṛttiśca nityaṃ tadvratadhāraṇam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    To render service to the husband, to be always favorably disposed toward the husband, to be equally well disposed toward the husband’s relatives and friends, and to follow the vows of the husband — these are the four principles to be followed by women described as chaste.

  452. SB 7.11.28Open verse →

    सन्तुष्टालोलुपा दक्षा धर्मज्ञा प्रियसत्यवाक् । अप्रमत्ता शुचिः स्निग्धा पतिं त्वपतितं भजेत्

    santuṣṭālolupā dakṣā dharmajñā priyasatyavāk | apramattā śuciḥ snigdhā patiṃ tvapatitaṃ bhajet

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    A chaste woman should not be greedy, but satisfied in all circumstances. She must be very expert in handling household affairs and should be fully conversant with religious principles. She should speak pleasingly and truthfully and should be very careful and always clean and pure. Thus a chaste woman should engage with affection in the service of a husband who is not fallen.

  453. SB 7.11.29Open verse →

    या पतिं हरिभावेन भजेच्छ्रीरिव तत्परा । हर्यात्मना हरेर्लोके पत्या श्रीरिव मोदते

    yā patiṃ haribhāvena bhajecchrīriva tatparā | haryātmanā harerloke patyā śrīriva modate

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The woman who engages in the service of her husband, following strictly in the footsteps of the goddess of fortune, surely returns home, back to Godhead, with her devotee husband, and lives very happily in the Vaikuṇṭha planets.

  454. SB 7.11.30Open verse →

    वृत्तिः सङ्करजातीनां तत्तत्कुलकृता भवेत् । अचौराणामपापानामन्त्यजान्तेवसायिनाम्

    vṛttiḥ saṅkarajātīnāṃ tattatkulakṛtā bhavet | acaurāṇāmapāpānāmantyajāntevasāyinām

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Among the mixed classes known as saṅkara, those who are not thieves are known as antevasāyī or caṇḍālas [dog-eaters], and they also have their hereditary customs.

  455. SB 7.11.31Open verse →

    प्रायः स्वभावविहितो नृणां धर्मो युगे युगे । वेददृग्भिः स्मृतो राजन् प्रेत्य चेह च शर्मकृत्

    prāyaḥ svabhāvavihito nṛṇāṃ dharmo yuge yuge | vedadṛgbhiḥ smṛto rājan pretya ceha ca śarmakṛt

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear King, brāhmaṇas well conversant in Vedic knowledge have given their verdict that in every age [yuga] the conduct of different sections of people according to their material modes of nature is auspicious both in this life and after death.

  456. SB 7.11.32Open verse →

    वृत्त्या स्वभावकृतया वर्तमानः स्वकर्मकृत् । हित्वा स्वभावजं कर्म शनैर्निर्गुणतामियात्

    vṛttyā svabhāvakṛtayā vartamānaḥ svakarmakṛt | hitvā svabhāvajaṃ karma śanairnirguṇatāmiyāt

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    If one acts in his profession according to his position in the modes of nature and gradually gives up these activities, he attains the niṣkāma stage.

  457. SB 7.11.35Open verse →

    यस्य यल्लक्षणं प्रोक्तं पुंसो वर्णाभिव्यञ्जकम् । यदन्यत्रापि दृश्येत तत्तेनैव विनिर्दिशेत्

    yasya yallakṣaṇaṃ proktaṃ puṃso varṇābhivyañjakam | yadanyatrāpi dṛśyeta tattenaiva vinirdiśet

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    If one shows the symptoms of being a brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya or śūdra, as described above, even if he has appeared in a different class, he should be accepted according to those symptoms of classification.

  458. नारद उवाच । ब्रह्मचारी गुरुकुले वसन् दान्तो गुरोर्हितम् । आचरन् दासवन्नीचो गुरौ सुदृढसौहृदः

    nārada uvāca | brahmacārī gurukule vasan dānto gurorhitam | ācaran dāsavannīco gurau sudṛḍhasauhṛdaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Nārada Muni said: A student should practice completely controlling his senses. He should be submissive and should have an attitude of firm friendship for the spiritual master. With a great vow, the brahmacārī should live at the gurukula, only for the benefit of the guru.

  459. सायं प्रातरुपासीत गुर्वग्न्यर्कसुरोत्तमान् । उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः

    sāyaṃ prātarupāsīta gurvagnyarkasurottamān | ubhe sandhye ca yatavāgjapan brahma samāhitaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    At both junctions of day and night, namely, in the early morning and in the evening, he should be fully absorbed in thoughts of the spiritual master, fire, the sun-god and Lord Viṣṇu and by chanting the Gāyatrī mantra he should worship them.

  460. छन्दांस्यधीयीत गुरोराहूतश्चेत्सुयन्त्रितः । उपक्रमेऽवसाने च चरणौ शिरसा नमेत्

    chandāṃsyadhīyīta gurorāhūtaścetsuyantritaḥ | upakrame'vasāne ca caraṇau śirasā namet

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Being called by the spiritual master, the student should study the Vedic mantras regularly. Every day, before beginning his studies and at the end of his studies, the disciple should respectfully offer obeisances unto the spiritual master.

  461. मेखलाजिनवासांसि जटादण्डकमण्डलून् । बिभृयादुपवीतं च दर्भपाणिर्यथोदितम्

    mekhalājinavāsāṃsi jaṭādaṇḍakamaṇḍalūn | bibhṛyādupavītaṃ ca darbhapāṇiryathoditam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Carrying pure kuśa grass in his hand, the brahmacārī should dress regularly with a belt of straw and with deerskin garments. He should wear matted hair, carry a rod and waterpot and be decorated with a sacred thread, as recommended in the śāstras.

  462. सायं प्रातश्चरेद्भैक्षं गुरवे तन्निवेदयेत् । भुञ्जीत यद्यनुज्ञातो नो चेदुपवसेत्क्वचित्

    sāyaṃ prātaścaredbhaikṣaṃ gurave tannivedayet | bhuñjīta yadyanujñāto no cedupavasetkvacit

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The brahmacārī should go out morning and evening to collect alms, and he should offer all that he collects to the spiritual master. He should eat only if ordered to take food by the spiritual master; otherwise, if the spiritual master does not give this order, he may sometimes have to fast.

  463. सुशीलो मितभुग्दक्षः श्रद्दधानो जितेन्द्रियः । यावदर्थं व्यवहरेत्स्त्रीषु स्त्रीनिर्जितेषु च

    suśīlo mitabhugdakṣaḥ śraddadhāno jitendriyaḥ | yāvadarthaṃ vyavaharetstrīṣu strīnirjiteṣu ca

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    A brahmacārī should be quite well-behaved and gentle and should not eat or collect more than necessary. He must always be active and expert, fully believing in the instructions of the spiritual master and the śāstra. Fully controlling his senses, he should associate only as much as necessary with women or those controlled by women.

  464. वर्जयेत्प्रमदागाथामगृहस्थो बृहद्व्रतः । इन्द्रियाणि प्रमाथीनि हरन्त्यपि यतेर्मनः

    varjayetpramadāgāthāmagṛhastho bṛhadvrataḥ | indriyāṇi pramāthīni harantyapi yatermanaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    A brahmacārī, or one who has not accepted the gṛhastha-āśrama [family life], must rigidly avoid talking with women or about women, for the senses are so powerful that they may agitate even the mind of a sannyāsī, a member of the renounced order of life.

  465. केशप्रसाधनोन्मर्दस्नपनाभ्यञ्जनादिकम् । गुरुस्त्रीभिर्युवतिभिः कारयेन्नात्मनो युवा

    keśaprasādhanonmardasnapanābhyañjanādikam | gurustrībhiryuvatibhiḥ kārayennātmano yuvā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    If the wife of the spiritual master is young, a young brahmacārī should not allow her to care for his hair, massage his body with oil, or bathe him with affection like a mother.

  466. नन्वग्निः प्रमदा नाम घृतकुम्भसमः पुमान् । सुतामपि रहो जह्यादन्यदा यावदर्थकृत्

    nanvagniḥ pramadā nāma ghṛtakumbhasamaḥ pumān | sutāmapi raho jahyādanyadā yāvadarthakṛt

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Woman is compared to fire, and man is compared to a butter pot. Therefore a man should avoid associating even with his own daughter in a secluded place. Similarly, he should also avoid association with other women. One should associate with women only for important business and not otherwise.

  467. SB 7.12.10Open verse →

    कल्पयित्वाऽऽत्मना यावदाभासमिदमीश्वरः । द्वैतं तावन्न विरमेत्ततो ह्यस्य विपर्ययः

    kalpayitvā''tmanā yāvadābhāsamidamīśvaraḥ | dvaitaṃ tāvanna viramettato hyasya viparyayaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    As long as a living entity is not completely self-realized — as long as he is not independent of the misconception of identifying with his body, which is nothing but a reflection of the original body and senses — he cannot be relieved of the conception of duality, which is epitomized by the duality between man and woman. Thus there is every chance that he will fall down because his intelligence is bewildered.

  468. SB 7.12.11Open verse →

    एतत्सर्वं गृहस्थस्य समाम्नातं यतेरपि । गुरुवृत्तिर्विकल्पेन गृहस्थस्यर्तुगामिनः

    etatsarvaṃ gṛhasthasya samāmnātaṃ yaterapi | guruvṛttirvikalpena gṛhasthasyartugāminaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    All the rules and regulations apply equally to the householder and the sannyāsī, the member of the renounced order of life. The gṛhastha, however, is given permission by the spiritual master to indulge in sex during the period favorable for procreation.

  469. SB 7.12.12Open verse →

    अञ्जनाभ्यञ्जनोन्मर्दस्त्र्यवलेखामिषं मधु । स्रग्गन्धलेपालङ्कारांस्त्यजेयुर्ये धृतव्रताः

    añjanābhyañjanonmardastryavalekhāmiṣaṃ madhu | sraggandhalepālaṅkārāṃstyajeyurye dhṛtavratāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Brahmacārīs or gṛhasthas who have taken the vow of celibacy as described above should not indulge in the following: applying powder or ointment to the eyes, massaging the head with oil, massaging the body with the hands, seeing a woman or painting a woman’s picture, eating meat, drinking wine, decorating the body with flower garlands, smearing scented ointment on the body, or decorating the body with ornaments. These they should give up.

  470. SB 7.12.15Open verse →

    अग्नौ गुरावात्मनि च सर्वभूतेष्वधोक्षजम् । भूतैः स्वधामभिः पश्येदप्रविष्टं प्रविष्टवत्

    agnau gurāvātmani ca sarvabhūteṣvadhokṣajam | bhūtaiḥ svadhāmabhiḥ paśyedapraviṣṭaṃ praviṣṭavat

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    One should realize that in the fire, in the spiritual master, in one’s self and in all living entities — in all circumstances and conditions — the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Viṣṇu, has simultaneously entered and not entered. He is situated externally and internally as the full controller of everything.

  471. SB 7.12.16Open verse →

    एवं विधो ब्रह्मचारी वानप्रस्थो यतिर्गृही । चरन् विदितविज्ञानः परं ब्रह्माधिगच्छति

    evaṃ vidho brahmacārī vānaprastho yatirgṛhī | caran viditavijñānaḥ paraṃ brahmādhigacchati

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    By practicing in this way, whether one be in the brahmacārī-āśrama, gṛhastha-āśrama, vānaprastha-āśrama or sannyāsa-āśrama, one must always realize the all-pervading presence of the Supreme Lord, for in this way it is possible to understand the Absolute Truth.

  472. SB 7.12.17Open verse →

    वानप्रस्थस्य वक्ष्यामि नियमान् मुनिसम्मतान् । यानातिष्ठन् मुनिर्गच्छेदृषिलोकमिहाञ्जसा

    vānaprasthasya vakṣyāmi niyamān munisammatān | yānātiṣṭhan munirgacchedṛṣilokamihāñjasā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O King, I shall now describe the qualifications for a vānaprastha, one who has retired from family life. By rigidly following the rules and regulations for the vānaprastha, one can easily be elevated to the upper planetary system known as Maharloka.

  473. SB 7.12.18Open verse →

    न कृष्टपच्यमश्नीयादकृष्टं चाप्यकालतः । अग्निपक्वमथामं वा अर्कपक्वमुताहरेत्

    na kṛṣṭapacyamaśnīyādakṛṣṭaṃ cāpyakālataḥ | agnipakvamathāmaṃ vā arkapakvamutāharet

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    A person in vānaprastha life should not eat grains grown by tilling of the fields. He should also not eat grains that have grown without tilling of the field but are not fully ripe. Nor should a vānaprastha eat grains cooked in fire. Indeed, he should eat only fruit ripened by the sunshine.

  474. SB 7.12.19Open verse →

    वन्यैश्चरुपुरोडाशान् निर्वपेत्कालचोदितान् । लब्धे नवे नवेऽन्नाद्ये पुराणं तु परित्यजेत्

    vanyaiścarupuroḍāśān nirvapetkālacoditān | labdhe nave nave'nnādye purāṇaṃ tu parityajet

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    A vānaprastha should prepare cakes to be offered in sacrifice from fruits and grains grown naturally in the forest. When he obtains some new grains, he should give up his old stock of grains.

  475. SB 7.12.20Open verse →

    अग्न्यर्थमेव शरणमुटजं वाद्रिकन्दराम् । श्रयेत हिमवाय्वग्निवर्षार्कातपषाट् स्वयम्

    agnyarthameva śaraṇamuṭajaṃ vādrikandarām | śrayeta himavāyvagnivarṣārkātapaṣāṭ svayam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    A vānaprastha should prepare a thatched cottage or take shelter of a cave in a mountain only to keep the sacred fire, but he should personally practice enduring snowfall, wind, fire, rain and the shining of the sun.

  476. SB 7.12.21Open verse →

    केशरोमनखश्मश्रुमलानि जटिलो दधत् । कमण्डल्वजिने दण्डवल्कलाग्निपरिच्छदान्

    keśaromanakhaśmaśrumalāni jaṭilo dadhat | kamaṇḍalvajine daṇḍavalkalāgniparicchadān

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The vānaprastha should wear matted locks of hair on his head and let his body hair, nails and moustache grow. He should not cleanse his body of dirt. He should keep a waterpot, deerskin and rod, wear the bark of a tree as a covering, and use garments colored like fire.

  477. SB 7.12.22Open verse →

    चरेद्वने द्वादशाब्दानष्टौ वा चतुरो मुनिः । द्वावेकं वा यथा बुद्धिर्न विपद्येत कृच्छ्रतः

    caredvane dvādaśābdānaṣṭau vā caturo muniḥ | dvāvekaṃ vā yathā buddhirna vipadyeta kṛcchrataḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Being very thoughtful, a vānaprastha should remain in the forest for twelve years, eight years, four years, two years or at least one year. He should behave in such a way that he will not be disturbed or troubled by too much austerity.

  478. SB 7.12.23Open verse →

    यदाकल्पः स्वक्रियायां व्याधिभिर्जरयाथवा । आन्वीक्षिक्यां वा विद्यायां कुर्यादनशनादिकम्

    yadākalpaḥ svakriyāyāṃ vyādhibhirjarayāthavā | ānvīkṣikyāṃ vā vidyāyāṃ kuryādanaśanādikam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    When because of disease or old age one is unable to perform his prescribed duties for advancement in spiritual consciousness or study of the Vedas, he should practice fasting, not taking any food.

  479. SB 7.12.24Open verse →

    आत्मन्यग्नीन् समारोप्य सन्न्यस्याहम्ममात्मताम् । कारणेषु न्यसेत्सम्यक् सङ्घातं तु यथार्हतः

    ātmanyagnīn samāropya sannyasyāhammamātmatām | kāraṇeṣu nyasetsamyak saṅghātaṃ tu yathārhataḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    He should properly place the fire element in his own self and in this way give up bodily affinity, by which one thinks the body to be one’s self or one’s own. One should gradually merge the material body into the five elements [earth, water, fire, air and sky].

  480. SB 7.12.25Open verse →

    खे खानि वायौ निश्वासांस्तेजस्यूष्माणमात्मवान् । अप्स्वसृक्श्लेष्मपूयानि क्षितौ शेषं यथोद्भवम्

    khe khāni vāyau niśvāsāṃstejasyūṣmāṇamātmavān | apsvasṛkśleṣmapūyāni kṣitau śeṣaṃ yathodbhavam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    A sober, self-realized person who has full knowledge should merge the various parts of the body in their original sources. The holes in the body are caused by the sky, the process of breathing is caused by the air, the heat of the body is caused by fire, and semen, blood and mucus are caused by water. The hard substances, like skin, muscle and bone, are caused by earth. In this way all the constituents of the body are caused by various elements, and they should be merged again into those elements.

  481. SB 7.12.31Open verse →

    इत्यक्षरतयाऽऽत्मानं चिन्मात्रमवशेषितम् । ज्ञात्वाद्वयोऽथ विरमेद्दग्धयोनिरिवानलः

    ityakṣaratayā''tmānaṃ cinmātramavaśeṣitam | jñātvādvayo'tha virameddagdhayonirivānalaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    When all the material designations have thus merged into their respective material elements, the living beings, who are all ultimately completely spiritual, being one in quality with the Supreme Being, should cease from material existence, as flames cease when the wood in which they are burning is consumed. When the material body is returned to its various material elements, only the spiritual being remains. This spiritual being is Brahman and is equal in quality with Parabrahman.

  482. नारद उवाच । कल्पस्त्वेवं परिव्रज्य देहमात्रावशेषितः । ग्रामैकरात्रविधिना निरपेक्षश्चरेन्महीम्

    nārada uvāca | kalpastvevaṃ parivrajya dehamātrāvaśeṣitaḥ | grāmaikarātravidhinā nirapekṣaścarenmahīm

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Śrī Nārada Muni said: A person able to cultivate spiritual knowledge should renounce all material connections, and merely keeping the body inhabitable, he should travel from one place to another, passing only one night in each village. In this way, without dependence in regard to the needs of the body, the sannyāsī should travel all over the world.

  483. बिभृयाद्यद्यसौ वासः कौपीनाच्छादनं परम् । त्यक्तं न दण्डलिङ्गादेरन्यत्किञ्चिदनापदि

    bibhṛyādyadyasau vāsaḥ kaupīnācchādanaṃ param | tyaktaṃ na daṇḍaliṅgāderanyatkiñcidanāpadi

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    A person in the renounced order of life may try to avoid even a dress to cover himself. If he wears anything at all, it should be only a loincloth, and when there is no necessity, a sannyāsī should not even accept a daṇḍa. A sannyāsī should avoid carrying anything but a daṇḍa and kamaṇḍalu.

  484. एक एव चरेद्भिक्षुरात्मारामोऽनपाश्रयः । सर्वभूतसुहृच्छान्तो नारायणपरायणः

    eka eva caredbhikṣurātmārāmo'napāśrayaḥ | sarvabhūtasuhṛcchānto nārāyaṇaparāyaṇaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The sannyāsī, completely satisfied in the self, should live on alms begged from door to door. Not being dependent on any person or any place, he should always be a friendly well-wisher to all living beings and be a peaceful, unalloyed devotee of Nārāyaṇa. In this way he should move from one place to another.

  485. पश्येदात्मन्यदो विश्वं परे सदसतोऽव्यये । आत्मानं च परं ब्रह्म सर्वत्र सदसन्मये

    paśyedātmanyado viśvaṃ pare sadasato'vyaye | ātmānaṃ ca paraṃ brahma sarvatra sadasanmaye

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The sannyāsī should always try to see the Supreme pervading everything and see everything, including this universe, resting on the Supreme.

  486. सुप्तिप्रबोधयोः सन्धावात्मनो गतिमात्मदृक् । पश्यन् बन्धं च मोक्षं च मायामात्रं न वस्तुतः

    suptiprabodhayoḥ sandhāvātmano gatimātmadṛk | paśyan bandhaṃ ca mokṣaṃ ca māyāmātraṃ na vastutaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    During unconsciousness and consciousness, and between the two, he should try to understand the self and be fully situated in the self. In this way, he should realize that the conditional and liberated stages of life are only illusory and not actually factual. With such a higher understanding, he should see only the Absolute Truth pervading everything.

  487. नाभिनन्देद्ध्रुवं मृत्युमध्रुवं वास्य जीवितम् । कालं परं प्रतीक्षेत भूतानां प्रभवाप्ययम्

    nābhinandeddhruvaṃ mṛtyumadhruvaṃ vāsya jīvitam | kālaṃ paraṃ pratīkṣeta bhūtānāṃ prabhavāpyayam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Since the material body is sure to be vanquished and the duration of one’s life is not fixed, neither death nor life is to be praised. Rather, one should observe the eternal time factor, in which the living entity manifests himself and disappears.

  488. नासच्छास्त्रेषु सज्जेत नोपजीवेत जीविकाम् । वादवादांस्त्यजेत्तर्कान् पक्षं कं च न संश्रयेत्

    nāsacchāstreṣu sajjeta nopajīveta jīvikām | vādavādāṃstyajettarkān pakṣaṃ kaṃ ca na saṃśrayet

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Literature that is a useless waste of time — in other words, literature without spiritual benefit — should be rejected. One should not become a professional teacher as a means of earning one’s livelihood, nor should one indulge in arguments and counterarguments. Nor should one take shelter of any cause or faction.

  489. न शिष्याननुबध्नीत ग्रन्थान् नैवाभ्यसेद्बहून् । न व्याख्यामुपयुञ्जीत नारम्भानारभेत्क्वचित्

    na śiṣyānanubadhnīta granthān naivābhyasedbahūn | na vyākhyāmupayuñjīta nārambhānārabhetkvacit

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    A sannyāsī must not present allurements of material benefits to gather many disciples, nor should he unnecessarily read many books or give discourses as a means of livelihood. He must never attempt to increase material opulences unnecessarily.

  490. न यतेराश्रमः प्रायो धर्महेतुर्महात्मनः । शान्तस्य समचित्तस्य बिभृयादुत वा त्यजेत्

    na yaterāśramaḥ prāyo dharmaheturmahātmanaḥ | śāntasya samacittasya bibhṛyāduta vā tyajet

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    A peaceful, equipoised person who is factually advanced in spiritual consciousness does not need to accept the symbols of a sannyāsī, such as the tridaṇḍa and kamaṇḍalu. According to necessity, he may sometimes accept those symbols and sometimes reject them.

  491. SB 7.13.10Open verse →

    अव्यक्तलिङ्गो व्यक्तार्थो मनीष्युन्मत्तबालवत् । कविर्मूकवदात्मानं स दृष्ट्या दर्शयेन्नृणाम्

    avyaktaliṅgo vyaktārtho manīṣyunmattabālavat | kavirmūkavadātmānaṃ sa dṛṣṭyā darśayennṛṇām

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Although a saintly person may not expose himself to the vision of human society, by his behavior his purpose is disclosed. To human society he should present himself like a restless child, and although he is the greatest thoughtful orator, he should present himself like a dumb man.

  492. SB 7.13.11Open verse →

    अत्राप्युदाहरन्तीममितिहासं पुरातनम् । प्रह्लादस्य च संवादं मुनेराजगरस्य च

    atrāpyudāharantīmamitihāsaṃ purātanam | prahlādasya ca saṃvādaṃ munerājagarasya ca

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    As a historical example of this, learned sages recite the story of an ancient discussion between Prahlāda Mahārāja and a great saintly person who was feeding himself like a python.

  493. SB 7.13.14Open verse →

    कर्मणाऽऽकृतिभिर्वाचा लिङ्गैर्वर्णाश्रमादिभिः । न विदन्ति जना यं वै सोऽसाविति न वेति च

    karmaṇā''kṛtibhirvācā liṅgairvarṇāśramādibhiḥ | na vidanti janā yaṃ vai so'sāviti na veti ca

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Neither by that saintly person’s activities, by his bodily features, by his words nor by the symptoms of his varṇāśrama status could people understand whether he was the same person they had known.

  494. SB 7.13.15Open verse →

    तं नत्वाभ्यर्च्य विधिवत्पादयोः शिरसा स्पृशन् । विवित्सुरिदमप्राक्षीन्महाभागवतोऽसुरः

    taṃ natvābhyarcya vidhivatpādayoḥ śirasā spṛśan | vivitsuridamaprākṣīnmahābhāgavato'suraḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The advanced devotee Prahlāda Mahārāja duly worshiped and offered obeisances to the saintly person who had adopted a python’s means of livelihood. After thus worshiping the saintly person and touching his own head to the saint’s lotus feet, Prahlāda Mahārāja, in order to understand him, inquired very submissively as follows.

  495. SB 7.13.18Open verse →

    कविः कल्पो निपुणदृक् चित्रप्रियकथः समः । लोकस्य कुर्वतः कर्म शेषे तद्वीक्षितापि वा

    kaviḥ kalpo nipuṇadṛk citrapriyakathaḥ samaḥ | lokasya kurvataḥ karma śeṣe tadvīkṣitāpi vā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O brāhmaṇa, fully in knowledge of transcendence, you have nothing to do, and therefore you are lying down. It is also understood that you have no money for sense enjoyment. How then has your body become so fat? Under the circumstances, if you do not consider my question impudent, kindly explain how this has happened.

  496. SB 7.13.19Open verse →

    नारद उवाच । स इत्थं दैत्यपतिना परिपृष्टो महामुनिः । स्मयमानस्तमभ्याह तद्वागमृतयन्त्रितः

    nārada uvāca | sa itthaṃ daityapatinā paripṛṣṭo mahāmuniḥ | smayamānastamabhyāha tadvāgamṛtayantritaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Your Honor appears learned, expert and intelligent in every way. You can speak very well, saying things that are pleasing to the heart. You see that people in general are engaged in fruitive activities, yet you are lying here inactive.

  497. SB 7.13.20Open verse →

    ब्राह्मण उवाच । वेदेदमसुरश्रेष्ठ भवान् नन्वार्यसम्मतः । ईहोपरमयोर्नॄणां पदान्यध्यात्मचक्षुषा

    brāhmaṇa uvāca | vededamasuraśreṣṭha bhavān nanvāryasammataḥ | īhoparamayornṝṇāṃ padānyadhyātmacakṣuṣā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Nārada Muni continued: When the saintly person was thus questioned by Prahlāda Mahārāja, the King of the Daityas, he was captivated by this shower of nectarean words, and he replied to the inquisitiveness of Prahlāda Mahārāja with a smiling face.

  498. SB 7.13.21Open verse →

    यस्य नारायणो देवो भगवान् हृद्गतः सदा । भक्त्या केवलयाज्ञानं धुनोति ध्वान्तमर्कवत्

    yasya nārāyaṇo devo bhagavān hṛdgataḥ sadā | bhaktyā kevalayājñānaṃ dhunoti dhvāntamarkavat

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The saintly brāhmaṇa said: O best of the asuras, Prahlāda Mahārāja, who are recognized by advanced and civilized men, you are aware of the different stages of life because of your inherent transcendental eyes, with which you can see a man’s character and thus know clearly the results of acceptance and rejection of things as they are.

  499. SB 7.13.22Open verse →

    अथापि ब्रूमहे प्रश्नांस्तव राजन् यथाश्रुतम् । सम्भावनीयो हि भवानात्मनः शुद्धिमिच्छताम्

    athāpi brūmahe praśnāṃstava rājan yathāśrutam | sambhāvanīyo hi bhavānātmanaḥ śuddhimicchatām

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Nārāyaṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is full of all opulences, is predominant within the core of your heart because of your being a pure devotee. He always drives away all the darkness of ignorance, as the sun drives away the darkness of the universe.

  500. SB 7.13.23Open verse →

    तृष्णया भववाहिन्या योग्यैः कामैरपूरया । कर्माणि कार्यमाणोऽहं नानायोनिषु योजितः

    tṛṣṇayā bhavavāhinyā yogyaiḥ kāmairapūrayā | karmāṇi kāryamāṇo'haṃ nānāyoniṣu yojitaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear King, although you know everything, you have posed some questions, which I shall try to answer according to what I have learned by hearing from authorities. I cannot remain silent in this regard, for a personality like you is just fit to be spoken to by one who desires self-purification.

  501. SB 7.13.24Open verse →

    यदृच्छया लोकमिमं प्रापितः कर्मभिर्भ्रमन् । स्वर्गापवर्गयोर्द्वारं तिरश्चां पुनरस्य च

    yadṛcchayā lokamimaṃ prāpitaḥ karmabhirbhraman | svargāpavargayordvāraṃ tiraścāṃ punarasya ca

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Because of insatiable material desires, I was being carried away by the waves of material nature’s laws, and thus I was engaging in different activities, struggling for existence in various forms of life.

  502. SB 7.13.25Open verse →

    अत्रापि दम्पतीनां च सुखायान्यापनुत्तये । कर्माणि कुर्वतां दृष्ट्वा निवृत्तोऽस्मि विपर्ययम्

    atrāpi dampatīnāṃ ca sukhāyānyāpanuttaye | karmāṇi kurvatāṃ dṛṣṭvā nivṛtto'smi viparyayam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    In the course of the evolutionary process, which is caused by fruitive activities due to undesirable material sense gratification, I have received this human form of life, which can lead to the heavenly planets, to liberation, to the lower species, or to rebirth among human beings.

  503. SB 7.13.26Open verse →

    सुखमस्यात्मनो रूपं सर्वेहोपरतिस्तनुः । मनःसंस्पर्शजान् दृष्ट्वा भोगान् स्वप्स्यामि संविशन्

    sukhamasyātmano rūpaṃ sarvehoparatistanuḥ | manaḥsaṃsparśajān dṛṣṭvā bhogān svapsyāmi saṃviśan

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    In this human form of life, men and women unite for the sensual pleasure of sex, but by actual experience we have observed that none of them are happy. Therefore, seeing the contrary results, I have stopped taking part in materialistic activities.

  504. SB 7.13.27Open verse →

    इत्येतदात्मनः स्वार्थं सन्तं विस्मृत्य वै पुमान् । विचित्रामसति द्वैते घोरामाप्नोति संसृतिम्

    ityetadātmanaḥ svārthaṃ santaṃ vismṛtya vai pumān | vicitrāmasati dvaite ghorāmāpnoti saṃsṛtim

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The actual form of life for the living entities is one of spiritual happiness, which is real happiness. This happiness can be achieved only when one stops all materialistic activities. Material sense enjoyment is simply an imagination. Therefore, considering this subject matter, I have ceased from all material activities and am lying down here.

  505. SB 7.13.28Open verse →

    जलं तदुद्भवैश्छन्नं हित्वाज्ञो जलकाम्यया । मृगतृष्णामुपाधावेद्यथान्यत्रार्थदृक् स्वतः

    jalaṃ tadudbhavaiśchannaṃ hitvājño jalakāmyayā | mṛgatṛṣṇāmupādhāvedyathānyatrārthadṛk svataḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    In this way the conditioned soul living within the body forgets his self-interest because he identifies himself with the body. Because the body is material, his natural tendency is to be attracted by the varieties of the material world. Thus the living entity suffers the miseries of material existence.

  506. SB 7.13.29Open verse →

    देहादिभिर्दैवतन्त्रैरात्मनः सुखमीहतः । दुःखात्ययं चानीशस्य क्रिया मोघाः कृताः कृताः

    dehādibhirdaivatantrairātmanaḥ sukhamīhataḥ | duḥkhātyayaṃ cānīśasya kriyā moghāḥ kṛtāḥ kṛtāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Just as a deer, because of ignorance, cannot see the water within a well covered by grass, but runs after water elsewhere, the living entity covered by the material body does not see the happiness within himself, but runs after happiness in the material world.

  507. SB 7.13.30Open verse →

    आध्यात्मिकादिभिर्दुःखैरविमुक्तस्य कर्हिचित् । मर्त्यस्य कृच्छ्रोपनतैरर्थैः कामैः क्रियेत किम्

    ādhyātmikādibhirduḥkhairavimuktasya karhicit | martyasya kṛcchropanatairarthaiḥ kāmaiḥ kriyeta kim

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The living entity tries to achieve happiness and rid himself of the causes of distress, but because the various bodies of the living entities are under the full control of material nature, all his plans in different bodies, one after another, are ultimately baffled.

  508. SB 7.13.31Open verse →

    पश्यामि धनिनां क्लेशं लुब्धानामजितात्मनाम् । भयादलब्धनिद्राणां सर्वतोऽभिविशङ्किनाम्

    paśyāmi dhanināṃ kleśaṃ lubdhānāmajitātmanām | bhayādalabdhanidrāṇāṃ sarvato'bhiviśaṅkinām

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Materialistic activities are always mixed with three kinds of miserable conditions — adhyātmika, adhidaivika and adhibautika. Therefore, even if one achieves some success by performing such activities, what is the benefit of this success? One is still subjected to birth, death, old age, disease and the reactions of his fruitive activities.

  509. SB 7.13.32Open verse →

    राजतश्चौरतः शत्रोः स्वजनात्पशुपक्षितः । अर्थिभ्यः कालतः स्वस्मान्नित्यं प्राणार्थवद्भयम्

    rājataścaurataḥ śatroḥ svajanātpaśupakṣitaḥ | arthibhyaḥ kālataḥ svasmānnityaṃ prāṇārthavadbhayam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The brāhmaṇa continued: I am actually seeing how a rich man, who is a victim of his senses, is very greedy to accumulate wealth, and therefore suffers from insomnia due to fear from all sides, despite his wealth and opulence.

  510. SB 7.13.33Open verse →

    शोकमोहभयक्रोधरागक्लैब्यश्रमादयः । यन्मूलाः स्युर्नृणां जह्यात्स्पृहां प्राणार्थयोर्बुधः

    śokamohabhayakrodharāgaklaibyaśramādayaḥ | yanmūlāḥ syurnṛṇāṃ jahyātspṛhāṃ prāṇārthayorbudhaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Those who are considered materially powerful and rich are always full of anxieties because of governmental laws, thieves and rogues, enemies, family members, animals, birds, persons seeking charity, the inevitable time factor and even their own selves. Thus they are invariably afraid.

  511. SB 7.13.34Open verse →

    मधुकारमहासर्पौ लोकेऽस्मिन् नो गुरूत्तमौ । वैराग्यं परितोषं च प्राप्ता यच्छिक्षया वयम्

    madhukāramahāsarpau loke'smin no gurūttamau | vairāgyaṃ paritoṣaṃ ca prāptā yacchikṣayā vayam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Those in human society who are intelligent should give up the original cause of lamentation, illusion, fear, anger, attachment, poverty and unnecessary labor. The original cause of all of these is the desire for unnecessary prestige and money.

  512. SB 7.13.35Open verse →

    विरागः सर्वकामेभ्यः शिक्षितो मे मधुव्रतात् । कृच्छ्राप्तं मधुवद्वित्तं हत्वाप्यन्यो हरेत्पतिम्

    virāgaḥ sarvakāmebhyaḥ śikṣito me madhuvratāt | kṛcchrāptaṃ madhuvadvittaṃ hatvāpyanyo haretpatim

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The bee and the python are two excellent spiritual masters who give us exemplary instructions regarding how to be satisfied by collecting only a little and how to stay in one place and not move.

  513. SB 7.13.36Open verse →

    अनीहः परितुष्टात्मा यदृच्छोपनतादहम् । नो चेच्छये बह्वहानि महाहिरिव सत्त्ववान्

    anīhaḥ parituṣṭātmā yadṛcchopanatādaham | no cecchaye bahvahāni mahāhiriva sattvavān

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    From the bumblebee I have learned to be unattached to accumulating money, for although money is as good as honey, anyone can kill its owner and take it away.

  514. SB 7.13.37Open verse →

    क्वचिदल्पं क्वचिद्भूरि भुञ्जेऽन्नं स्वाद्वस्वादु वा । क्वचिद्भूरि गुणोपेतं गुणहीनमुत क्वचित्

    kvacidalpaṃ kvacidbhūri bhuñje'nnaṃ svādvasvādu vā | kvacidbhūri guṇopetaṃ guṇahīnamuta kvacit

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    I do not endeavor to get anything, but am satisfied with whatever is achieved in its own way. If I do not get anything, I am patient and unagitated like a python and lie down in this way for many days.

  515. SB 7.13.38Open verse →

    श्रद्धयोपहृतं क्वापि कदाचिन्मानवर्जितम् । भुञ्जे भुक्त्वाथ कस्मिंश्चिद्दिवा नक्तं यदृच्छया

    śraddhayopahṛtaṃ kvāpi kadācinmānavarjitam | bhuñje bhuktvātha kasmiṃściddivā naktaṃ yadṛcchayā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Sometimes I eat a very small quantity and sometimes a great quantity. Sometimes the food is very palatable, and sometimes it is stale. Sometimes prasāda is offered with great respect, and sometimes food is given neglectfully. Sometimes I eat during the day and sometimes at night. Thus I eat what is easily available.

  516. SB 7.13.39Open verse →

    क्षौमं दुकूलमजिनं चीरं वल्कलमेव वा । वसेऽन्यदपि सम्प्राप्तं दिष्टभुक् तुष्टधीरहम्

    kṣaumaṃ dukūlamajinaṃ cīraṃ valkalameva vā | vase'nyadapi samprāptaṃ diṣṭabhuk tuṣṭadhīraham

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    To cover my body I use whatever is available, whether it be linen, silk, cotton, bark or deerskin, according to my destiny, and I am fully satisfied and unagitated.

  517. SB 7.13.40Open verse →

    क्वचिच्छये धरोपस्थे तृणपर्णाश्मभस्मसु । क्वचित्प्रासादपर्यङ्के कशिपौ वा परेच्छया

    kvacicchaye dharopasthe tṛṇaparṇāśmabhasmasu | kvacitprāsādaparyaṅke kaśipau vā parecchayā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Sometimes I lie on the surface of the earth, sometimes on leaves, grass or stone, sometimes on a pile of ashes, or sometimes, by the will of others, in a palace on a first-class bed with pillows.

  518. SB 7.13.41Open verse →

    क्वचित्स्नातोऽनुलिप्ताङ्गः सुवासाः स्रग्व्यलङ्कृतः । रथेभाश्वैश्चरे क्वापि दिग्वासा ग्रहवद्विभो

    kvacitsnāto'nuliptāṅgaḥ suvāsāḥ sragvyalaṅkṛtaḥ | rathebhāśvaiścare kvāpi digvāsā grahavadvibho

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O my lord, sometimes I bathe myself very nicely, smear sandalwood pulp all over my body, put on a flower garland, and dress in fine garments and ornaments. Then I travel like a king on the back of an elephant or on a chariot or horse. Sometimes, however, I travel naked, like a person haunted by a ghost.

  519. SB 7.13.42Open verse →

    नाहं निन्दे न च स्तौमि स्वभावविषमं जनम् । एतेषां श्रेय आशासे उतैकात्म्यं महात्मनि

    nāhaṃ ninde na ca staumi svabhāvaviṣamaṃ janam | eteṣāṃ śreya āśāse utaikātmyaṃ mahātmani

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Different people are of different mentalities. Therefore it is not my business either to praise them or to blaspheme them. I only desire their welfare, hoping that they will agree to become one with the Supersoul, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa.

  520. SB 7.13.43Open verse →

    विकल्पं जुहुयाच्चित्तौ तां मनस्यर्थविभ्रमे । मनो वैकारिके हुत्वा तन्मायायां जुहोत्यनु

    vikalpaṃ juhuyāccittau tāṃ manasyarthavibhrame | mano vaikārike hutvā tanmāyāyāṃ juhotyanu

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The mental concoction of discrimination between good and bad should be accepted as one unit and then invested in the mind, which should then be invested in the false ego. The false ego should be invested in the total material energy. This is the process of fighting false discrimination.

  521. SB 7.13.44Open verse →

    आत्मानुभूतौ तां मायां जुहुयात्सत्यदृङ्मुनिः । ततो निरीहो विरमेत्स्वानुभूत्याऽऽत्मनि स्थितः

    ātmānubhūtau tāṃ māyāṃ juhuyātsatyadṛṅmuniḥ | tato nirīho virametsvānubhūtyā''tmani sthitaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    A learned, thoughtful person must realize that material existence is illusion. This is possible only by self-realization. A self-realized person, who has actually seen the truth, should retire from all material activities, being situated in self-realization.

  522. SB 7.13.45Open verse →

    स्वात्मवृत्तं मयेत्थं ते सुगुप्तमपि वर्णितम् । व्यपेतं लोकशास्त्राभ्यां भवान् हि भगवत्परः

    svātmavṛttaṃ mayetthaṃ te suguptamapi varṇitam | vyapetaṃ lokaśāstrābhyāṃ bhavān hi bhagavatparaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Prahlāda Mahārāja, you are certainly a self-realized soul and a devotee of the Supreme Lord. You do not care for public opinion or so-called scriptures. For this reason I have described to you without hesitation the history of my self-realization.

  523. SB 7.13.46Open verse →

    नारद उवाच । धर्मं पारमहंस्यं वै मुनेः श्रुत्वासुरेश्वरः । पूजयित्वा ततः प्रीत आमन्त्र्य प्रययौ गृहम्

    nārada uvāca | dharmaṃ pāramahaṃsyaṃ vai muneḥ śrutvāsureśvaraḥ | pūjayitvā tataḥ prīta āmantrya prayayau gṛham

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Nārada Muni continued: After Prahlāda Mahārāja, the King of the demons, heard these instructions from the saint, he understood the occupational duties of a perfect person [paramahaṁsa]. Thus he duly worshiped the saint, took his permission and then left for his own home.

  524. युधिष्ठिर उवाच । गृहस्थ एतां पदवीं विधिना येन चाञ्जसा । याति देवऋषे ब्रूहि मादृशो गृहमूढधीः

    yudhiṣṭhira uvāca | gṛhastha etāṃ padavīṃ vidhinā yena cāñjasā | yāti devaṛṣe brūhi mādṛśo gṛhamūḍhadhīḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira inquired from Nārada Muni: O my lord, O great sage, kindly explain how we who are staying at home without knowledge of the goal of life may also easily attain liberation, according to the instructions of the Vedas.

  525. नारद उवाच । गृहेष्ववस्थितो राजन् क्रियाः कुर्वन् गृहोचिताः । वासुदेवार्पणं साक्षादुपासीत महामुनीन्

    nārada uvāca | gṛheṣvavasthito rājan kriyāḥ kurvan gṛhocitāḥ | vāsudevārpaṇaṃ sākṣādupāsīta mahāmunīn

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Nārada Muni replied: My dear King, those who stay at home as householders must act to earn their livelihood, and instead of trying to enjoy the results of their work themselves, they should offer these results to Kṛṣṇa, Vāsudeva. How to satisfy Vāsudeva in this life can be perfectly understood through the association of great devotees of the Lord.

  526. यावदर्थमुपासीनो देहे गेहे च पण्डितः । विरक्तो रक्तवत्तत्र नृलोके नरतां न्यसेत्

    yāvadarthamupāsīno dehe gehe ca paṇḍitaḥ | virakto raktavattatra nṛloke naratāṃ nyaset

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    While working to earn his livelihood as much as necessary to maintain body and soul together, one who is actually learned should live in human society unattached to family affairs, although externally appearing very much attached.

  527. ज्ञातयः पितरौ पुत्रा भ्रातरः सुहृदोऽपरे । यद्वदन्ति यदिच्छन्ति चानुमोदेत निर्ममः

    jñātayaḥ pitarau putrā bhrātaraḥ suhṛdo'pare | yadvadanti yadicchanti cānumodeta nirmamaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    An intelligent man in human society should make his own program of activities very simple. If there are suggestions from his friends, children, parents, brothers or anyone else, he should externally agree, saying, “Yes, that is all right,” but internally he should be determined not to create a cumbersome life in which the purpose of life will not be fulfilled.

  528. दिव्यं भौमं चान्तरीक्षं वित्तमच्युतनिर्मितम् । तत्सर्वमुपयुञ्जान एतत्कुर्यात्स्वतो बुधः

    divyaṃ bhaumaṃ cāntarīkṣaṃ vittamacyutanirmitam | tatsarvamupayuñjāna etatkuryātsvato budhaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The natural products created by the Supreme Personality of Godhead should be utilized to maintain the bodies and souls of all living entities. The necessities of life are of three types: those produced from the sky [from rainfall], from the earth [from the mines, the seas or the fields], and from the atmosphere [that which is obtained suddenly and unexpectedly].

  529. यावद्भ्रियेत जठरं तावत्स्वत्वं हि देहिनाम् । अधिकं योऽभिमन्येत स स्तेनो दण्डमर्हति

    yāvadbhriyeta jaṭharaṃ tāvatsvatvaṃ hi dehinām | adhikaṃ yo'bhimanyeta sa steno daṇḍamarhati

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    One may claim proprietorship to as much wealth as required to maintain body and soul together, but one who desires proprietorship over more than that must be considered a thief, and he deserves to be punished by the laws of nature.

  530. मृगोष्ट्रखरमर्काखुसरीसृप्खगमक्षिकाः । आत्मनः पुत्रवत्पश्येत्तैरेषामन्तरं कियत्

    mṛgoṣṭrakharamarkākhusarīsṛpkhagamakṣikāḥ | ātmanaḥ putravatpaśyettaireṣāmantaraṃ kiyat

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    One should treat animals such as deer, camels, asses, monkeys, mice, snakes, birds and flies exactly like one’s own son. How little difference there actually is between children and these innocent animals.

  531. SB 7.14.10Open verse →

    त्रिवर्गं नातिकृच्छ्रेण भजेत गृहमेध्यपि । यथादेशं यथाकालं यावद्दैवोपपादितम्

    trivargaṃ nātikṛcchreṇa bhajeta gṛhamedhyapi | yathādeśaṃ yathākālaṃ yāvaddaivopapāditam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Even if one is a householder rather than a brahmacārī, a sannyāsī or a vānaprastha, one should not endeavor very hard for religiosity, economic development or satisfaction of the senses. Even in householder life, one should be satisfied to maintain body and soul together with whatever is available with minimum endeavor, according to place and time, by the grace of the Lord. One should not engage oneself in ugra-karma.

  532. SB 7.14.11Open verse →

    आश्वाघान्तेऽवसायिभ्यः कामान् संविभजेद्यथा । अप्येकामात्मनो दारां नृणां स्वत्वग्रहो यतः

    āśvāghānte'vasāyibhyaḥ kāmān saṃvibhajedyathā | apyekāmātmano dārāṃ nṛṇāṃ svatvagraho yataḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Dogs, fallen persons and untouchables, including caṇḍālas [dog-eaters], should all be maintained with their proper necessities, which should be contributed by the householders. Even one’s wife at home, with whom one is most intimately attached, should be offered for the reception of guests and people in general.

  533. SB 7.14.12Open verse →

    जह्याद्यदर्थे स्वप्राणान् हन्याद्वा पितरं गुरुम् । तस्यां स्वत्वं स्त्रियां जह्याद्यस्तेन ह्यजितो जितः

    jahyādyadarthe svaprāṇān hanyādvā pitaraṃ gurum | tasyāṃ svatvaṃ striyāṃ jahyādyastena hyajito jitaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    One so seriously considers one’s wife to be his own that he sometimes kills himself for her or kills others, including even his parents or his spiritual master or teacher. Therefore if one can give up his attachment to such a wife, he conquers the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is never conquered by anyone.

  534. SB 7.14.13Open verse →

    कृमिविड्भस्मनिष्ठान्तं क्वेदं तुच्छं कलेवरम् । क्व तदीयरतिर्भार्या क्वायमात्मा नभश्छदिः

    kṛmiviḍbhasmaniṣṭhāntaṃ kvedaṃ tucchaṃ kalevaram | kva tadīyaratirbhāryā kvāyamātmā nabhaśchadiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Through proper deliberation, one should give up attraction to his wife’s body because that body will ultimately be transformed into small insects, stool or ashes. What is the value of this insignificant body? How much greater is the Supreme Being, who is all-pervading like the sky?

  535. SB 7.14.14Open verse →

    सिद्धैर्यज्ञावशिष्टार्थैः कल्पयेद्वृत्तिमात्मनः । शेषे स्वत्वं त्यजन् प्राज्ञः पदवीं महतामियात्

    siddhairyajñāvaśiṣṭārthaiḥ kalpayedvṛttimātmanaḥ | śeṣe svatvaṃ tyajan prājñaḥ padavīṃ mahatāmiyāt

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    An intelligent person should be satisfied with eating prasāda [food offered to the Lord] or with performing the five different kinds of yajña [pañca-sūnā]. By such activities, one can give up attachment for the body and so-called proprietorship with reference to the body. When one is able to do this, he is firmly fixed in the position of a mahātmā.

  536. SB 7.14.15Open verse →

    देवान् ऋषीन् नृभूतानि पितॄनात्मानमन्वहम् । स्ववृत्त्यागतवित्तेन यजेत पुरुषं पृथक्

    devān ṛṣīn nṛbhūtāni pitṝnātmānamanvaham | svavṛttyāgatavittena yajeta puruṣaṃ pṛthak

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Every day, one should worship the Supreme Being who is situated in everyone’s heart, and on this basis one should separately worship the demigods, the saintly persons, ordinary human beings and living entities, one’s forefathers and one’s self. In this way one is able to worship the Supreme Being in the core of everyone’s heart.

  537. SB 7.14.16Open verse →

    यर्ह्यात्मनोऽधिकाराद्याः सर्वाः स्युर्यज्ञसम्पदः । वैतानिकेन विधिना अग्निहोत्रादिना यजेत्

    yarhyātmano'dhikārādyāḥ sarvāḥ syuryajñasampadaḥ | vaitānikena vidhinā agnihotrādinā yajet

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    When one is enriched with wealth and knowledge which are under his full control and by means of which he can perform yajña or please the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one must perform sacrifices, offering oblations to the fire according to the directions of the śāstras. In this way one should worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

  538. SB 7.14.17Open verse →

    न ह्यग्निमुखतोयं वै भगवान् सर्वयज्ञभुक् । इज्येत हविषा राजन् यथा विप्रमुखे हुतैः

    na hyagnimukhatoyaṃ vai bhagavān sarvayajñabhuk | ijyeta haviṣā rājan yathā vipramukhe hutaiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Śrī Kṛṣṇa, is the enjoyer of sacrificial offerings. Yet although His Lordship eats the oblations offered in the fire, my dear King, He is still more satisfied when nice food made of grains and ghee is offered to Him through the mouths of qualified brāhmaṇas.

  539. SB 7.14.18Open verse →

    तस्माद्ब्राह्मणदेवेषु मर्त्यादिषु यथार्हतः । तैस्तैः कामैर्यजस्वैनं क्षेत्रज्ञं ब्राह्मणाननु

    tasmādbrāhmaṇadeveṣu martyādiṣu yathārhataḥ | taistaiḥ kāmairyajasvainaṃ kṣetrajñaṃ brāhmaṇānanu

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Therefore, my dear King, first offer prasāda unto the brāhmaṇas and the demigods, and after sumptuously feeding them you may distribute prasāda to other living entities according to your ability. In this way you will be able to worship all living entities — or, in other words, the supreme living entity within every living entity.

  540. SB 7.14.19Open verse →

    कुर्यादापरपक्षीयं मासि प्रौष्ठपदे द्विजः । श्राद्धं पित्रोर्यथावित्तं तद्बन्धूनां च वित्तवान्

    kuryādāparapakṣīyaṃ māsi prauṣṭhapade dvijaḥ | śrāddhaṃ pitroryathāvittaṃ tadbandhūnāṃ ca vittavān

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    A brāhmaṇa who is sufficiently rich must offer oblations to the forefathers during the dark-moon fortnight in the latter part of the month of Bhādra. Similarly, he should offer oblations to the relatives of the forefathers during the mahālayā ceremonies in the month of Āśvina.*

  541. SB 7.14.24Open verse →

    त एते श्रेयसः काला नृणां श्रेयोविवर्धनाः । कुर्यात्सर्वात्मनैतेषु श्रेयोऽमोघं तदायुषः

    ta ete śreyasaḥ kālā nṛṇāṃ śreyovivardhanāḥ | kuryātsarvātmanaiteṣu śreyo'moghaṃ tadāyuṣaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    All of these seasonal times are considered extremely auspicious for humanity. At such times, one should perform all auspicious activities, for by such activities a human being attains success in his short duration of life.

  542. SB 7.14.25Open verse →

    एषु स्नानं जपो होमो व्रतं देवद्विजार्चनम् । पितृदेवनृभूतेभ्यो यद्दत्तं तद्ध्यनश्वरम्

    eṣu snānaṃ japo homo vrataṃ devadvijārcanam | pitṛdevanṛbhūtebhyo yaddattaṃ taddhyanaśvaram

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    During these periods of seasonal change, if one bathes in the Ganges, in the Yamunā or in another sacred place, if one chants, offers fire sacrifices or executes vows, or if one worships the Supreme Lord, the brāhmaṇas, the forefathers, the demigods and the living entities in general, whatever he gives in charity yields a permanently beneficial result.

  543. SB 7.14.26Open verse →

    संस्कारकालो जायाया अपत्यस्यात्मनस्तथा । प्रेतसंस्था मृताहश्च कर्मण्यभ्युदये नृप

    saṃskārakālo jāyāyā apatyasyātmanastathā | pretasaṃsthā mṛtāhaśca karmaṇyabhyudaye nṛpa

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O King Yudhiṣṭhira, at the time prescribed for reformatory ritualistic ceremonies for one’s self, one’s wife or one’s children, or during funeral ceremonies and annual death ceremonies, one must perform the auspicious ceremonies mentioned above in order to flourish in fruitive activities.

  544. SB 7.14.29Open verse →

    यत्र यत्र हरेरर्चा स देशः श्रेयसां पदम् । यत्र गङ्गादयो नद्यः पुराणेषु च विश्रुताः

    yatra yatra harerarcā sa deśaḥ śreyasāṃ padam | yatra gaṅgādayo nadyaḥ purāṇeṣu ca viśrutāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Auspicious indeed are the places where there is a temple of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, in which He is duly worshiped, and also the places where there flow the celebrated sacred rivers mentioned in the Purāṇas, the supplementary Vedic literatures. Anything spiritual done there is certainly very effective.

  545. SB 7.14.34Open verse →

    पात्रं त्वत्र निरुक्तं वै कविभिः पात्रवित्तमैः । हरिरेवैक उर्वीश यन्मयं वै चराचरम्

    pātraṃ tvatra niruktaṃ vai kavibhiḥ pātravittamaiḥ | harirevaika urvīśa yanmayaṃ vai carācaram

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O King of the earth, it has been decided by expert, learned scholars that only the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, in whom all that is moving or nonmoving within this universe is resting and from whom everything is coming, is the best person to whom everything must be given.

  546. SB 7.14.35Open verse →

    देवर्ष्यर्हत्सु वै सत्सु तत्र ब्रह्मात्मजादिषु । राजन् यदग्रपूजायां मतः पात्रतयाच्युतः

    devarṣyarhatsu vai satsu tatra brahmātmajādiṣu | rājan yadagrapūjāyāṃ mataḥ pātratayācyutaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O King Yudhiṣṭhira, the demigods, many great sages and saints including even the four sons of Lord Brahmā, and I myself were present at your Rājasūya sacrificial ceremony, but when there was a question of who should be the first person worshiped, everyone decided upon Lord Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Person.

  547. SB 7.14.36Open verse →

    जीवराशिभिराकीर्ण आण्डकोशाङ्घ्रिपो महान् । तन्मूलत्वादच्युतेज्या सर्वजीवात्मतर्पणम्

    jīvarāśibhirākīrṇa āṇḍakośāṅghripo mahān | tanmūlatvādacyutejyā sarvajīvātmatarpaṇam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The entire universe, which is full of living entities, is like a tree whose root is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Acyuta [Kṛṣṇa]. Therefore simply by worshiping Lord Kṛṣṇa one can worship all living entities.

  548. SB 7.14.37Open verse →

    पुराण्यनेन सृष्टानि नृतिर्यगृषिदेवताः । शेते जीवेन रूपेण पुरेषु पुरुषो ह्यसौ

    purāṇyanena sṛṣṭāni nṛtiryagṛṣidevatāḥ | śete jīvena rūpeṇa pureṣu puruṣo hyasau

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The Supreme Personality of Godhead has created many residential places like the bodies of human beings, animals, birds, saints and demigods. In all of these innumerable bodily forms, the Lord resides with the living being as Paramātmā. Thus He is known as the puruṣāvatāra.

  549. SB 7.14.38Open verse →

    तेष्वेषु भगवान् राजंस्तारतम्येन वर्तते । तस्मात्पात्रं हि पुरुषो यावानात्मा यथेयते

    teṣveṣu bhagavān rājaṃstāratamyena vartate | tasmātpātraṃ hi puruṣo yāvānātmā yatheyate

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O King Yudhiṣṭhira, the Supersoul in every body gives intelligence to the individual soul according to his capacity for understanding. Therefore the Supersoul is the chief within the body. The Supersoul is manifested to the individual soul according to the individual’s comparative development of knowledge, austerity, penance and so on.

  550. SB 7.14.39Open verse →

    दृष्ट्वा तेषां मिथो नृणामवज्ञानात्मतां नृप । त्रेतादिषु हरेरर्चा क्रियायै कविभिः कृता

    dṛṣṭvā teṣāṃ mitho nṛṇāmavajñānātmatāṃ nṛpa | tretādiṣu harerarcā kriyāyai kavibhiḥ kṛtā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear King, when great sages and saintly persons saw mutually disrespectful dealings at the beginning of Tretā-yuga, Deity worship in the temple was introduced with all paraphernalia.

  551. SB 7.14.40Open verse →

    ततोऽर्चायां हरिं केचित्संश्रद्धाय सपर्यया । उपासत उपास्तापि नार्थदा पुरुषद्विषाम्

    tato'rcāyāṃ hariṃ kecitsaṃśraddhāya saparyayā | upāsata upāstāpi nārthadā puruṣadviṣām

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Sometimes a neophyte devotee offers all the paraphernalia for worshiping the Lord, and he factually worships the Lord as the Deity, but because he is envious of the authorized devotees of Lord Viṣṇu, the Lord is never satisfied with his devotional service.

  552. SB 7.14.41Open verse →

    पुरुषेष्वपि राजेन्द्र सुपात्रं ब्राह्मणं विदुः । तपसा विद्यया तुष्ट्या धत्ते वेदं हरेस्तनुम्

    puruṣeṣvapi rājendra supātraṃ brāhmaṇaṃ viduḥ | tapasā vidyayā tuṣṭyā dhatte vedaṃ harestanum

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear King, of all persons a qualified brāhmaṇa must be accepted as the best within this material world because such a brāhmaṇa, by practicing austerity, Vedic studies and satisfaction, becomes the counterpart body of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

  553. SB 7.14.42Open verse →

    नन्वस्य ब्राह्मणा राजन् कृष्णस्य जगदात्मनः । पुनन्तः पादरजसा त्रिलोकीं दैवतं महत्

    nanvasya brāhmaṇā rājan kṛṣṇasya jagadātmanaḥ | punantaḥ pādarajasā trilokīṃ daivataṃ mahat

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear King Yudhiṣṭhira, the brāhmaṇas, especially those engaged in preaching the glories of the Lord throughout the entire world, are recognized and worshiped by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the heart and soul of all creation. The brāhmaṇas, by their preaching, sanctify the three worlds with the dust of their lotus feet, and thus they are worshipable even for Kṛṣṇa.

  554. नारद उवाच । कर्मनिष्ठा द्विजाः केचित्तपोनिष्ठा नृपापरे । स्वाध्यायेऽन्ये प्रवचने ये केचिज्ज्ञानयोगयोः

    nārada uvāca | karmaniṣṭhā dvijāḥ kecittaponiṣṭhā nṛpāpare | svādhyāye'nye pravacane ye kecijjñānayogayoḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Nārada Muni continued: My dear King, some brāhmaṇas are very much attached to fruitive activities, some are attached to austerities and penances, and still others study the Vedic literature, whereas some, although very few, cultivate knowledge and practice different yogas, especially bhakti-yoga.

  555. ज्ञाननिष्ठाय देयानि कव्यान्यानन्त्यमिच्छता । दैवे च तदभावे स्यादितरेभ्यो यथार्हतः

    jñānaniṣṭhāya deyāni kavyānyānantyamicchatā | daive ca tadabhāve syāditarebhyo yathārhataḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    A person desiring liberation for his forefathers or himself should give charity to a brāhmaṇa who adheres to impersonal monism [jñāna-niṣṭhā]. In the absence of such an advanced brāhmaṇa, charity may be given to a brāhmaṇa addicted to fruitive activities [karma-kāṇḍa].

  556. द्वौ दैवे पितृकार्ये त्रीनेकैकमुभयत्र वा । भोजयेत्सुसमृद्धोऽपि श्राद्धे कुर्यान्न विस्तरम्

    dvau daive pitṛkārye trīnekaikamubhayatra vā | bhojayetsusamṛddho'pi śrāddhe kuryānna vistaram

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    During the period for offering oblations to the demigods, one should invite only two brāhmaṇas, and while offering oblations to the forefathers, one may invite three brāhmaṇas. Or, in either case, only one brāhmaṇa will suffice. Even though one is very opulent, he should not endeavor to invite more brāhmaṇas or make various expensive arrangements on those occasions.

  557. देशकालोचितश्रद्धा द्रव्यपात्रार्हणानि च । सम्यग्भवन्ति नैतानि विस्तरात्स्वजनार्पणात्

    deśakālocitaśraddhā dravyapātrārhaṇāni ca | samyagbhavanti naitāni vistarātsvajanārpaṇāt

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    If one arranges to feed many brāhmaṇas or relatives during the śrāddha ceremony, there will be discrepancies in the time, place, respectability and ingredients, the person to be worshiped, and the method of offering worship.

  558. देशे काले च सम्प्राप्ते मुन्यन्नं हरिदैवतम् । श्रद्धया विधिवत्पात्रे न्यस्तं कामधुगक्षयम्

    deśe kāle ca samprāpte munyannaṃ haridaivatam | śraddhayā vidhivatpātre nyastaṃ kāmadhugakṣayam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    When one gets the opportunity of a suitable auspicious time and place, one should, with love, offer food prepared with ghee to the Deity of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and then offer the prasāda to a suitable person — a Vaiṣṇava or brāhmaṇa. This will be the cause of everlasting prosperity.

  559. देवर्षिपितृभूतेभ्य आत्मने स्वजनाय च । अन्नं संविभजन् पश्येत्सर्वं तत्पुरुषात्मकम्

    devarṣipitṛbhūtebhya ātmane svajanāya ca | annaṃ saṃvibhajan paśyetsarvaṃ tatpuruṣātmakam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    One should offer prasāda to the demigods, the saintly persons, one’s forefathers, the people in general, one’s family members, one’s relatives and one’s friends, seeing them all as devotees of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

  560. न दद्यादामिषं श्राद्धे न चाद्याद्धर्मतत्त्ववित् । मुन्यन्नैः स्यात्परा प्रीतिर्यथा न पशुहिंसया

    na dadyādāmiṣaṃ śrāddhe na cādyāddharmatattvavit | munyannaiḥ syātparā prītiryathā na paśuhiṃsayā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    A person fully aware of religious principles should never offer anything like meat, eggs or fish in the śrāddha ceremony, and even if one is a kṣatriya, he himself should not eat such things. When suitable food prepared with ghee is offered to saintly persons, the function is pleasing to the forefathers and the Supreme Lord, who are never pleased when animals are killed in the name of sacrifice.

  561. नैतादृशः परो धर्मो नृणां सद्धर्ममिच्छताम् । न्यासो दण्डस्य भूतेषु मनोवाक्कायजस्य यः

    naitādṛśaḥ paro dharmo nṛṇāṃ saddharmamicchatām | nyāso daṇḍasya bhūteṣu manovākkāyajasya yaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Persons who want to advance in superior religion are advised to give up all envy of other living entities, whether in relationship to the body, words or mind. There is no religion superior to this.

  562. एके कर्ममयान् यज्ञान् ज्ञानिनो यज्ञवित्तमाः । आत्मसंयमनेऽनीहा जुह्वति ज्ञानदीपिते

    eke karmamayān yajñān jñānino yajñavittamāḥ | ātmasaṃyamane'nīhā juhvati jñānadīpite

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Because of an awakening of spiritual knowledge, those who are intelligent in regard to sacrifice, who are actually aware of religious principles and who are free from material desires, control the self in the fire of spiritual knowledge, or knowledge of the Absolute Truth. They may give up the process of ritualistic ceremonies.

  563. SB 7.15.10Open verse →

    द्रव्ययज्ञैर्यक्ष्यमाणं दृष्ट्वा भूतानि बिभ्यति । एष माकरुणो हन्यादतज्ज्ञो ह्यसुतृप् ध्रुवम्

    dravyayajñairyakṣyamāṇaṃ dṛṣṭvā bhūtāni bibhyati | eṣa mākaruṇo hanyādatajjño hyasutṛp dhruvam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Upon seeing the person engaged in performing the sacrifice, animals meant to be sacrificed are extremely afraid, thinking, “This merciless performer of sacrifices, being ignorant of the purpose of sacrifice and being most satisfied by killing others, will surely kill us.”

  564. SB 7.15.11Open verse →

    तस्माद्दैवोपपन्नेन मुन्यन्नेनापि धर्मवित् । सन्तुष्टोऽहरहः कुर्यान्नित्यनैमित्तिकीः क्रियाः

    tasmāddaivopapannena munyannenāpi dharmavit | santuṣṭo'harahaḥ kuryānnityanaimittikīḥ kriyāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Therefore, day by day, one who is actually aware of religious principles and is not heinously envious of poor animals should happily perform daily sacrifices and those for certain occasions with whatever food is available easily by the grace of the Lord.

  565. SB 7.15.12Open verse →

    विधर्मः परधर्मश्च आभास उपमा छलः । अधर्मशाखाः पञ्चेमा धर्मज्ञोऽधर्मवत्त्यजेत्

    vidharmaḥ paradharmaśca ābhāsa upamā chalaḥ | adharmaśākhāḥ pañcemā dharmajño'dharmavattyajet

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    There are five branches of irreligion, appropriately known as irreligion [vidharma], religious principles for which one is unfit [para-dharma], pretentious religion [ābhāsa], analogical religion [upadharma] and cheating religion [chala-dharma]. One who is aware of real religious life must abandon these five as irreligious.

  566. SB 7.15.13Open verse →

    धर्मबाधो विधर्मः स्यात्परधर्मोऽन्यचोदितः । उपधर्मस्तु पाखण्डो दम्भो वा शब्दभिच्छलः

    dharmabādho vidharmaḥ syātparadharmo'nyacoditaḥ | upadharmastu pākhaṇḍo dambho vā śabdabhicchalaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Religious principles that obstruct one from following his own religion are called vidharma. Religious principles introduced by others are called para-dharma. A new type of religion created by one who is falsely proud and who opposes the principles of the Vedas is called upadharma. And interpretation by one’s jugglery of words is called chala-dharma.

  567. SB 7.15.14Open verse →

    यस्त्विच्छया कृतः पुम्भिराभासो ह्याश्रमात्पृथक् । स्वभावविहितो धर्मः कस्य नेष्टः प्रशान्तये

    yastvicchayā kṛtaḥ pumbhirābhāso hyāśramātpṛthak | svabhāvavihito dharmaḥ kasya neṣṭaḥ praśāntaye

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    A pretentious religious system manufactured by one who willfully neglects the prescribed duties of his order of life is called ābhāsa [a dim reflection or false similarity]. But if one performs the prescribed duties for his particular āśrama or varṇa, why are they not sufficient to mitigate all material distresses?

  568. SB 7.15.15Open verse →

    धर्मार्थमपि नेहेत यात्रार्थं वाधनो धनम् । अनीहानीहमानस्य महाहेरिव वृत्तिदा

    dharmārthamapi neheta yātrārthaṃ vādhano dhanam | anīhānīhamānasya mahāheriva vṛttidā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Even if a man is poor, he should not endeavor to improve his economic condition just to maintain his body and soul together or to become a famous religionist. Just as a great python, although lying in one place, not endeavoring for its livelihood, gets the food it needs to maintain body and soul, one who is desireless also obtains his livelihood without endeavor.

  569. SB 7.15.16Open verse →

    सन्तुष्टस्य निरीहस्य स्वात्मारामस्य यत्सुखम् । कुतस्तत्कामलोभेन धावतोऽर्थेहया दिशः

    santuṣṭasya nirīhasya svātmārāmasya yatsukham | kutastatkāmalobhena dhāvato'rthehayā diśaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    One who is content and satisfied and who links his activities with the Supreme Personality of Godhead residing in everyone’s heart enjoys transcendental happiness without endeavoring for his livelihood. Where is such happiness for a materialistic man who is impelled by lust and greed and who therefore wanders in all directions with a desire to accumulate wealth?

  570. SB 7.15.17Open verse →

    सदा सन्तुष्टमनसः सर्वाः सुखमया दिशः । शर्कराकण्टकादिभ्यो यथोपानत्पदः शिवम्

    sadā santuṣṭamanasaḥ sarvāḥ sukhamayā diśaḥ | śarkarākaṇṭakādibhyo yathopānatpadaḥ śivam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    For a person who has suitable shoes on his feet, there is no danger even when he walks on pebbles and thorns. For him, everything is auspicious. Similarly, for one who is always self-satisfied there is no distress; indeed, he feels happiness everywhere.

  571. SB 7.15.18Open verse →

    सन्तुष्टः केन वा राजन्न वर्तेतापि वारिणा । औपस्थ्यजैह्व्यकार्पण्याद्गृहपालायते जनः

    santuṣṭaḥ kena vā rājanna vartetāpi vāriṇā | aupasthyajaihvyakārpaṇyādgṛhapālāyate janaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear King, a self-satisfied person can be happy even with only drinking water. However, one who is driven by the senses, especially by the tongue and genitals, must accept the position of a household dog to satisfy his senses.

  572. SB 7.15.19Open verse →

    असन्तुष्टस्य विप्रस्य तेजो विद्या तपो यशः । स्रवन्तीन्द्रियलौल्येन ज्ञानं चैवावकीर्यते

    asantuṣṭasya viprasya tejo vidyā tapo yaśaḥ | sravantīndriyalaulyena jñānaṃ caivāvakīryate

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Because of greed for the sake of the senses, the spiritual strength, education, austerity and reputation of a devotee or brāhmaṇa who is not self-satisfied dwindle, and his knowledge gradually vanishes.

  573. SB 7.15.20Open verse →

    कामस्यान्तं च क्षुत्तृड्भ्यां क्रोधस्यैतत्फलोदयात् । जनो याति न लोभस्य जित्वा भुक्त्वा दिशो भुवः

    kāmasyāntaṃ ca kṣuttṛḍbhyāṃ krodhasyaitatphalodayāt | jano yāti na lobhasya jitvā bhuktvā diśo bhuvaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The strong bodily desires and needs of a person disturbed by hunger and thirst are certainly satisfied when he eats. Similarly, if one becomes very angry, that anger is satisfied by chastisement and its reaction. But as for greed, even if a greedy person has conquered all the directions of the world or has enjoyed everything in the world, still he will not be satisfied.

  574. SB 7.15.21Open verse →

    पण्डिता बहवो राजन् बहुज्ञाः संशयच्छिदः । सदसस्पतयोऽप्येके असन्तोषात्पतन्त्यधः

    paṇḍitā bahavo rājan bahujñāḥ saṃśayacchidaḥ | sadasaspatayo'pyeke asantoṣātpatantyadhaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O King Yudhiṣṭhira, many persons with varied experience, many legal advisers, many learned scholars and many persons eligible to become presidents of learned assemblies fall down into hellish life because of not being satisfied with their positions.

  575. SB 7.15.22Open verse →

    असङ्कल्पाज्जयेत्कामं क्रोधं कामविवर्जनात् । अर्थानर्थेक्षया लोभं भयं तत्त्वावमर्शनात्

    asaṅkalpājjayetkāmaṃ krodhaṃ kāmavivarjanāt | arthānarthekṣayā lobhaṃ bhayaṃ tattvāvamarśanāt

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    By making plans with determination, one should give up lusty desires for sense gratification. Similarly, by giving up envy one should conquer anger, by discussing the disadvantages of accumulating wealth one should give up greed, and by discussing the truth one should give up fear.

  576. SB 7.15.23Open verse →

    आन्वीक्षिक्या शोकमोहौ दम्भं महदुपासया । योगान्तरायान् मौनेन हिंसां कायाद्यनीहया

    ānvīkṣikyā śokamohau dambhaṃ mahadupāsayā | yogāntarāyān maunena hiṃsāṃ kāyādyanīhayā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    By discussing spiritual knowledge one can conquer lamentation and illusion, by serving a great devotee one can become prideless, by keeping silent one can avoid obstacles on the path of mystic yoga, and simply by stopping sense gratification one can conquer envy.

  577. SB 7.15.24Open verse →

    कृपया भूतजं दुःखं दैवं जह्यात्समाधिना । आत्मजं योगवीर्येण निद्रां सत्त्वनिषेवया

    kṛpayā bhūtajaṃ duḥkhaṃ daivaṃ jahyātsamādhinā | ātmajaṃ yogavīryeṇa nidrāṃ sattvaniṣevayā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    By good behavior and freedom from envy one should counteract sufferings due to other living entities, by meditation in trance one should counteract sufferings due to providence, and by practicing haṭha-yoga, prāṇāyāma and so forth one should counteract sufferings due to the body and mind. Similarly, by developing the mode of goodness, especially in regard to eating, one should conquer sleep.

  578. SB 7.15.25Open verse →

    रजस्तमश्च सत्त्वेन सत्त्वं चोपशमेन च । एतत्सर्वं गुरौ भक्त्या पुरुषो ह्यञ्जसा जयेत्

    rajastamaśca sattvena sattvaṃ copaśamena ca | etatsarvaṃ gurau bhaktyā puruṣo hyañjasā jayet

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    One must conquer the modes of passion and ignorance by developing the mode of goodness, and then one must become detached from the mode of goodness by promoting oneself to the platform of śuddha-sattva. All this can be automatically done if one engages in the service of the spiritual master with faith and devotion. In this way one can conquer the influence of the modes of nature.

  579. SB 7.15.26Open verse →

    यस्य साक्षाद्भगवति ज्ञानदीपप्रदे गुरौ । मर्त्यासद्धीः श्रुतं तस्य सर्वं कुञ्जरशौचवत्

    yasya sākṣādbhagavati jñānadīpaprade gurau | martyāsaddhīḥ śrutaṃ tasya sarvaṃ kuñjaraśaucavat

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The spiritual master should be considered to be directly the Supreme Lord because he gives transcendental knowledge for enlightenment. Consequently, for one who maintains the material conception that the spiritual master is an ordinary human being, everything is frustrated. His enlightenment and his Vedic studies and knowledge are like the bathing of an elephant.

  580. SB 7.15.27Open verse →

    एष वै भगवान् साक्षात्प्रधानपुरुषेश्वरः । योगेश्वरैर्विमृग्याङ्घ्रिर्लोको यं मन्यते नरम्

    eṣa vai bhagavān sākṣātpradhānapuruṣeśvaraḥ | yogeśvarairvimṛgyāṅghrirloko yaṃ manyate naram

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Kṛṣṇa, is the master of all other living entities and of the material nature. His lotus feet are sought and worshiped by great saintly persons like Vyāsa. Nonetheless, there are fools who consider Lord Kṛṣṇa an ordinary human being.

  581. SB 7.15.28Open verse →

    षड्वर्गसंयमैकान्ताः सर्वा नियमचोदनाः । तदन्ता यदि नो योगानावहेयुः श्रमावहाः

    ṣaḍvargasaṃyamaikāntāḥ sarvā niyamacodanāḥ | tadantā yadi no yogānāvaheyuḥ śramāvahāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Ritualistic ceremonies, regulative principles, austerities and the practice of yoga are all meant to control the senses and mind, but even after one is able to control the senses and mind, if he does not come to the point of meditation upon the Supreme Lord, all such activities are simply labor in frustration.

  582. SB 7.15.29Open verse →

    यथा वार्तादयो ह्यर्था योगस्यार्थं न बिभ्रति । अनर्थाय भवेयुस्ते पूर्तमिष्टं तथासतः

    yathā vārtādayo hyarthā yogasyārthaṃ na bibhrati | anarthāya bhaveyuste pūrtamiṣṭaṃ tathāsataḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    As professional activities or business profits cannot help one in spiritual advancement but are a source of material entanglement, the Vedic ritualistic ceremonies cannot help anyone who is not a devotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

  583. SB 7.15.30Open verse →

    यश्चित्तविजये यत्तः स्यान्निःसङ्गोऽपरिग्रहः । एको विविक्तशरणो भिक्षुर्भिक्षामिताशनः

    yaścittavijaye yattaḥ syānniḥsaṅgo'parigrahaḥ | eko viviktaśaraṇo bhikṣurbhikṣāmitāśanaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    One who desires to conquer the mind must leave the company of his family and live in a solitary place, free from contaminated association. To maintain the body and soul together, he should beg as much as he needs for the bare necessities of life.

  584. SB 7.15.31Open verse →

    देशे शुचौ समे राजन् संस्थाप्यासनमात्मनः । स्थिरं समं सुखं तस्मिन्नासीतर्ज्वङ्ग ओमिति

    deśe śucau same rājan saṃsthāpyāsanamātmanaḥ | sthiraṃ samaṃ sukhaṃ tasminnāsītarjvaṅga omiti

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear King, in a sacred and holy place of pilgrimage one should select a place in which to perform yoga. The place must be level and not too high or low. There one should sit very comfortably, being steady and equipoised, keeping his body straight, and thus begin chanting the Vedic praṇava.

  585. SB 7.15.34Open verse →

    एवमभ्यस्यतश्चित्तं कालेनाल्पीयसा यतेः । अनिशं तस्य निर्वाणं यात्यनिन्धनवह्निवत्

    evamabhyasyataścittaṃ kālenālpīyasā yateḥ | aniśaṃ tasya nirvāṇaṃ yātyanindhanavahnivat

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    When the yogī regularly practices in this way, in a short time his heart becomes fixed and free from disturbance, like a fire without flames or smoke.

  586. SB 7.15.35Open verse →

    कामादिभिरनाविद्धं प्रशान्ताखिलवृत्ति यत् । चित्तं ब्रह्मसुखस्पृष्टं नैवोत्तिष्ठेत कर्हिचित्

    kāmādibhiranāviddhaṃ praśāntākhilavṛtti yat | cittaṃ brahmasukhaspṛṣṭaṃ naivottiṣṭheta karhicit

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    When one’s consciousness is uncontaminated by material lusty desires, it becomes calm and peaceful in all activities, for one is situated in eternal blissful life. Once situated on that platform, one does not return to materialistic activities.

  587. SB 7.15.36Open verse →

    यः प्रव्रज्य गृहात्पूर्वं त्रिवर्गावपनात्पुनः । यदि सेवेत तान् भिक्षुः स वै वान्ताश्यपत्रपः

    yaḥ pravrajya gṛhātpūrvaṃ trivargāvapanātpunaḥ | yadi seveta tān bhikṣuḥ sa vai vāntāśyapatrapaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    One who accepts the sannyāsa order gives up the three principles of materialistic activities in which one indulges in the field of household life — namely religion, economic development and sense gratification. One who first accepts sannyāsa but then returns to such materialistic activities is to be called a vāntāśī, or one who eats his own vomit. He is indeed a shameless person.

  588. SB 7.15.37Open verse →

    यैः स्वदेहः स्मृतो नात्मा मर्त्यो विट्कृमिभस्मसात् । त एनमात्मसात्कृत्वा श्लाघयन्ति ह्यसत्तमाः

    yaiḥ svadehaḥ smṛto nātmā martyo viṭkṛmibhasmasāt | ta enamātmasātkṛtvā ślāghayanti hyasattamāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Sannyāsīs who first consider that the body is subject to death, when it will be transformed into stool, worms or ashes, but who again give importance to the body and glorify it as the self, are to be considered the greatest rascals.

  589. SB 7.15.40Open verse →

    आत्मानं चेद्विजानीयात्परं ज्ञानधुताशयः । किमिच्छन् कस्य वा हेतोर्देहं पुष्णाति लम्पटः

    ātmānaṃ cedvijānīyātparaṃ jñānadhutāśayaḥ | kimicchan kasya vā hetordehaṃ puṣṇāti lampaṭaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The human form of body is meant for understanding the self and the Supreme Self, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, both of whom are transcendentally situated. If both of them can be understood when one is purified by advanced knowledge, for what reason and for whom does a foolish, greedy person maintain the body for sense gratification?

  590. SB 7.15.41Open verse →

    आहुः शरीरं रथमिन्द्रियाणि हयानभीषून् मन इन्द्रियेशम् । वर्त्मानि मात्रा धिषणां च सूतं सत्त्वं बृहद्बन्धुरमीशसृष्टम्

    āhuḥ śarīraṃ rathamindriyāṇi hayānabhīṣūn mana indriyeśam | vartmāni mātrā dhiṣaṇāṃ ca sūtaṃ sattvaṃ bṛhadbandhuramīśasṛṣṭam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Transcendentalists who are advanced in knowledge compare the body, which is made by the order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, to a chariot. The senses are like the horses; the mind, the master of the senses, is like the reins; the objects of the senses are the destinations; intelligence is the chariot driver; and consciousness, which spreads throughout the body, is the cause of bondage in this material world.

  591. SB 7.15.42Open verse →

    अक्षं दशप्राणमधर्मधर्मौ चक्रेऽभिमानं रथिनं च जीवम् । धनुर्हि तस्य प्रणवं पठन्ति शरं तु जीवं परमेव लक्ष्यम्

    akṣaṃ daśaprāṇamadharmadharmau cakre'bhimānaṃ rathinaṃ ca jīvam | dhanurhi tasya praṇavaṃ paṭhanti śaraṃ tu jīvaṃ parameva lakṣyam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The ten kinds of air acting within the body are compared to the spokes of the chariot’s wheels, and the top and bottom of the wheel itself are called religion and irreligion. The living entity in the bodily concept of life is the owner of the chariot. The Vedic mantra praṇava is the bow, the pure living entity himself is the arrow, and the target is the Supreme Being.

  592. SB 7.15.45Open verse →

    यावन्नृकायरथमात्मवशोपकल्पं धत्ते गरिष्ठचरणार्चनया निशातम्, ज्ञानासिमच्युतबलो दधदस्तशत्रुः स्वाराज्यतुष्ट उपशान्त इदं विजह्यात्

    yāvannṛkāyarathamātmavaśopakalpaṃ dhatte gariṣṭhacaraṇārcanayā niśātam, jñānāsimacyutabalo dadhadastaśatruḥ svārājyatuṣṭa upaśānta idaṃ vijahyāt

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    As long as one has to accept a material body, with its different parts and paraphernalia, which are not fully under one’s control, one must have the lotus feet of his superiors, namely his spiritual master and the spiritual master’s predecessors. By their mercy, one can sharpen the sword of knowledge, and with the power of the Supreme Personality of Godhead’s mercy one must then conquer the enemies mentioned above. In this way, the devotee should be able to merge into his own transcendental bliss, and then he may give up his body and resume his spiritual identity.

  593. SB 7.15.46Open verse →

    नोचेत्प्रमत्तमसदिन्द्रियवाजिसूता नीत्वोत्पथं विषयदस्युषु निक्षिपन्ति, ते दस्यवः सहयसूतममुं तमोऽन्धे संसारकूप उरुमृत्युभये क्षिपन्ति

    nocetpramattamasadindriyavājisūtā nītvotpathaṃ viṣayadasyuṣu nikṣipanti, te dasyavaḥ sahayasūtamamuṃ tamo'ndhe saṃsārakūpa urumṛtyubhaye kṣipanti

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Otherwise, if one does not take shelter of Acyuta and Baladeva, then the senses, acting as the horses, and the intelligence, acting as the driver, both being prone to material contamination, inattentively bring the body, which acts as the chariot, to the path of sense gratification. When one is thus attracted again by the rogues of viṣaya — eating, sleeping and mating — the horses and chariot driver are thrown into the blinding dark well of material existence, and one is again put into a dangerous and extremely fearful situation of repeated birth and death.

  594. SB 7.15.47Open verse →

    प्रवृत्तं च निवृत्तं च द्विविधं कर्म वैदिकम् । आवर्तते प्रवृत्तेन निवृत्तेनाश्नुतेऽमृतम्

    pravṛttaṃ ca nivṛttaṃ ca dvividhaṃ karma vaidikam | āvartate pravṛttena nivṛttenāśnute'mṛtam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    According to the Vedas, there are two kinds of activities — pravṛtti and nivṛtti. Pravṛtti activities involve raising oneself from a lower to a higher condition of materialistic life, whereas nivṛtti means the cessation of material desire. Through pravṛtti activities one suffers from material entanglement, but by nivṛtti activities one is purified and becomes fit to enjoy eternal, blissful life.

  595. SB 7.15.52Open verse →

    निषेकादिश्मशानान्तैः संस्कारैः संस्कृतो द्विजः । इन्द्रियेषु क्रियायज्ञान् ज्ञानदीपेषु जुह्वति

    niṣekādiśmaśānāntaiḥ saṃskāraiḥ saṃskṛto dvijaḥ | indriyeṣu kriyāyajñān jñānadīpeṣu juhvati

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    A twice-born brāhmaṇa [dvija] gains his life by the grace of his parents through the process of purification known as garbhādhāna. There are also other processes of purification, until the end of life, when the funeral ceremony [antyeṣṭi-kriyā] is performed. Thus in due course a qualified brāhmaṇa becomes uninterested in materialistic activities and sacrifices, but he offers the sensual sacrifices, in full knowledge, into the working senses, which are illuminated by the fire of knowledge.

  596. SB 7.15.53Open verse →

    इन्द्रियाणि मनस्यूर्मौ वाचि वैकारिकं मनः । वाचं वर्णसमाम्नाये तमोङ्कारे स्वरे न्यसेत् । ओङ्कारं बिन्दौ नादे तं तं तु प्राणे महत्यमुम्

    indriyāṇi manasyūrmau vāci vaikārikaṃ manaḥ | vācaṃ varṇasamāmnāye tamoṅkāre svare nyaset | oṅkāraṃ bindau nāde taṃ taṃ tu prāṇe mahatyamum

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The mind is always agitated by waves of acceptance and rejection. Therefore all the activities of the senses should be offered into the mind, which should be offered into one’s words. Then one’s words should be offered into the aggregate of all alphabets, which should be offered into the concise form oṁkāra. Oṁkāra should be offered into the point bindu, bindu into the vibration of sound, and that vibration into the life air. Then the living entity, who is all that remains, should be placed in Brahman, the Supreme. This is the process of sacrifice.

  597. SB 7.15.54Open verse →

    अग्निः सूर्यो दिवा प्राह्णः शुक्लो राकोत्तरं स्वराट् । विश्वश्च तैजसः प्राज्ञस्तुर्य आत्मा समन्वयात्

    agniḥ sūryo divā prāhṇaḥ śuklo rākottaraṃ svarāṭ | viśvaśca taijasaḥ prājñasturya ātmā samanvayāt

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    On his path of ascent, the progressive living entity enters the different worlds of fire, the sun, the day, the end of the day, the bright fortnight, the full moon, and the passing of the sun in the north, along with their presiding demigods. When he enters Brahmaloka, he enjoys life for many millions of years, and finally his material designation comes to an end. He then comes to a subtle designation, from which he attains the causal designation, witnessing all previous states. Upon the annihilation of this causal state, he attains his pure state, in which he identifies with the Supersoul. In this way the living entity becomes transcendental.

  598. SB 7.15.55Open verse →

    देवयानमिदं प्राहुर्भूत्वा भूत्वानुपूर्वशः । आत्मयाज्युपशान्तात्मा ह्यात्मस्थो न निवर्तते

    devayānamidaṃ prāhurbhūtvā bhūtvānupūrvaśaḥ | ātmayājyupaśāntātmā hyātmastho na nivartate

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    This gradual process of elevation for self-realization is meant for those who are truly aware of the Absolute Truth. After repeated birth on this path, which is known as deva-yāna, one attains these consecutive stages. One who is completely free from all material desires, being situated in the self, need not traverse the path of repeated birth and death.

  599. SB 7.15.56Open verse →

    य एते पितृदेवानामयने वेदनिर्मिते । शास्त्रेण चक्षुषा वेद जनस्थोऽपि न मुह्यति

    ya ete pitṛdevānāmayane vedanirmite | śāstreṇa cakṣuṣā veda janastho'pi na muhyati

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Even though situated in a material body, one who is fully aware of the paths known as pitṛ-yāna and deva-yāna, and who thus opens his eyes in terms of Vedic knowledge, is never bewildered in this material world.

  600. SB 7.15.57Open verse →

    आदावन्ते जनानां सद्बहिरन्तः परावरम् । ज्ञानं ज्ञेयं वचो वाच्यं तमो ज्योतिस्त्वयं स्वयम्

    ādāvante janānāṃ sadbahirantaḥ parāvaram | jñānaṃ jñeyaṃ vaco vācyaṃ tamo jyotistvayaṃ svayam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    He who exists internally and externally, at the beginning and end of everything and of all living beings, as that which is enjoyable and as the enjoyer of everything, superior and inferior, is the Supreme Truth. He always exists as knowledge and the object of knowledge, as expression and the object of understanding, as darkness and as light. Thus He, the Supreme Lord, is everything.

  601. SB 7.15.58Open verse →

    आबाधितोऽपि ह्याभासो यथा वस्तुतया स्मृतः । दुर्घटत्वादैन्द्रियकं तद्वदर्थविकल्पितम्

    ābādhito'pi hyābhāso yathā vastutayā smṛtaḥ | durghaṭatvādaindriyakaṃ tadvadarthavikalpitam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Although one may consider the reflection of the sun from a mirror to be false, it has its factual existence. Accordingly, to prove by speculative knowledge that there is no reality would be extremely difficult.

  602. SB 7.15.59Open verse →

    क्षित्यादीनामिहार्थानां छाया न कतमापि हि । न सङ्घातो विकारोऽपि न पृथङ् नान्वितो मृषा

    kṣityādīnāmihārthānāṃ chāyā na katamāpi hi | na saṅghāto vikāro'pi na pṛthaṅ nānvito mṛṣā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    In this world there are five elements — namely earth, water, fire, air and ether — but the body is not a reflection of them, nor a combination or transformation of them. Because the body and its ingredients are neither distinct nor amalgamated, all such theories are insubstantial.

  603. SB 7.15.60Open verse →

    धातवोऽवयवित्वाच्च तन्मात्रावयवैर्विना । न स्युर्ह्यसत्यवयविन्यसन्नवयवोऽन्ततः

    dhātavo'vayavitvācca tanmātrāvayavairvinā | na syurhyasatyavayavinyasannavayavo'ntataḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Because the body is formed of the five elements, it cannot exist without the subtle sense objects. Therefore, since the body is false, the sense objects are also naturally false or temporary.

  604. SB 7.15.61Open verse →

    स्यात्सादृश्यभ्रमस्तावद्विकल्पे सति वस्तुनः । जाग्रत्स्वापौ यथा स्वप्ने तथा विधिनिषेधता

    syātsādṛśyabhramastāvadvikalpe sati vastunaḥ | jāgratsvāpau yathā svapne tathā vidhiniṣedhatā

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    When a substance and its parts are separated, the acceptance of similarity between one and the other is called illusion. While dreaming, one creates a separation between the existences called wakefulness and sleep. It is in such a state of mind that the regulative principles of the scriptures, consisting of injunctions and prohibitions, are recommended.

  605. SB 7.15.62Open verse →

    भावाद्वैतं क्रियाद्वैतं द्रव्याद्वैतं तथाऽऽत्मनः । वर्तयन् स्वानुभूत्येह त्रीन् स्वप्नान् धुनुते मुनिः

    bhāvādvaitaṃ kriyādvaitaṃ dravyādvaitaṃ tathā''tmanaḥ | vartayan svānubhūtyeha trīn svapnān dhunute muniḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    After considering the oneness of existence, activity and paraphernalia and after realizing the self to be different from all actions and reactions, the mental speculator [muni], according to his own realization, gives up the three states of wakefulness, dreaming and sleep.

  606. SB 7.15.63Open verse →

    कार्यकारणवस्त्वैक्यमर्शनं पटतन्तुवत् । अवस्तुत्वाद्विकल्पस्य भावाद्वैतं तदुच्यते

    kāryakāraṇavastvaikyamarśanaṃ paṭatantuvat | avastutvādvikalpasya bhāvādvaitaṃ taducyate

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    When one understands that result and cause are one and that duality is ultimately unreal, like the idea that the threads of a cloth are different from the cloth itself, one reaches the conception of oneness called bhāvādvaita.

  607. SB 7.15.64Open verse →

    यद्ब्रह्मणि परे साक्षात्सर्वकर्मसमर्पणम् । मनोवाक्तनुभिः पार्थ क्रियाद्वैतं तदुच्यते

    yadbrahmaṇi pare sākṣātsarvakarmasamarpaṇam | manovāktanubhiḥ pārtha kriyādvaitaṃ taducyate

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear Yudhiṣṭhira [Pārtha], when all the activities one performs with his mind, words and body are dedicated directly to the service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one reaches oneness of activities, called kriyādvaita.

  608. SB 7.15.65Open verse →

    आत्मजायासुतादीनामन्येषां सर्वदेहिनाम् । यत्स्वार्थकामयोरैक्यं द्रव्याद्वैतं तदुच्यते

    ātmajāyāsutādīnāmanyeṣāṃ sarvadehinām | yatsvārthakāmayoraikyaṃ dravyādvaitaṃ taducyate

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    When the ultimate goal and interest of one’s self, one’s wife, one’s children, one’s relatives and all other embodied living beings is one, this is called dravyādvaita, or oneness of interest.

  609. SB 7.15.66Open verse →

    यद्यस्य वानिषिद्धं स्याद्येन यत्र यतो नृप । स तेनेहेत कार्याणि नरो नान्यैरनापदि

    yadyasya vāniṣiddhaṃ syādyena yatra yato nṛpa | sa teneheta kāryāṇi naro nānyairanāpadi

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    In normal conditions, in the absence of danger, O King Yudhiṣṭhira, a man should perform his prescribed activities according to his status of life with the things, endeavors, process and living place that are not forbidden for him, and not by any other means.

  610. SB 7.15.67Open verse →

    एतैरन्यैश्च वेदोक्तैर्वर्तमानः स्वकर्मभिः । गृहेऽप्यस्य गतिं यायाद्राजंस्तद्भक्तिभाङ् नरः

    etairanyaiśca vedoktairvartamānaḥ svakarmabhiḥ | gṛhe'pyasya gatiṃ yāyādrājaṃstadbhaktibhāṅ naraḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O King, one should perform his occupational duties according to these instructions, as well as other instructions given in the Vedic literature, just to remain a devotee of Lord Kṛṣṇa. Thus, even while at home, one will be able to reach the destination.

  611. SB 7.15.68Open verse →

    यथा हि यूयं नृपदेव दुस्त्यजा- दापद्गणादुत्तरतात्मनः प्रभोः । यत्पादपङ्केरुहसेवया भवा- नहारषीन्निर्जितदिग्गजः क्रतून्

    yathā hi yūyaṃ nṛpadeva dustyajā- dāpadgaṇāduttaratātmanaḥ prabhoḥ | yatpādapaṅkeruhasevayā bhavā- nahāraṣīnnirjitadiggajaḥ kratūn

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    O King Yudhiṣṭhira, because of your service to the Supreme Lord, all of you Pāṇḍavas defeated the greatest dangers posed by numerous kings and demigods. By serving the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa, you conquered great enemies, who were like elephants, and thus you collected ingredients for sacrifice. By His grace, may you be delivered from material involvement.

  612. SB 7.15.69Open verse →

    अहं पुराभवं कश्चिद्गन्धर्व उपबर्हणः । नाम्नातीते महाकल्पे गन्धर्वाणां सुसम्मतः

    ahaṃ purābhavaṃ kaścidgandharva upabarhaṇaḥ | nāmnātīte mahākalpe gandharvāṇāṃ susammataḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Long, long ago, in another mahā-kalpa [millennium of Brahmā], I existed as the Gandharva known as Upabarhaṇa. I was very respected by the other Gandharvas.

  613. SB 7.15.70Open verse →

    रूपपेशलमाधुर्यसौगन्ध्यप्रियदर्शनः । स्त्रीणां प्रियतमो नित्यं मत्तः स्वपुरुलम्पटः

    rūpapeśalamādhuryasaugandhyapriyadarśanaḥ | strīṇāṃ priyatamo nityaṃ mattaḥ svapurulampaṭaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    I had a beautiful face and a pleasing, attractive bodily structure. Decorated with flower garlands and sandalwood pulp, I was most pleasing to the women of my city. Thus I was bewildered, always feeling lusty desires.

  614. SB 7.15.71Open verse →

    एकदा देवसत्रे तु गन्धर्वाप्सरसां गणाः । उपहूता विश्वसृग्भिर्हरिगाथोपगायने

    ekadā devasatre tu gandharvāpsarasāṃ gaṇāḥ | upahūtā viśvasṛgbhirharigāthopagāyane

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Once there was a saṅkīrtana festival to glorify the Supreme Lord in an assembly of the demigods, and the Gandharvas and Apsarās were invited by the prajāpatis to take part in it.

  615. SB 7.15.72Open verse →

    अहं च गायंस्तद्विद्वान् स्त्रीभिः परिवृतो गतः । ज्ञात्वा विश्वसृजस्तन्मे हेलनं शेपुरोजसा । याहि त्वं शूद्रतामाशु नष्टश्रीः कृतहेलनः

    ahaṃ ca gāyaṃstadvidvān strībhiḥ parivṛto gataḥ | jñātvā viśvasṛjastanme helanaṃ śepurojasā | yāhi tvaṃ śūdratāmāśu naṣṭaśrīḥ kṛtahelanaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Nārada Muni continued: Being invited to that festival, I also joined, and, surrounded by women, I began musically singing the glories of the demigods. Because of this, the prajāpatis, the great demigods in charge of the affairs of the universe, forcefully cursed me with these words: “Because you have committed an offense, may you immediately become a śūdra, devoid of beauty.”

  616. SB 7.15.73Open verse →

    तावद्दास्यामहं जज्ञे तत्रापि ब्रह्मवादिनाम् । शुश्रूषयानुषङ्गेण प्राप्तोऽहं ब्रह्मपुत्रताम्

    tāvaddāsyāmahaṃ jajñe tatrāpi brahmavādinām | śuśrūṣayānuṣaṅgeṇa prāpto'haṃ brahmaputratām

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Although I took birth as a śūdra from the womb of a maidservant, I engaged in the service of Vaiṣṇavas who were well-versed in Vedic knowledge. Consequently, in this life I got the opportunity to take birth as the son of Lord Brahmā.

  617. SB 7.15.74Open verse →

    धर्मस्ते गृहमेधीयो वर्णितः पापनाशनः । गृहस्थो येन पदवीमञ्जसा न्यासिनामियात्

    dharmaste gṛhamedhīyo varṇitaḥ pāpanāśanaḥ | gṛhastho yena padavīmañjasā nyāsināmiyāt

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    The process of chanting the holy name of the Lord is so powerful that by this chanting even householders [gṛhasthas] can very easily gain the ultimate result achieved by persons in the renounced order. Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira, I have now explained to you that process of religion.

  618. SB 7.15.75Open verse →

    यूयं नृलोके बत भूरिभागा लोकं पुनाना मुनयोऽभियन्ति । येषां गृहानावसतीति साक्षा- द्गूढं परं ब्रह्म मनुष्यलिङ्गम्

    yūyaṃ nṛloke bata bhūribhāgā lokaṃ punānā munayo'bhiyanti | yeṣāṃ gṛhānāvasatīti sākṣā- dgūḍhaṃ paraṃ brahma manuṣyaliṅgam

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    My dear Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira, you Pāṇḍavas are so very fortunate in this world that many, many great saints, who can purify all the planets of the universe, come to your house just like ordinary visitors. Furthermore, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, is living confidentially with you in your house, just like your brother.

  619. SB 7.15.76Open verse →

    स वा अयं ब्रह्म महद्विमृग्यं कैवल्यनिर्वाणसुखानुभूतिः । प्रियः सुहृद्वः खलु मातुलेय आत्मार्हणीयो विधिकृद्गुरुश्च

    sa vā ayaṃ brahma mahadvimṛgyaṃ kaivalyanirvāṇasukhānubhūtiḥ | priyaḥ suhṛdvaḥ khalu mātuleya ātmārhaṇīyo vidhikṛdguruśca

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    How wonderful it is that the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Parabrahman, Kṛṣṇa, who is sought by great, great sages for the sake of liberation and transcendental bliss, is acting as your best well-wisher, your friend, your cousin, your heart and soul, your worshipable director, and your spiritual master.

  620. SB 7.15.77Open verse →

    न यस्य साक्षाद्भवपद्मजादिभी रूपं धिया वस्तुतयोपवर्णितम् । मौनेन भक्त्योपशमेन पूजितः प्रसीदतामेष स सात्वतां पतिः

    na yasya sākṣādbhavapadmajādibhī rūpaṃ dhiyā vastutayopavarṇitam | maunena bhaktyopaśamena pūjitaḥ prasīdatāmeṣa sa sātvatāṃ patiḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Present here now is the same Supreme Personality of Godhead whose true form cannot be understood even by such great personalities as Lord Brahmā and Lord Śiva. He is realized by devotees because of their unflinching surrender. May that same Personality of Godhead, who is the maintainer of His devotees and who is worshiped by silence, by devotional service and by cessation of material activities, be pleased with us.

  621. SB 7.15.78Open verse →

    श्रीशुक उवाच । इति देवर्षिणा प्रोक्तं निशम्य भरतर्षभः । पूजयामास सुप्रीतः कृष्णं च प्रेमविह्वलः

    śrīśuka uvāca | iti devarṣiṇā proktaṃ niśamya bharatarṣabhaḥ | pūjayāmāsa suprītaḥ kṛṣṇaṃ ca premavihvalaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Śrī Śukadeva Gosvāmī said: Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira, the best member of the Bharata dynasty, thus learned everything from the descriptions of Nārada Muni. After hearing these instructions, he felt great pleasure from within his heart, and in great ecstasy, love and affection, he worshiped Lord Kṛṣṇa.

  622. SB 7.15.79Open verse →

    कृष्णपार्थावुपामन्त्र्य पूजितः प्रययौ मुनिः । श्रुत्वा कृष्णं परं ब्रह्म पार्थः परमविस्मितः

    kṛṣṇapārthāvupāmantrya pūjitaḥ prayayau muniḥ | śrutvā kṛṣṇaṃ paraṃ brahma pārthaḥ paramavismitaḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    Nārada Muni, being worshiped by Kṛṣṇa and Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira, bade them farewell and went away. Yudhiṣṭhira Mahārāja, having heard that Kṛṣṇa, his cousin, is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, was struck with wonder.

  623. SB 7.15.80Open verse →

    इति दाक्षायिणीनां ते पृथग्वंशा प्रकीर्तिताः । देवासुरमनुष्याद्या लोका यत्र चराचराः

    iti dākṣāyiṇīnāṃ te pṛthagvaṃśā prakīrtitāḥ | devāsuramanuṣyādyā lokā yatra carācarāḥ

    Meaning · English — A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada

    On all the planets within this universe, the varieties of living entities, moving and nonmoving, including the demigods, demons and human beings, were all generated from the daughters of Mahārāja Dakṣa. I have now described them and their different dynasties.